Service Manual

Puritan Bennett TM

980 Series Ventilator

Copyright Information
COVIDIEN, COVIDIEN with logo, and positive results for life are U.S and internationally registered
trademarks of COVIDIEN AG. All other brands are trademarks of a Covidien company or of their
respective owners.
©2012 Covidien.
The information contained in this manual is the sole property of Covidien and may not be dupli-
cated without permission. This manual may be revised or replaced by Covidien at any time and
without notice. Ensure this manual is the most current applicable version. If in doubt, contact
Covidien’s technical support department or visit the Puritan Bennett™ product manual web page
at:
http://www.covidien.com
Click: Our Products> Respiratory & Monitoring Products > Brands > Puritan Bennett. Click Sales
and Support Center > Product Manuals and Directions for Use, then follow the prompts to select
the desired manual.
While the information set forth herein is believed to be accurate, it is not a substitute for the exer-
cise of professional judgment.
The ventilator should be operated and serviced only by trained professionals.
Covidien’s sole responsibility with respect to the ventilator and software, and its use, is as stated
in the limited warranty provided.
Nothing in this document shall limit or restrict in any way Covidien’s right to revise or otherwise
change or modify the equipment (including its software) described herein, without notice. In the
absence of an express, written agreement to the contrary, Covidien has no obligation to furnish
any such revisions, changes, or modifications to the owner or user of the equipment (including
its software) described herein.
Table of Contents
1 Introduction

1.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1.2 Intended Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.3 Ventilator Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.4 Indications For Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.5 Contraindications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.6 Mounting Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.7 Components List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.8 Battery Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1.9 Additional Features and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1.9.1 The Proximal Flow Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1.9.2 The Compressor Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1.10 Product Tour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1.10.1 Product Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1.10.2 Product Interactive Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1.10.3 Product Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1.11 Graphical User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1.11.1 Primary Display (GUI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1.11.2 Status Display Control and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
1.12 Label Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
1.13 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1.14 Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1.14.1 Safety Symbol Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1.14.2 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
1.14.3 Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
1.14.4 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
1.15 Technical Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
1.15.1 On-Screen Tool Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
1.15.2 Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
1.15.3 Online SolvIT Center Knowledge Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
1.15.4 Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
1.16 Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32

2 Specifications

2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2.2 Measurement Uncertainty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.3 Physical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.4 Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2.5 Interface requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

I
 2.6 Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2.7 Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2.8 Regulatory Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
2.9 Manufacturer’s Declaration and Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
2.9.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
2.10 Electrical Safety Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
2.11 Essential Performance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

3 Theory of Operations

3.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3.2 Color Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.3 Mechanical Theoretical Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.4 Clinical Theoretical Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3.5 Applicable Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

4 Service Basics

4.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.2 Product Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.2.1 How to Assemble Ventilator Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.2.2 Power Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.3 System Tests and Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.3.1 Power-on Self Test (POST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.3.2 Self Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4.3.3 Background Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4.4 Communication Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4.5 Ventilator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

5 Service Mode

5.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5.2 Service Mode Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.3 Service Mode Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.4 Status Display and Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.5 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.5.1 Date and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5.5.2 Operational Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5.5.3 Part Number/Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5.5.4 Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5.5.5 Datakey Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

II
 5.5.6 Pressure Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5.5.7 Light Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5.5.8 New Patient Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5.5.9 Alarm Volume Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5.5.10 Data Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5.5.11 Opacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.6 Calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.6.1 Atmospheric Pressure Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5.6.2 Touch Screen Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5.6.3 Flow Sensor Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5.6.4 Exhalation Valve Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
5.6.5 Oxygen Sensor Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
5.7 Data Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
5.8 Self Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5.8.1 Self Test Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5.8.2 Extended Self Test (EST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
5.8.3 Manual Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
5.8.4 Short Self Test (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

6 Preventive Maintenance

6.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.2 Ventilator Operational Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.3 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.4 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.5 Periodic Service Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.6 Service Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6.7 Storage for Extended Periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

7 Performance Verification

7.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7.2 Required Service Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7.3 Preliminary Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7.4 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7.5 In-Depth Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7.5.1 Electrical Safety Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7.5.2 Vent In-Op Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
7.5.3 External Ports Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
7.6 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
7.7 Log Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

III
 8 Troubleshooting

8.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8.2 Troubleshooting Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.3 Fault Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.4 Audible Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8.5 Visual Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8.5.1 Alarm Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
8.5.2 Alarm Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
8.6 Ventilator Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8.7 Diagnostic Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
8.7.1 System Diagnostic Log (SDL) Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

9 Repair

9.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

9.2 Repair Prerequisites and Required Equipment . . . . . . . . 9-2
9.2.1 Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
9.2.2 Required Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
9.3 General Repair Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
9.3.1 Safety Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
9.3.2 Documentation of Maintenance and Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
9.4 Specific Repair Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
9.4.1 Repair-related Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
9.4.2 Electrical Cables and Pneumatic Tubing Repair . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
9.4.3 Adhesive Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
9.4.4 Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
9.4.5 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
9.4.6 Replacement Part Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
9.5 Post-service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
9.6 Patient system and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
9.7 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
9.7.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
9.7.2 BDU Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
9.7.3 BDU Right Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
9.7.4 BDU Left Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
9.7.5 BDU Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
9.7.6 BDU Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
9.7.7 BDU Front, Side, and Rear Panel Components . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
9.7.8 BDU Top Cap Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
9.7.9 BDU Floor and Base Plate Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36

IV
9.8 Inspiratory Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
9.8.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
9.8.2 Inspiratory Door Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
9.8.3 Inspiratory Module Primary Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
9.8.4 Inspiratory Module Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
9.8.5 Mix Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55
9.8.6 Delivery Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62
9.8.7 Inlet Manifold Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-75
9.8.8 Inspiratory Module Cabling and Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-82
9.8.9 Inspiratory Module PCBAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-85
9.9 Exhalation Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-90
9.9.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-91
9.9.2 Exhalation Consumable Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-92
9.9.3 Exhalation Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-95
9.9.4 Exhalation Module Bezel and Filter Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-98
9.9.5 Exhalation Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-99
9.9.6 Exhalation Module Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-105
9.10 Card Cages and Related BDU PCBAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-107
9.10.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-107
9.10.2 Communications PCBAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-109
9.10.3 Main PCBAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-109
9.10.4 BDU Card Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-110
9.10.5 Main Backplane PCBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-110
9.10.6 Communications Backplane PCBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-113
9.10.7 Options PCBAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-113
9.10.8 Options Card Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-114
9.10.9 Options Backplane PCBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-115
9.11 BDU Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-115
9.11.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-116
9.11.2 Battery Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-117
9.11.3 BDU Battery Door Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-118
9.11.4 Power PCBAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-121
9.11.5 Power Module Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-124
9.12 Graphic User Interface (GUI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-128
9.12.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-129
9.12.2 GUI Touchscreen Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-131
9.12.3 GUI Rear Housing Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-143
9.13 Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-153
9.13.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-153
9.13.2 Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-153
9.13.3 Universal Base Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-154

V
 9.13.4 Base Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-156
9.13.5 Base Bottom Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-156
9.13.6 Caster Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-157

10 Part Numbers

10.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

10.2 Replacement Part Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
10.3 Patient System and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
10.4 Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
10.5 Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
10.6 Ventilator System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
10.6.1 Graphical User Interface (GUI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
10.6.2 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Chassis Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
10.6.3 Card Cages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
10.6.4 Inspiratory Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
10.6.5 Exhalation Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
10.6.6 BDU Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
10.6.7 Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
10.7 Ventilator System: Parts Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
G.1 Ventilation Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G-1

VI
List of Tables

Table 1-1.   Typical Packing List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Table 1-2.   Labels, GUI and BDU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Table 1-3.   BDU, Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Table 1-4.   BDU, Back Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Table 1-5.   GUI Visual Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Table 1-6.   Status Display Indicators and Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Table 1-7.   Shipping Label Symbols and Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Table 1-8.   Safety Symbol Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Table 1-9.   Covidien Service Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Table 2-1.   Performance Verification Equipment Uncertainty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Table 2-2.   Physical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Table 2-3.   Additional Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Table 2-4.   Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Table 2-5.   RS-232 Interface Pin-outs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Table 2-6.   Nurse Call Interface Pin-outs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Table 2-7.   Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Table 2-8.   Ventilator Settings Range, Resolution, and Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Table 2-9.   Alarm Settings Range and Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Table 2-10.   Patient Data Range, Resolution, and Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Table 2-11.   Delivery Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Table 2-12.   Monitoring (Patient Data) Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Table 2-13.   Computed Value Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Table 2-14.   Emissions Compliance and Guidance, All Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Table 2-15.   Immunity Compliance and Guidance, All Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Table 2-16.   Immunity Compliance and Guidance, Life-Supporting Equipment . . 2-30
Table 2-17.   Recommended Separation Distances, Life-Supporting Equipment . . 2-31
Table 2-18.   Recommended Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Table 3-1.   Color Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Table 5-1.   Configuration Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Table 5-2.   Calibration Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Table 5-3.   Log Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Table 5-4.   Self Test Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Table 5-5.   EST Test Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Table 5-6.   Individual EST Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Table 5-7.   Overall EST Outcomes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Table 5-8.   Manual Test Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Table 5-9.   SST Test Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Table 5-10.   Individual SST Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

VII
 Table 5-11.   Overall SST Outcomes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Table 6-1.   Service Preventive Maintenance Procedure and Frequency . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Table 7-1.   Sequence of Testing and Calibration Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Table 7-2.   Test Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Table 8-1.   Alarm Prioritization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Table 8-2.   Technical Alarm Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Table 8-3.   Ventilator Technical Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Table 8-4.   Interpreting SDL Diagnostic Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Table 8-5.   Ventilator response to a fault condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Table 10-1.   Patient System and Accessories List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Table 10-2.   Supplies Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Table 10-3.   Labels List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Table 10-4.   GUI Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Table 10-5.   BDU Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Table 10-6.   Card Cage Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-13
Table 10-7.   Inspiratory Module Parts List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-14
Table 10-8.   Exhalation Module Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-18
Table 10-9.   BDU Power Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-19
Table 10-10.   Base Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-21
Table 10-11.   Parts List by Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-23
Table 10-12.   Parts List by Part Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-36
Table 10-13.   Compressor Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-50
Table G-1.   Ventilation Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1

VIII
List of Figures

Figure 1-1.   GUI Front View ............................................................................................ 1-5

Figure 1-2.   GUI Rear View ............................................................................................. 1-6
Figure 1-3.   BDU Front View ......................................................................................... 1-7
Figure 1-4.   BDU Rear View ........................................................................................... 1-8
Figure 1-5.   Screen Capture of BDU 3D Model Within the Player ..................1-10
Figure 3-1.   Adult Pneumatic Diagram ...................................................................... 3-2
Figure 3-2.   Neonate Pneumatic Diagram ................................................................ 3-4
Figure 5-1.   Service Mode Button ................................................................................ 5-2
Figure 5-2.   Serial Number Listing ............................................................................... 5-6
Figure 5-3.   Calibration Menu: Atmospheric Pressure .......................................5-11
Figure 5-4.   Calibration Menu: Touchscreen Calibration ..................................5-12
Figure 5-5.   Calibration Menu: Flow Sensor Calibration ....................................5-14
Figure 5-6.   Calibration Menu: Exhalation Valve Calibration ...........................5-15
Figure 5-7.   Logs Menu: Sample EST/SST Diagnostic Log ................................5-19
Figure 5-8.   Self Tests Menu: EST ...............................................................................5-23
Figure 5-9.   Self Tests Menu: Manual Tests ............................................................5-28
Figure 5-10.   Self Tests Menu: SST ...............................................................................5-33
Figure 9-1.   BDU Panels .................................................................................................9-12
Figure 9-2.   Locking Clip ...............................................................................................9-13
Figure 9-3.   Lifting the BDU Assembly Off the Base ............................................9-13
Figure 9-4.   BDU Right Panel .......................................................................................9-15
Figure 9-5.   BDU Left Panel ..........................................................................................9-16
Figure 9-6.   BDU Rear Panel .........................................................................................9-17
Figure 9-7.   Removed Front Panel .............................................................................9-18
Figure 9-8.   Exploded View of Front Panel Components ..................................9-20
Figure 9-9.   Exploded View of Fan Components .................................................9-22
Figure 9-10.   Exploded View of BDU Top Cap .........................................................9-25
Figure 9-11.   J15 Connector Location ........................................................................9-26
Figure 9-12.   Piezo Alarm Cabling ................................................................................9-27
Figure 9-13.   Separated Handle ....................................................................................9-28
Figure 9-14.   Exploded View of GUI Rotator Assembly .......................................9-29
Figure 9-15.   Status Display Interface ZIF Connector ...........................................9-32
Figure 9-16.   Exploded View of Status Display ........................................................9-34
Figure 9-17.   Pneumatic Interface Components ....................................................9-36
Figure 9-18.   Options Supply Tubing and Restrictor .............................................9-37
Figure 9-19.   Interconnect Retainer Plate Cables and Pneumatic Hose ........9-38
Figure 9-20.   BDU Base Plate Components ..............................................................9-39
Figure 9-21.   Exploded View of Inspiratory Module ..............................................9-42

IX
 Figure 9-22.   Removing the Hinge Rod ......................................................................9-43
Figure 9-23.   Replacing Hinge Rod ..............................................................................9-44
Figure 9-24.   Inspiratory Door Hinge Components ...............................................9-46
Figure 9-25.   Opened Retainer Door, Internal Inspiratory Filter Removed ...9-49
Figure 9-26.   Air Filter Bowl and Filter Element ......................................................9-50
Figure 9-27.   Oxygen Filter .............................................................................................9-51
Figure 9-28.   Wedge Lock and Guide Rail Inset ......................................................9-52
Figure 9-29.   Locations of Inspiratory Module Captive Screws .........................9-53
Figure 9-30.   Inspiratory Module Removal ...............................................................9-53
Figure 9-31.   Mix Assembly ............................................................................................9-55
Figure 9-32.   Delivery Outlet Manifold .......................................................................9-62
Figure 9-33.   Oxygen (O2) Sensor .................................................................................9-64
Figure 9-34.   Filter retainer (left) and filter clip (right) ..........................................9-65
Figure 9-35.   BUV Solenoid .............................................................................................9-67
Figure 9-36.   PSOL Locations .........................................................................................9-69
Figure 9-37.   PSOL and Flow sensor cable connections ......................................9-69
Figure 9-38.   Air PSOL and Nylon Rod ........................................................................9-70
Figure 9-39.   Oxygen PSOL and Nylon Rod ..............................................................9-71
Figure 9-40.   Front and Rear Access to Delivery PSOL and Nylon Rod ...........9-72
Figure 9-41.   PSOL and Flow Sensor Cable Connections ....................................9-73
Figure 9-42.   Proper Flow Direction Orientation and O-ring Placement .......9-74
Figure 9-43.   Upper Inlet Manifold ..............................................................................9-75
Figure 9-44.   Lower Inlet Manifold ..............................................................................9-76
Figure 9-45.   Lifting Chassis Assembly from Inlet Manifold Assembly ...........9-77
Figure 9-46.   Vent Tube ...................................................................................................9-85
Figure 9-47.   Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA Connections .................................9-86
Figure 9-48.   Removing the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA .............................9-87
Figure 9-49.   Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA Tubing Connections (4) ...........9-88
Figure 9-50.   Removing Gas Supply Sensor PCBA, Pressure Tap Couplers ...9-89
Figure 9-51.   Exhalation Module ..................................................................................9-92
Figure 9-52.   Exhalation Valve Flow Sensor Assembly (top and bottom) .....9-94
Figure 9-53.   Exhalation Valve Flow Sensor Removal ...........................................9-95
Figure 9-54.   Screws Location for Exhalation Module Release ..........................9-96
Figure 9-55.   Removal of Exhalation Module ...........................................................9-97
Figure 9-56.   Upper Front and Rear Bezel Removal ...............................................9-98
Figure 9-57.   Location of Exhalation Valve Assembly Screws ......................... 9-100
Figure 9-58.   Pressure Tap and Pressure Port Nib ............................................... 9-102
Figure 9-59.   Exhalation Valve Assembly ............................................................... 9-102
Figure 9-60.   Exhalation Module Cable Removal ................................................ 9-104
Figure 9-61.   BDU Card Cage PCBAs ........................................................................ 9-108
Figure 9-62.   Options Card Cage ............................................................................... 9-108

X
Figure 9-63.   Main Card Cage Connections ........................................................... 9-111
Figure 9-64.   BDU Power Components, left side ................................................. 9-116
Figure 9-65.   BDU Power Components, right side .............................................. 9-117
Figure 9-66.   Battery Pack ............................................................................................ 9-118
Figure 9-67.   Battery Door Panel Screw Locations .............................................. 9-119
Figure 9-68.   Battery Door Panel Alignment ......................................................... 9-120
Figure 9-69.   Power PCBAs .......................................................................................... 9-121
Figure 9-70.   Power Module Assembly .................................................................. 9-124
Figure 9-71.   GUI Separation: Touchscreen and Rear Housing ...................... 9-129
Figure 9-72.   Blue Release Latch ................................................................................ 9-130
Figure 9-73.   GUI PCBAs ................................................................................................ 9-131
Figure 9-74.   GUI Cabling Connections ................................................................... 9-132
Figure 9-75.   User Interface (UI) PCBA Connections ........................................... 9-134
Figure 9-76.   Removal of Backlight Inverter PCBA .............................................. 9-135
Figure 9-77.   Touchscreen Controller PCBA Removal ....................................... 9-136
Figure 9-78.   Opening the GUI Back Chassis ......................................................... 9-137
Figure 9-79.   Opening the GUI Back Chassis ......................................................... 9-139
Figure 9-80.   Setscrew and Knob Components ................................................... 9-140
Figure 9-81.   Notch Location Over Standoff ......................................................... 9-141
Figure 9-82.   Microphone and Cable Routing ...................................................... 9-143
Figure 9-83.   Rear Housing Components ............................................................... 9-144
Figure 9-84.   GUI Cable Ties ........................................................................................ 9-146
Figure 9-85.   Touchscreen Gasket Replacement ................................................. 9-146
Figure 9-86.   Separation of Alarm Assembly from Rear Housing .................. 9-147
Figure 9-87.   Exploded view of the alarm assembly .......................................... 9-148
Figure 9-88.   Speaker, Brackets, and Gasket ......................................................... 9-149
Figure 9-89.   GUI Post Housings ................................................................................ 9-152
Figure 9-90.   Universal Base Plate ............................................................................. 9-154
Figure 9-91.   Caster Base Washer and Screw Removal ...................................... 9-158
Figure 10-1.   Primary BDU components ....................................................................10-6

XI
 Page Left Intentionally Blank

XII
1 Introduction

1.1 Overview
This manual contains information for servicing the Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Venti-
lator. Before servicing the ventilator, thoroughly read both the Operator’s Manual and
Service Manual.

1.2 Intended Audience

This manual provides information to professionals acting as Covidien factory-
trained and qualified service technicians in a hospital or hospital-type institu-
tional setting for maintenance and service or repair of the ventilator. Refer to
the institution for any additional training or skill requirements beyond those
identified here for maintenance and repair of the ventilator, particularly those
related to oxygen hazards. Field service of the ventilator is limited to the service
activities described in this manual.

1.3 Ventilator Description

The ventilator system is available in three models. All ventilators provide con-
tinuous ventilation to patients requiring respiratory support.
• Puritan Bennett™ 980 Pediatric - Adult Ventilator — T The Pediatric - Adult
model ventilates Pediatric or Adult patients with predicted body weights from 3.5
kg to 150 kg, and with tidal volumes from 25 mL to 2500 mL.

• Puritan Bennett™ 980 Neonatal Ventilator — The Neonatal model ventilates

Neonatal patients with predicted body weights from 0.3 kg to 7.0 kg, and with tidal
volumes for mandatory volume-controlled breaths from 2 mL to 320 mL.

• Puritan Bennett™ 980 Universal Ventilator — The Universal model ventilates

Neonatal, Pediatric, and Adult patients with predicted body weights from 0.3 kg
to 150 kg, and with tidal volumes for mandatory volume-controlled breaths from
2 mL to 2500 mL.

1- 1
Introduction

To ventilate Neonatal patients on the Standard or Universal models, the

NeoMode 2.0 software option is required. For details regarding the NeoMode
2.0 software option, reference the NeoMode 2.0 appendix in this manual.
The ventilator should have a service life of approximately 10 years, provided
the provided preventive maintenance schedule is followed.
The ventilator’s IEC 60601-1/EN 60601-1 classification is:
• Protection class I

• Type BF

• Mobile

• Internally powered

• IP21 equipment

• Continuous operation

• Not suitable for use with flammable medical gases (not AP or APG)

The ventilator system uses a graphical user interface (GUI) and breath
delivery unit (BDU) for entering patient settings and delivering breaths to the
patient. The GUI contains electronics capable of transferring the clinician’s
input (by touching the screen) to the BDU where pneumatic and electronic
systems generate the breathing parameters.

1.4 Indications For Use

The Puritan Bennett™ 980 Ventilator System is designed for use on patient
population sizes from Neonatal (NICU) through Adult who require respiratory
support or mechanical ventilation and weigh a minimum of 0.3 kg (0.66 lb). It
is suitable for service in hospital (institutions) and intra-hospital transport to
provide continuous positive pressure ventilatory support, delivered invasively or
noninvasively, to patients who require the following types of ventilator sup-
port:
• Positive Pressure Ventilation, delivered invasively (via endotracheal tube or trach
tube) or non-invasively (via mask or nasal prongs)

• Assist/Control, SIMV or Spontaneous modes of ventilation.

1-2 Service Manual

 Contraindications

 Note:
Federal law (USA) restricts the sale of this device except by or on the order of a
physician.

1.5 Contraindications
Do not operate the ventilator in a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) environ-
ment.

1.6 Mounting Configurations

The ventilator system can be mounted as a free-standing unit standing at the
patient’s bedside; the BDU with the GUI is mounted on a base with casters and
includes a handle for ease of movement.

1.7 Components List

 Note:
No parts of the ventilator system contain latex.

 Note:
The components in the gas pathway that can become contaminated with bodily fluids
or expired gases during both normal and single fault conditions are:
• External inspiratory filter

• Internal inspiratory filter

• Expiratory filter and condensate vial

• Exhalation valve assembly

The typical ventilator system ships with the following packing list. Depending
upon the ventilator system purchased, your list may vary.

Service Manual 1-3

Introduction

Table 1-1.  Typical Packing List

Quantity Item

1 Graphical User Interface

1 Breath Delivery Unit

1 Inspiratory filter

1 Expiratory filter

1 Condensate vial

2 Gas hoses (air and oxygen)

1 Standard caster base

1 Power cord

1 Operator’s Manual CD

1 Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Ventilator Installation Instructions

1 Flex arm

1 Drain bag

1 Gold standard circuit (for running EST)

1.8 Battery Backup

The ventilator system uses a battery to provide backup power in case AC
power is lost. When operating on battery power, the status display shows the
On Battery Power image, and the GUI displays a battery fuel gauge. Reference
Status Display Control and Indicators, p. 1-16, for a description of the status
display images and messages. An optional, extended battery is available to
lengthen the amount of time the ventilator can operate on battery power.

1.9 Additional Features and Equipment

1.9.1 The Proximal Flow Option

The Proximal Flow Sensor is used to measure low flows and pressures associated
with neonatal ventilation. Reference the Operator’s Manual Proximal Flow
Addendum if the ventilator is configured with this option for more information.

1-4 Service Manual

 Product Tour

1.9.2 The Compressor Option

 WARNING:
Use of the compressor in altitudes higher or barometric pressures lower than
those specified could compromise ventilator/compressor operation.
An optional DC compressor provides compressed air, should loss of wall or
bottled air supply occur. In the presence of AC power, the compressor receives
DC power from its own power supply. If there is no AC power, the compressor
receives DC power from its internal battery.

1.10 Product Tour

1.10.1 Product Views

Figure 1-1.  GUI Front View

10

Service Manual 1-5

Introduction

1 Display brightness key 6 Inspiratory pause key

2 Display lock key 7 Expiratory pause key

3 Alarm volume key 8 Alarm reset key

4 Manual Inspiration key 9 Alarm silence key

5 Rotary encoder (knob) 10 Omni-directional LED

Figure 1-2.   GUI Rear View

Reference Product Labels, p. 1-11, for symbols found on the GUI or BDU.

1-6 Service Manual

 Product Tour

Figure 1-3.   BDU Front View

1 Power switch 6 Status display

2 AC power indicator 7 Internal inspiratory filter1

3 Expiratory filter latch 8 Option connector panel door

4 Expiratory filter2

5 Condensate vial
1. Reference Product Labels, p. 1-11, for the “To Patient Port” description.
2. Reference Product Labels, p. 1-11, for the “From Patient Port” description.

Service Manual 1-7

Introduction

Figure 1-4.   BDU Rear View

1 Oxygen inlet a Service Mode button

2 Air inlet b USB port (2x)

3 Cylinder mount, c Remote alarm port

optional

d HDMI port

e Ethernet connector

f Service port

g RS-232 serial port

1-8 Service Manual

 Product Tour

1.10.2 Product Interactive Models

This portion of the manual requires access to soft copy of the 3-dimensional
(3D) models of the ventilator. To access 3D models of the ventilator for inter-
active viewing, launch straight from the CD. These 3D models may require a
player download for initial access to the files.
Covidien provides multiple points of access to the models.
A menu appears after launching the player. Each item on the menu bar pro-
vides a different type of model control or interaction.

3D tools menu—Use to rotate, spin, pan, zoom, walk, fly, adjust camera prop-
erties, use 3D measurement tools, and add 3D comments

Home—Return to the default view

Views—Use to select any available alternate views of the model

Tree—Use to toggle on or off the existing assembly and subassembly tree and list
of model views

Animation—Use to play or pause any available animations of the model

Projection—Use either orthographic or perspective projection

Render mode menu—Use to alter model viewing by selecting solid, shaded,

transparent, or hidden bounding boxes, outlines, wire frames, or illustrations, as
well as regular or shaded vertices

Extra lighting menu—Use to adjust the type of alternate light sources

Background color menu—Use to modify a specific background color

Toggle cross section—Use to toggle on or off a model cross-section or set its

properties

For the CD executable file models, there is much more sophistication in terms
of access, ease of use, options, and speed. It does require a player. Menu
options are slightly different, but the online helps are extensive and provide
sufficient direction. The primary tool is the Navigate Toolbar, which allows for
model selection, as well as rotation, pan, and zoom, as well as identifying part
numbers for specific parts within the model. To make this toolbar available

Service Manual 1-9

Introduction

down the right-hand side of the window, select this option from the tear-off
menu option in the VIEW pull-down menu.

Figure 1-5.  Screen Capture of BDU 3D Model Within the Player

1-10 Service Manual

 Product Tour

1.10.3 Product Labels

Table 1-2.  Labels, GUI and BDU

Do Not Push—Do not push on the GUI.

CE Mark—Signifies compliance with Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC.

Manufacturer—Indicates name of the product manufacturer.

EC Rep—Indicates name of manufacturer’s authorized representative.

SN—Indicates product serial number.

Manufacture date—Manufacture date is contained in the serial number.

WEEE—Follow local governing ordinances regarding proper disposal of waste.

Table 1-3.  BDU, Front Panel

To Patient port—Connect patient circuit to patient from inspiratory module here.

From Patient port—Connect patient circuit from patient to expiratory module here.

Filter latch icon—Expiratory filter latch locked (down)/unlocked (up).

Table 1-4.  BDU, Back Panel

Prescription Only—US federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician.

Consult Instructions for Use—User must consult instructions for use.

Service Manual 1-11

Introduction

Table 1-4.  BDU, Back Panel

Flammable—Warning: Keep away from fire or flame. Oxygen rich environments accelerate combus-
tibility.

Atmospheric pressure limitations—Operational atmospheric pressure range is 70 kPa to 106 kPa

(10.2 psi to 15.4 psi).

Humidity limitations—Operational humidity limit range is 10% to 95%.

Temperature limitations—Operational temperature limit range is 50°F to 104°F (10°C to 40°C).

Type BF—Type BF applied part.

IEC Ingress protection classification—Protected against ingress of fingers or similar objects and
protected from condensation.

Explosive hazard—Do not use in the presence of flammable gases.

CSA certified—Authorized to bear the CSA certification mark signifying the product has been evalu-
ated to the applicable ANSI/Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) and CSA standards for use in the US
and Canada.

Contains phthalates—Contains components manufactured with phthalates.

Ground lug—Potential equalization point (ground).

Circuit breaker 1—BDU circuit breaker on AC panel.

Circuit breaker 2—Circuit breaker on AC panel.

1.11 Graphical User Interface

There are two displays on the ventilator: the primary display (GUI) and the
status display on the BDU top cap.

1.11.1 Primary Display (GUI)

The graphical user interface (GUI) touchscreen incorporates a 15” display that
rotates 170° about a vertical axis in either direction. The GUI can also be tilted

1-12 Service Manual

 Graphical User Interface

up to 45° from vertical. The touchscreen provides access to ventilation param-

eters and off-screen control keys allow activation of other ventilator functions.

Control Keys

The GUI bezel has eight off-screen control keys.

1. Display brightness key — Adjusts brightness. Press the key and turn the knob
to adjust touchscreen brightness.

2. Display lock key — Prevents inadvertent settings changes to the ventilator

(including the knob function).Useful when cleaning the touchscreen. Press to lock,
press again to unlock.

3. Alarm volume key — Adjusts the alarm volume. The alarm volume cannot be
turned OFF.

4. Manual inspiration key — Use to deliver mandatory breaths to the patient or to

run an inspiratory pause maneuver in SPONT mode. In A/C, SIMV and SPONT
modes, delivers one manual breath to the patient based on current mandatory
breath parameters. In BiLevel mode, transitions from low pressure (PL) to high
pressure (PH) (or vice versa).

5. Inspiratory pause key — Initiates an inspiratory pause which closes the inspira-
tory and exhalation valves and extends the inspiratory phase of a mandatory
breath for the purposes of measuring end inspiratory pressure (PI END) for calcula-
tion of plateau pressure (PPL), static compliance (CSTAT), and static resistance
(RSTAT)

6. Expiratory pause key — Initiates an expiratory pause which extends the expira-
tory phase of the current breath in order to measure total PEEP (PEEPTOT).

7. Alarm reset key — Clears active alarms or resets high-priority alarms and
cancels an active alarm silence. An alarm reset is recorded in the alarm log if there
is an active alarm. DEVICE ALERT alarms cannot be reset.

8. Alarm silence key — Silences alarms for two minutes. Touch Cancel to halt the
alarm silence.

Visual Indicators

Visual alarm indicators vary both in color and in frequency. During normal oper-
ation, the omni-directional LED on the top of the GUI appears green in color, in
a steadily lit state. If an alarm occurs, the LED flashes in a color corresponding to

Service Manual 1-13

Introduction

the priority of the alarm. If another alarm occurs concurrently with an existing
alarm, the LED displays the color corresponding to the highest priority level. If
the alarm deescalates, the latched area (located on either side of the alarm LED
indicator) of the alarm LED displays the color of the highest priority alarm while
the center of the LED displays the color of the current alarm priority.
The alarm silence function has two visual indicators — the ALARM SILENCE key
on the GUI bezel glows yellow during an alarm silence interval, and a visual
countdown timer displays, showing the amount of time the alarm silence inter-
val has remaining.

Table 1-5.  GUI Visual Indicators

Symbol Description

Low-priority alarm icon—Appears on alarm banner

during low-priority alarm situations.

Medium-priority alarm icon—Appears on alarm banner during medium-priority alarm

situations.

High-priority alarm icon—Appears on alarm banner during high-priority alarm situa-

tions.

Maximize waveform icon—Enlarge the waveform to its maximum size with a touch.

Restore waveform icon—Restore the waveform to its original size with a touch.

Waveform layout icon—View up to five waveforms simultaneously. Open the wave-

form layout dialog with a touch.

Grid lines icon—Turn waveform grid-lines on or off with a touch.

Patient circuit type—Indicates either adult, pediatric, or neonate circuit type tested
during SST and in current use.

Vent Setup—Open the ventilator setup screen with a touch.

Home icon—Touch to dismiss all open dialogs.

1-14 Service Manual

 Graphical User Interface

Table 1-5.  GUI Visual Indicators (Continued)

Symbol Description

Manual Event Manual Event —Touch to open the manual event screen for viewing trending data.

Alarms icon—Touch to display alarm settings.

Configure icon—Touch to access the SST screen. Perform all the SST tests or a single
SST test. Also use to access options, comm setup, or to change date and time.

Logs icon—Touch this constant access icon to display the logs screen, which contains
tabs for Alarms, Settings, Patient Data, Diagnostics, EST/SST status, General Event and
Service logs.

Unread items icon—Overlays other icons or tabs to indicate unread items at this loca-
tion.

Elevate O2 control—Touch to increase the set oxygen concentration for two minutes.

Screen capture icon—Touch to capture the image displayed on the screen.

Help icon—Use to obtain additional information. Click and drag to areas of concern for
further clarification.

Pause icon—Touch to pause the waveform graph.

Audible Indicators

Audible pitched tones and beeps sound during contact with the touchscreen
and its keys, as well as notification for when the ventilator software accepts
changes to ventilation settings. Specific audible tones occur during alarm states.
Alarm states

• High priority alarm — A repeating series of five tones sounds, repeats, pauses,
then repeats again.

Service Manual 1-15

Introduction

• Medium priority alarm — A repeating series of three tones.

• Low priority alarm — A series of two tones.

To change the audible alarm volume, press the ALARM VOLUME key, then
adjust the alarm volume value.
Press the ALARM SILENCE key to temporarily silence the alarm. A two-minute
countdown timer appears on the touchscreen during the alarm silence interval.
Notification of boundary

• Soft bound tone — A single tone sounds when a selected value exceeds or
drops below its limit and requires acknowledgment to continue.

• Hard bound tone — A single tone sounds when the upper or lower limit of the
setting cannot be adjusted higher or lower.

1.11.2 Status Display Control and Indicators

The status display, located on the top cap of the breath delivery unit (BDU),
provides basic status both during power up and operation. During normal ven-
tilation, the status display reflects the current power source, the presence of
primary and extended batteries and charge status, the relative available battery
charge level, circuit pressure graph, master serial number of the ventilator,
connection of air and oxygen, total number of ventilator operational hours,
and status of each type of self test. Reference Power-on Self Test (POST), p. 4-
3, for POST details. Reference Short Self Test (SST), p. 5-30, for SST details. Ref-
erence Extended Self Test (EST), p. 5-21, for EST details.

Table 1-6.  Status Display Indicators and Descriptions

Status Display Indicator or Message Description

Splash screen — Appears when the ventilator’s

power switch is turned on. When this image
appears, press and release the TEST button at the
back of the ventilator to enter Service mode.

1-16 Service Manual

 Graphical User Interface

Table 1-6.  Status Display Indicators and Descriptions (Continued)

Status Display Indicator or Message Description

POST failure — This image appears if a POST

error occurs at ventilator start-up, along with the
error code (in this case a missing primary battery).

Normal mode — Note the appearance of the

AC power and alarm volume icons.

Prior to patient connection — The status

display appears as shown when the patient has
not been connected to the ventilator. Note the
absence of PPEAK and PEEP values. Also note the
Adult Mode and setup description.

AC power indicator — When this image

appears on any status display indicator, indicates
the ventilator is operating on AC power.

Battery icon — Denotes the ventilator is operat-

ing on battery power when this image appears
on any status display indicator. Alerts the opera-
tor there is insufficient AC power to operate the
ventilator. The indicator is replaced by the “on
AC power” indicator when adequate AC power
is restored.

Service Manual 1-17

Introduction

Table 1-6.  Status Display Indicators and Descriptions (Continued)

Status Display Indicator or Message Description

O2 available indicator — Indicates ventilator is

connected to a pressurized O2 source.
Air available indicator — Indicates the ventila-
tor is connected to a pressurized air source.

Stand-by state — The status display appears as

shown when the ventilator is in stand-by state.

Battery not installed1— This image appears

when there is no primary battery installed, and
renders the ventilator inoperative.

Battery charging1 — Identifies that the ventila-

tor’s primary battery is charging. This icon is ani-
mated; orange bars scroll upward towards a “+”
sign indicating the battery is charging. Green
bars show the relative remaining battery capaci-
ty. If an extended battery is installed, the image
shows a similar representation in the extended
battery location (left-most receptacle).

1-18 Service Manual

 Graphical User Interface

Table 1-6.  Status Display Indicators and Descriptions (Continued)

Status Display Indicator or Message Description

Battery charged1 —The ventilator’s primary

battery (in the right-most slot) is shown fully
charged, represented by a + symbol and green
color.

On battery power 1 — Alerts the operator

there is insufficient AC power to operate the ven-
tilator. Ventilator is operating on battery power
with greater than ten minutes of capacity
remaining. Note the appearance of the battery
icon.

Low battery1 — Identifies that the ventilator’s

primary battery (right-most slot) is discharging
and there are ten minutes or less of battery
capacity remaining. A percentage indicator
shows the remaining battery capacity. If an
extended battery is installed, the image would
show a similar representation in the extended
battery location (left most slot).

Critically low battery1 — Identifies that the

ventilator’s primary battery has less than five
minutes of battery capacity remaining. A per-
centage indicator shows the remaining battery
capacity. If an extended battery is installed, the
image would show a similar representation in the
extended battery location.

Service Manual 1-19

Introduction

Table 1-6.  Status Display Indicators and Descriptions (Continued)

Status Display Indicator or Message Description

Battery Inoperative1 — This image appears on

the status display when a battery fault renders
the battery inoperative.

Power failure1 — Alerts the user that the venti-

lator’s battery is depleted or depletion is immi-
nent. Replace primary or extended battery with a
fully charged battery or connect ventilator to AC
power.

Loss of GUI1 — Indicates a loss of communica-

tion between the BDU and the GUI, where the
GUI cannot reliably display or receive ventilator
information. This loss of communication could be
caused by problems such as a GUI hardware fail-
ure, faulty Ethernet, or GUI reset. If indicator is
visible, ventilation continues as currently set.
Replace the ventilator and service it as soon as
appropriate to do so. Service the ventilator prior
to retuning it for use on patients.

Safety valve open (SVO) indicator1 — During

SVO, the patient can breathe room air through
the safety valve, to the extent the patient is able
to breathe unaided.

1-20 Service Manual

 Label Description

Table 1-6.  Status Display Indicators and Descriptions (Continued)

Status Display Indicator or Message Description

Ventilator inoperative (Vent Inop)1 — Indi-

cates the ventilator is no longer capable of venti-
lating a patient and requires service. The alarm
reset key cannot be used to restore function to
the ventilator during a ventilator inoperative con-
dition. Provide alternate means of ventilation
immediately Note the display of the Safety valve
open indicator.

1. Image shown without optional compressor installed.

1.12 Label Description

Table 1-7.  Shipping Label Symbols and Descriptions

Symbol Description

CE Mark 0123: Authorized for sale in European countries

Date of manufacture

This side up

Fragile

Humidity limitations: 15% to 95% relative humidity

Avoid temperature extremes: -20C, 70C

Keep dry

Service Manual 1-21

Introduction

1.13 Connectors
The ventilator incorporates the following connectors:
• Ventilator outlet port (To patient) — A coaxial 15 mm (ID) / 22 mm (OD)
conical connection to which the external inspiratory bacteria filter attaches.

• Exhalation port (From patient) — The expiratory limb of the patient circuit
attaches to the inlet of the expiratory bacteria filter. This port is compatible with
a standard 22mm (OD) conical connection.

• Proximal Flow sensor — The optional Proximal Flow Sensor measures flow and
pressure at the patient wye. The keyed pneumatic connector with a locking
feature prevents inadvertent disconnection.

• Standard interface connectors — The USB connector allows screen capture

on an external USB storage device and communication with an external patient
monitor via serial over USB protocol. The HDMI connector allows transmission of
the GUI image to an external video display device. The Ethernet connector allows
new software and option upload.

1.14 Safety Information

1.14.1 Safety Symbol Definitions

This section contains safety information requiring users to exercise appropriate

caution while using the ventilator.

Table 1-8.  Safety Symbol Definitions

Symbol Definition

WARNING
Warnings alert users to potential serious outcomes (death, injury, or adverse
events) to the patient or operator.

Caution
Cautions alert users to exercise appropriate care for safe and effective use of the
product.

Note
Notes provide additional guidelines or information.

1-22 Service Manual

 Safety Information

1.14.2 Warnings

 WARNING:
Only qualified technicians factory-trained in the maintenance of this
ventilator may service the ventilator, its components, or its accessories.

 WARNING:
Follow preventive maintenance according to intervals specified in this
manual.

 WARNING:
To minimize fire hazard, inspect and clean or replace, as necessary, any
damaged ventilator parts that come into contact with oxygen.

 WARNING:
To avoid an electrical shock hazard, remove all power to the ventilator:
disconnect from AC power source, remove all batteries, and turn off all
ventilator power switches prior to servicing the ventilator. Follow accepted
safety practices for electrical equipment when testing or making equipment
adjustments or repairs.

 WARNING:
Read and adhere to all posted and stated safety warning and caution labels
on the ventilator and its components, and on any service equipment and
materials used. Failure to adhere to such warnings and cautions at all times
may result in injury or property damage.

 WARNING:
To prevent personal injury or death, do not attempt any ventilator service or
enter service mode while a patient is connected to the ventilator. While in the
service mode, normal ventilator operation is not accessible.

 WARNING:
To prevent personal injury, always disconnect air and oxygen sources from
the ventilator prior to servicing the ventilator.

Service Manual 1-23

Introduction

 WARNING:
To avoid electrocution, never simultaneously touch any person and the
ventilator's internal components, including the battery.

 WARNING:
Follow accepted safety procedures for electrical equipment when making
connections, adjustments, or repairs.

 WARNING:
Use all cleaning solutions and products with caution. Read and follow the
instructions associated with the specific cleaning or disinfecting agent. Use
only those allowable cleaning and disinfecting agents listed in this manual.

 WARNING:
To avoid asphyxiation, do not clean any gas pathway with a liquid cleaner or
lubricant. Use only those allowable cleaning and disinfecting agents listed in
this manual. Ensure the gas supply is dry.

 WARNING:
Use personal protective equipment prior to any possible exposure to toxic
fumes, vapor, dust particles, blood pathogens, and other transmittable
diseases and hazardous materials. If in doubt, consult an environmental
health and safety specialist or an industrial hygienist before servicing the
ventilator.

 WARNING:
Always use personal protective equipment when handling ventilator
components. This is particularly important when handling contaminated
bacterial filters or other patient accessories to prevent disease transmission.

 WARNING:
Do not touch a broken monitoring screen. The monitoring screen contains
toxic chemicals. Physical contact with a broken monitoring screen can result
in transmission or ingestion of toxic substances.

 WARNING:
When handling any part of the ventilator, always follow appropriate
institutional infection control guidelines for handling infectious materials.

1-24 Service Manual

 Safety Information

 WARNING:
Do not allow liquid or sprays to penetrate the ventilator or cable connections.
The ventilator should never be immersed in any liquid, and any pooled liquid
on the surface of the device should be wiped away to prevent ingress into the
ventilator.

 WARNING:
Do not position the ventilator next to anything that blocks or restricts the
inlet or outlet air circulation openings, gas exhaust port, or alarm speakers.

 WARNING:
Observe all applicable local governing ordinances and recycling regulations
when disposing of the ventilator, battery and any of its components. For
environmental protection, the ventilator and its components, whatever their
respective conditions of operation, must be submitted for suitable selective
collection and possible recycling.

 WARNING:
After assembling, cleaning, or reassembling the patient circuit, inspect the
hoses, circuit, and other components to ensure there are no cracks or leaks
and all connections are secure. This includes hand-tightening both inlet gas
connections.

 WARNING:
To prevent electrostatic discharge (ESD) and potential fire hazard, do not use
anti-static or electrically conductive hoses or tubing in or near the ventilator
breathing system.

 WARNING:
A fault identified in EST indicates the ventilator or an associated component
is defective. Repair the defective ventilator or associated component before
returning the ventilator for clinical usage, unless it can be determined with
certainty that the defect cannot create a hazard for the patient or add to the
risks which may arise from other hazards.

 WARNING:
If the ventilator fails an electrical safety test, an electrocution hazard may
exist. Do not proceed to the next electrical safety test without correcting the
problem and retesting the ventilator.

Service Manual 1-25

Introduction

 WARNING:
Replacement of ventilator batteries by inadequately trained personnel could
result in an unacceptable risk, such as excessive temperatures, fire, or
explosion.

 WARNING:
To avoid oxygen hazards, adhere to the standards of the institution for good
oxygen hazard practices. This includes, but is not limited to, the following
bulleted list.
• Adhere to standards to minimize generation of particles during initial
installation.

• Avoid contamination of any work surface or components.

• Report or correct any identified source of contamination.

• Use only oxygen-compatible lubricants.

• Ensure a sparing application of oxygen-compatible lubricants.

• Avoid exposure of oxygen-clean surfaces to any sort of contaminants or

foreign materials. This would include dirty hands or contaminated gloves.

• Reject contaminated components, or clean them, when appropriate.

 WARNING:
Lock the ventilator’s casters during use to avoid the possibility of extubation
due to inadvertent ventilator movement.

1.14.3 Cautions

 Caution:
To prevent damage to electrostatic discharge ESD-sensitive components,
always follow ESD guidelines when servicing the ventilator. Adhere to ESD
control techniques when repairing ESD sensitive components.

 Caution:
Lock ventilator casters to prevent inadvertent movement of the ventilator
during routine maintenance or when ventilator is on an incline.

1-26 Service Manual

 Technical Assistance

 Caution:
Use only the cleaning agents specified in this manual.

 Caution:
Do not soak any portion of the ventilator in solvent, alcohol, or any other
cleaning agent. Soaking ventilator components may damage the ventilator.

 Caution:
When transferring the ventilator from storage conditions, allow its
temperature to stabilize at ambient conditions prior to use.

 Caution:
Only use Covidien-recommended filters with the ventilator.

1.14.4 Notes

 Note:
Federal law (USA) restricts the sale of this device except by or on the order of a
physician.

1.15 Technical Assistance

To obtain technical assistance, consult at least one of the listed resources.
• Reference p. 1-27 for On-Screen Tool Tips.

• Reference p. 1-28 for Related Documents.

• Reference p. 1-29 for Online SolvIT Center Knowledge Base.

• Reference p. 1-29 for Technical Support.

1.15.1 On-Screen Tool Tips

The ventilator is equipped with an on-screen help system that enables users to
select an item on the screen and display a description of that item. Follow the
procedure below to access and use on-screen help.

Service Manual 1-27

Introduction

Help topics on the ventilator are called tool tips. If a tool tip is available, a
glowing blue outline appears around the item in question.
To access tool tips
1. Touch the item in question for a period of at least 0.5 s, or drag the help icon (the
question mark icon appearing at the lower right of the GUI screen) to the item in ques-
tion. A tool tip appears with a short description of the item. Most screen items have
tool tips associated with them, providing the operator with access to a multitude of
help topics.

2. Select MORE on the dialog to display an expanded description.

 Note:
• Dragging the help icon causes the tool tip to display in its expanded state.

• Dragging the help icon and pausing causes a tool tip to display. Continue drag-
ging to another item to dismiss the last tool tip and display another tool tip.

3. Select CLOSE to close the dialog, or let it fade away after five (5) seconds.

1.15.2 Related Documents

Documentation is available on the Internet. Covidien makes available all appro-

priate information relevant to servicing ventilator parts designated as repairable
in this manual. For further assistance, contact Covidien.

http://www.covidien.com

• Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Ventilator Installation Instructions — Con-

tains information used by factory-trained service technicians for unpacking,
assembling, and installing the Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Ventilator and its com-
ponents: the standard base, the breath delivery unit (BDU), the graphical user
interface (GUI), a primary battery, an optional extended battery, and accessories.
In addition, it describes the proper method for connecting to power and to gas
supplies. It also provides guidance for performing calibrations and safety tests
prior to first-time clinical usage. Before assembling or installing the ventilator for
the first time, thoroughly read this instruction.

• Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Ventilator Operator’s Manual — Provides

basic information on operating the ventilator and troubleshooting errors or mal-
functions. Before using the ventilator, thoroughly read this manual.

1-28 Service Manual

 Technical Assistance

• Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Ventilator Service Manual — Provides infor-

mation to Covidien-trained service technicians for use when configuring, testing,
troubleshooting, repairing, and upgrading the ventilator. Before servicing the ven-
tilator, thoroughly read this manual and the Operator’s Manual.

• Hardware Installation Instructions — Provides detailed instructions for various

hardware options for installation by factory-trained service technicians.

• Battery installation

• Cylinder mount installation

• Hardware options installation

• Humidifier bracket installation

• Water trap kit

• Expiratory Filter Instructions for Use — Provides installation and usage guid-
ance for expiratory bacterial filters used in the Puritan Bennett™ 980 Ventilator.

• Compressor Addendum — Provides installation and usage guidance for the

optional compressor used in the Puritan Bennett™ 980 Ventilator.

1.15.3 Online SolvIT Center Knowledge Base

For online Technical sSupport, visit the SolvITSM Center Knowledge Base at the
listed URL. The link to the SolvIT Center appears on the left side of the page.
The SolvIT Center provides answers to frequently asked questions about the
ventilator system and other products 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

1.15.4 Technical Support

Covidien limits field service of the ventilator to only those service activities iden-
tified in this manual. Contact Covidien or a local Covidien representative for
technical support to order parts, to order an Operator’s or Service Manual, or
to schedule technical training. If unable to correct a problem while using the
ventilator, contact a Covidien Service Center or a local Covidien representative.
When calling Covidien or a local Covidien representative, have the BDU and
GUI serial numbers available, as well as the firmware version number of the
ventilator system. The ventilator lists current software versions for the ventila-
tor, the kernel, and various subsystems.

Service Manual 1-29

Introduction

• Graphical user interface (GUI FPGA and CPLD)

• Breath delivery unit (BD FPGA and CPLD)

• Inspiratory module (FPGA only)

• Expiratory module (FPGA only)

To locate the serial number and software versions

1. Locate the serial number listed in the upper left-hand corner of the status display
when the ventilator is powered on. For additional serial numbers, refer to step 4.

2. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

3. Select the CONFIGURE option. Reference Configuration, p. 5-3.

4. Select the SERIAL NUMBER option and view the serial numbers of the ventilator
and all listed PCBAs.

5. Select the SW VERSION/PART NUMBER option.

6. View version number and part number data.

7. Select EXIT.

Table 1-9.  Covidien Service Centers

Covidien Argentina Covidien Asia Covidien Australia Covidien Austria GmbH

Aguero 351 Singapore Regional 52A Huntingwood Drive Campus21
Capital Federal - 1171 ABC Service Centre Huntingwood, NSW 2148 Europaring F09402
Argentina 15 Pioneer Hub, #06-04 Australia A-2345 Brunn am Gebirge
Tel (5411) 4863-5300 Singapore 627753 Tel (+61) 1800 - 350702 Österreich
Fax (5411) 4863-4142 Tel (65) 6578 5288 Fax (+61) 2967 - 18118 Tel (+43) 0 2236 37 88 39
Fax (65) 6515 5260 Fax(+43) 0 2236 37 88 3940

Covidien Belgie S.A.-N.V. Covidien Brazil Covidien Canada Covidien Chile

Generaal De Wittelaan 9/5 Av. Das Nações Undias 19600 Clark Graham Camino lo Boza (Ex 8395)
2800 Mechelen 12995 Andar 23 - Baie d'Urfe, QC, H9X 3R8 Pudehuel
België Brooklin Canada Santiago
Tel +32 152 981 37 São Paulo, SP Tel1-514-695-1220 Chile
Fax +32 152 167 83 Brasil 04578-000 Fax 1-514-695-4965 Tel (562) 739 - 3000
Tel (5511) 2187-6200 Fax (562) 783 - 3149
Fax (5511) 2187-6380

1-30 Service Manual

 Technical Assistance

Table 1-9.  Covidien Service Centers (Continued)

Covidien China Covidien Colombia Covidien Costa Rica Covidien Czech Republic
2F, Tyco Plaza Edificio Prados de la Global Park, Parkway 50 Prosecká 851/ 64
99 Tian Zhou Rd Morea La Auroa de Heredia 190 00 Praha
Shang Hai 200233 Carretera Central Del Costa Rica Ceska Republika
P.R. China Norte Tel (506) 2239 - 5386 Tel +42 024 109 57 35
Tel (+86) 4008 1886 86 (Cra 7a) Kilometro 18, Fax (506) 2239 - 5319 Fax + 42 02 3900 0437
Fax (+86) 2154 4511 18 Chia-Cundinamarca
Bogota, Colombia
Tel (571) 619-5469
Fax (571) 619-5425

Covidien Danmark A/S Covidien Deutschland Covidien ECE Covidien Finland Oy

Langebrogade 6E, 4. sal GmbH Galvahiho 7 / A Pursimiehenkatu 26-39C
DK-1411 København Gewerbepark 1r 82104 Bratislava Slovakia PL407
K D-93333 Neustadt / Slovenska Republika FIN-00151 Helsinki
Danmark Donau Tel +420 2 41 095 735 Finland
Tel +45 702 753 50 Germany Fax +420 2 39 000 437 Tel +358 9725 192 88
Fax +45 702 756 50 Tel +49 0 9445 95 9 0 Fax +358 9725 192 89
Fax +49 0 9445 95 9 155

Covidien France SAS Covidien Hong Kong Covidien India Covidien ECE
2 Rue Denis Diderot Unit 12-16, 18/F 10th Floor Building No 9B Mariassy u. 7
78990 Elancourt BEA Tower DLF Cyber City Phase III 1095 Budapest
Millennium City 5 Gurgaon Hungary
France
4187 Kwun Tong Road Haryana - 122002 Tel + 36 1880 7975
Tel +33 (0) 13079 80 00 Kwum Tong, India Fax + 36 1777 4932
Fax +33 (0) 130 79 80 30 Kowloon, Hong Kong Tel + 91 1244 709800
Tel + 852 3157 7299 Fax + 91 1244 206850
Fax + 852 2838 0749

Covidien Ireland Covidien Israel Covidien Italia S.p.A Covidien Japan Inc.
Block G, Ground Floor, 5 Shacham St. Via Rivoltana 2/D Technical Support Center
Cherrywood Business Park, North Industrial Park 20090 Segrate 83-1, Takashimadaira
Loughlinstown Caesarea Italy 1-Chome
County Dublin, Ireland 38900 Israel Tel +39 02 703173 1 Itabashi-ku, Tokyo 175-0082
Tel +353 0 1.4073173 Tel +972 4.627 73 88 Fax +39 02 71740584 Japan
Fax +353 0 1.4073174 Fax+972 6.627 76 88 Tel: +81 (0) 3 6859 0120
Fax: +81 (0) 3 6859 0142

Covidien Korea Covidien Mexico Covidien Nederland BV Covidien New Zealand

5F, Hibrand Living Gwan, Insurgentes Sur # 863, Hogeweg 105 Cnr Manu Tapu Dr & Joseph
#215, Piso 16 NL5301 LL Zaltbommel Hammond Pl.
Yangjae-Dong, Col. Nápoles Nederland Auckland Airport
Seocho-Gu Del. Benito Juarez Tel +31 418 57 66 00 New Zealand
Seoul, Korea Mexico, D.F. 03810 Fax +31 418 57 67 91 Phone: + 64 508 489 264
Tel: +822 570 5459 Mexico
Fax: +822 570 5499 Tel: (5255) 5804-1524
Fax: (5255) 5536-1326

Service Manual 1-31

Introduction

Table 1-9.  Covidien Service Centers (Continued)

Covidien Norge AS Covidien Panama Covidien Polska Covidien Portugal Lda.

Bankveinen 1, Parque Industrial Costa Al. Jerozolimskie 162 Estrada do Outeiro de Polima,
Postboks 343 del Esta Warszawa. 02-342 Lote 10-1° Abóboda
N1372 Askerr Calle Primera, Edifio Polska 2785-521 S.Domingos de
Norway #109 Tel +48 22 312 20 00 Rana
Tel +47 2415 15 98 87 Panama City, Panama Fax +48 22 312 20 20 Portugal
Fax +47 2415 15 98 88 Tel: (507) 264-7337 Tel +35 121 448 10 00
Fax: (507) 236-7408 Fax +35 121 445 05 88

Covidien Puerto Rico Covidien Russia Covidien Saglik A.S. Covidien South Africa
Palmas Industrial Park 53 bld. 5 Dubininskaya Maslak Mahallesi Bilim Corporate Park North
Road 869 Km 2.0 Bdlg. #1 Street Sokak No: 5, Sun Plaza 379 Roan Crescent
Cataño, PR 00962 Moscow Kat: 2-3 Randjespark Midrand,
Tel. 787-993-7250 Russia 119054 Sisli, Istanbul 34398 South Africa
Ext. 7222 & 7221 Tel +70 495 933 64 69 Turkey Tel +27 115 429 500
Fax 787-993-7234 Fax +70 495 933 64 68 Tel +90 212 366 20 00 Fax +27 115 429 624
Fax +90 212 276 35 25

Covidien Spain S.L. Covidien Sverige AB Covidien Switzerland Covidien Thailand

c/Fructuós Gelabert Hemvärnsgatan 9, Roosstrasse 53 99 Soi Rubia,
6, 8a Planta Box 54 8832 Wollerau Sukhumvit 42 Road
08970 Sant Joan Despí SE17174 Solna Schweiz 13 - 14 Fl., Berli Jucker Build-
Barcelona, Spain Sweden Tel +41 44786 5050 ing
Tel +34 93 475 86 10 Tel +46 8517 615 73 Fax +41 44786 5010 Prakanong, Klongtoey
Fax +34 93 477 10 17 Fax +46 8517 615 79 Bangkok 10110, Thailand
Tel +662 2073 - 100
Fax +662 207 - 3101

Covidien UK Covidien USA

4500 Parkway 2101 Faraday Ave
Whiteley, Fareham Carlsbad, CA 92008
Tel: 1-800-255-6774
Hampshire (option 4)
PO157NY, United Kingdom Email: VentTechSup-
Tel +44(0) 1329 2240002 [email protected]
Fax +44(0)1329 220213

1.16 Warranty Information

To obtain warranty information, if any, contact a Covidien Service Center or
call a local Covidien representative.

1-32 Service Manual

2 Specifications

2.1 Overview
This chapter contains the Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Ventilator specifications.

 WARNING:
Due to excessive restriction of the Air Liquide™, SIS, and Dräger™ hose
assemblies, reduced ventilator performance levels may result when oxygen
or air supply pressures < 50 psi (345 kPa) are employed.

2.2 Measurement Uncertainty

Measurement uncertainties and the manner in which they are applied are
listed in the following tables unless otherwise noted.

Table 2-1.  Performance Verification Equipment Uncertainty

Measured Parameter Offset Gain

Flow 0.1001 SLPM 2.7642% reading

Pressure 0.121594 cmH2O 0.195756% reading

Oxygen Concentration 0.0168% O2 0.0973% reading

Temperature 0.886041 °C 0.128726% reading

Atmospheric Pressure 1.76 cmH2O ---

During breath delivery performance verification for flow- and pressure- based mea-
surements, equipment inaccuracy is subtracted from acceptance specifications.

Net Acceptance Gain = Requirement Specification Gain - Measurement Uncertainty Gain

Net Acceptance Offset = Requirement Specification Offset - Measurement Uncertainty Offset

Acceptance Limit= ±[(Net Acceptance Offset) + (Net Acceptance Gain) x (Setting)]

(Setting- Acceptance Limit) ≤ Measurement ≤ (Setting + Acceptance Limit)

2- 1
Specifications

For derived parameters, individual sensor uncertainties are combined and

applied, as applicable, to determine acceptance limits.

2.3 Physical Characteristics

Table 2-2.  Physical Characteristics

Weight Ventilator: 113 lb (51.26 kg) incl. BDU, GUI, standard base, primary battery
BDU only: 69 lb (31.3 kg)
Ventilator and compressor: 157 lb (71.2 kg) including GDU, GUI, ventilator
and compressor primary batteries, base assembly, and compressor
Compressor: 89 lb (40.4 kg) including base assembly
BDU only: 69 lb (31.3 kg)

Dimensions Ventilator: 12.5” w x 11.5” d x 43.5” h (32 cm x 30 cm x 111 cm) (no GUI)
Ventilator: 12.5” w x 11.5” d x 58” h (32 cm x30 cm x 148 cm) (with GUI
Standard base: 22.5” width x 26” depth (58 cm x 66 cm)

A-weighted sound pressure At a distance of one (1) meter, does not exceed 45 dBA below 500 mL/min
level, ventilator (average)

A-weighted sound pressure At a distance of one (1) meter does not exceed 49 dBA below 500 mL/min
level, ventilator and compressor

A-weighted sound power level, Does not exceed 58 dBA below 500 mL/min
ventilator

Connectors Inspiratory and expiratory limb connectors are 22 mm OD conical fittings

compliant with ISO 5356-1

Inspiratory/ Exhalation filters Reference filter Instructions For Use for complete specifications

Pressure units Hectopascal (hPa)

(chosen by operator) centimeters of water (cmH2O)

Displayed weight units Kilograms (kg) or Pounds (lb) (user selectable)

Displayed length units Centimeters (cm) or Inches (in) (user selectable)

Table 2-3.  Additional Specifications

Thermal Specifications

Ventilator 800 BTU/hr

Ventilator and 3000 BTU/hr

compressor

Pneumatic Specifications

2-2 Service Manual

 Physical Characteristics

Table 2-3.  Additional Specifications (Continued)

Oxygen and air inlet Pressure: 241 to 600 kPa (35 psi to 87 psi)
supplies Flow: Maximum of 200 L/min

Oxygen sensor life Up to one year; depending on oxygen usage and ambient temperature.

Gas mixing system Range of flow from the mixing system:

Adult: Up to 150 L/min. Additional flow available (peak 200 L/min) for compliance
compensation
Pediatric: Up to 80 L/min
Neonatal: Up to 30 L/min
Leakage from one gas system to another: Meets IEC 80601-2-12 standard
Operating pressure range: 35 to 87 psi (241 to 600 kPa)

Table 2-4.  Technical Specifications

Maximum limited pressure A fixed pressure limit to the safety valve limits circuit pressure to
(PLIM max) < 125 cmH2O (123 hPa) at the patient wye.

Maximum working pressure PW max is ensured by the high pressure limit (2PPEAK) when PI is
(PW max) < 100 cmH2O (98.07 hPa)

Response time to change in FiO2 < 18 s for volumes > 150 mL

setting from 21% O2 to 90% O2 < 19 s for volumes ≥ 30 mL but ≤ 150 mL
(measured at patient wye) < 20 s for volumes ≥ 2 mL but < 30 mL

Measuring and display devices Pressure Measurements:

Type: Solid state differential pressure transducer
Sensing position: Inspiratory module; expiratory module
Mean circuit pressure: -20 cmH2O (-20 hPa) to 100 cmH2O (98 hPa)
Peak circuit pressure: -20 cmH2O (-20 hPa) to 130 cmH2O (127 hPa)

Volume Measurements:
Type: Hot film anemometer
Sensing position: Inspiratory module; expiratory module
Oxygen measurement:
Type: Galvanic cell
Sensing position: Inspiratory module

Minute volume (VE TOT) capability, Up to 75 L/min

ventilator

Minute volume (VE TOT) capability, Up to 40 L/min BTPS, including compliance compensation
compressor

Results of ventilator testing using circuits identified for use with the ventilator system

Internal Inspiratory filter bacterial/ > 99.999%

viral filtration efficiency

Service Manual 2-3

Specifications

Table 2-4.  Technical Specifications (Continued)

Internal Inspiratory filter particle fil- > 99.97% retention of particles 0.3m nominal at 100 L/min flow
tration efficiency

Internal Inspiratory filter resistance 0.2 cmH2O < resistance < 2.2 cmH2O at 30 L/min flow
0.2 cmH2O < resistance < 1.7 cmH2O at 15 L/min flow

External Inspiratory filter resistance 0.2 cmH2O < resistance < 2.2 cmH2O at 30 L/min flow
0.2 cmH2O < resistance < 2.2 cmH2O at 15 L/min flow

Combined inspiratory filter resis- 0.2 cmH2O < resistance < 5.5 cmH2O at 30 L/min flow
tance
0.2 cmH2O < resistance < 1.7 cmH2O at 15 L/min flow

External Inspiratory filter resistance 0.2 cmH2O < resistance < 2.2 cmH2O at 30 L/min flow
0.2 cmH2O < resistance < 1.7 cmH2O at 15 L/min flow

External Inspiratory filter bacterial/ > 99.999%

viral filtration efficiency

External Inspiratory filter particle fil- > 99.97% retention of particles 0.3m nominal at 100 L/min flow
tration efficiency

External Inspiratory filter resistance 0.2 cmH2O < resistance < 4.2 cmH2O at 60 L/min
(reusable inspiratory filter) 0.2 cmH2O < resistance < 2.2 cmH2O at 30 L/min
0.2 cmH2O < resistance < 1.7 cmH2O at 15 L/min

External Inspiratory filter bacterial/ > 99.999%

viral filtration efficiency (disposable
inspiratory filter)

External Inspiratory filter particle fil- > 99.97% retention of particles 0.3m nominal at 100 L/min flow
tration efficiency (disposable inspira-
tory filter)

Expiratory filter particle filtration effi- > 99.97% retention of particles 0.3m nominal at 100 L/min flow
ciency, reusable

Expiratory filter bacterial/viral filtra- > 99.999%

tion efficiency, reusable

Expiratory filter resistance (pediatric/ New: < 2.5 cmH2O at 30 L/min

adult, reusable and disposable) < 1.7 cmH2O at 15 L/min

Expiratory filter bacterial/viral filtra- > 99.999%

tion efficiency, disposable

Expiratory filter particle filtration effi- > 99.97% retention of particles 0.3m nominal at 100 L/min flow
ciency, disposable

Expiratory filter bacterial/viral filtra- > 99.999%

tion efficiency (neonatal, disposable)

2-4 Service Manual

 Electrical Specifications

Table 2-4.  Technical Specifications (Continued)

Expiratory filter particle filtration effi- > 99.97% retention of particles 0.3m nominal at 100 L/min flow
ciency (neonatal, disposable)

Expiratory filter resistance (neonatal, < 0.58 cmH2O at 2.5 L/min

disposable)

Circuit compliance Neonatal: < 0.25 mL/cmH2O to > 3.0 mL/cmH2O

Pediatric: 1.05 mL/cmH2O to 9 mL/cmH2O
Adult: 1.05 mL/cmH2O to 12 mL/cmH2O

Inspiratory limb circuit resistance Neonatal: 0.2 cmH2O/L/s to 3.5cmH2O/L/s

Pediatric: 0.2cmH2O to 7.5 cmH2O/L/s
Adult: 0.2cmH2O to 12.5 cmH2O/L/s

Expiratory limb circuit resistance Neonatal: 0.2 cmH2O/L/s to 3.5 cmH2O/L/s

Pediatric: 0.2cmH2O to 7.5 cmH2O
Adult: 0.2cmH2O to 12.5 cmH2O

Humidifier volume Range:10 to 1000 mL

Resolution:10 mL
New patient default: 480 mL

Alarm volume (primary) Alarm volume range (dBA)1

Measurement uncertainty: ± 3 dBA High priority: 58 (volume setting 1) to 86 (volume setting 10)
Medium priority: 52 (volume setting 1) to 78 (volume setting 10)
Low priority: 50 (volume setting 1) to 76 (volume setting 10)
Resolution: 1

Alarm volume (secondary) Minimum 64 dBA1

Measurement uncertainty: ± 3 dBA
1. Measured 1m from front, rear, and sides of ventilator.

2.4 Electrical Specifications

2.25A RMS @100Vac, 50-60Hz100 V, 50/60 Hz

Electrical ratings, ventilator 1.5A RMS @120Vac, 60Hz120 V, 60 Hz
0.75A RMS @ 220 V, 230 V, 240 V 50/60 Hz

Electrical ratings, ventilator and compressor 100V~, 50-60Hz, 3.5 A

120V~, 50-60Hz, 2.8A
220-240V~, 50-60Hz, 1.5 A

Mains overcurrent release Ventilator: 4 A

Earth leakage current 300 A maximum

Touch current 100 A maximum

Service Manual 2-5

Specifications

Patient Leakage current 100 A maximum

2.5 Interface requirements

Table 2-5.  RS-232 Interface Pin-outs

Pin Signal Name

1 N/C Not connected

2 RxD Receive data

3 TxD Transmit data

4 N/C Not connected

5 GND Ground

6 N/C Not connected

7 RTS Request to send

8 CTS Clear to send

9 N/C Not connected

Table 2-6.  Nurse Call Interface Pin-outs

Pin Configuration

1 Normally closed (NC)

2 Relay common

3 Normally open (NO)

4 Not connected

2.6 Environmental Specifications

Use the ventilator only in these specified conditions.

2-6 Service Manual

 Performance Specifications

Table 2-7.  Environmental Specifications

Operation Storage Out-of-box Tested Limits

Temperature 10°C to 40°C -20°C to 70°C 10°C to 40°C

(50°F to 104°F) (-68°F to 158°F) (50°F to 104°F)

Atmospheric 70kPa to 106 kPa 50 kPa to 106 kPa 70 to 106 kPa

Pressure (10.15 psi to (15.37 psi) (7.25 psi to 15.37 psi) (10.15 to 15.37 psi)

Altitude -411.5 m to 3048 m 6096 m max ----

(-1350 ft to 10000 ft) (20000 ft max)

Relative Humidity 10% to 95% non-condensing

2.7 Performance Specifications

 WARNING:
The ventilator accuracies listed in this chapter are applicable under the
operating conditions identified in the table above
Operation outside specified ranges cannot guarantee the accuracies listed in
the subsequent tables, and may supply incorrect information.

Table 2-8.  Ventilator Settings Range, Resolution, and Accuracy

Setting Description Range, resolution, accuracy

Apnea ventilation A safety mode of ventilation that See individual apnea settings.
starts if the patient does not receive
a breath for an elapsed time
exceeding the apnea interval.

Apnea expiratory time For mandatory PC apnea breaths, Range: 0.20 s to 59.8 s
(TE) the time interval between the end Resolution: 0.01 s
of inspiration and the beginning of New patient default: (60/apnea f) - apnea TI
the next inspiration.

Apnea I:E ratio In PC breath types, specifies the Range: I:E ≤ 1.00:1
ratio of apnea inspiratory time to Resolution:
apnea expiratory time. - For values > 1:10.0: 0.01
- For values ≤ 1:10 and > 1:100: 0.1
- For values ≤ 1:100: 1
New patient default: 1:TE/TI

Apnea flow pattern The flow shape of the delivered Range: SQUARE, descending ramp
mandatory volume-based (VC)
apnea breath.

Service Manual 2-7

Specifications

Table 2-8.  Ventilator Settings Range, Resolution, and Accuracy (Continued)

Setting Description Range, resolution, accuracy

Apnea inspiratory The pressure above PEEP at which Range: 5 cmH2O to 90-PEEP cmH2O
pressure (PI) gas is delivered to the patient Resolution:1 cmH2O
during mandatory PC apnea
breaths.

Apnea inspiratory Same as inspiratory time for non- Range:0.20 s to 8 s

time (TI) apnea ventilation Resolution: 0.01 s in PC or VC+, 0.02 s in VC

Apnea interval (TA) The time after which the ventilator Range: 10 s to 60 s or OFF in CPAP
transitions to apnea ventilation Resolution: 1 s
TA ≥ 60/fA

Apnea O2% Determines the oxygen concentra- Range: 21% to 100% O2

tion in a standard mixture of air
and oxygen

Apnea peak inspirato- The maximum rate of tidal volume Range: When mandatory type is VC:
ry flow (VMAX) delivery during mandatory volume- Neonatal: 1 to 30 L/min
based apnea breaths. Pediatric: 3.0 to 60 L/min
Adult: 3.0 to 150 L/min
Resolution:
- For flows < 20 L/min (BTPS): 0.1 L/min
- For flows ≥ L/min (BTPS): 1 L/min

Apnea respiratory rate Sets the number of volume- or Range: 2.0 to 40 L/min and ≥ 60/TA
(fA) pressure-based breaths per minute Resolution:
for ventilator initiated mandatory - For values 2.0 to 9.9 L/min: 0.1 L/min
(VIM) apnea breaths - For values 10 to 40 L/min: 1 L/min

Apnea tidal volume Sets the volume of gas delivered to Range:

(VT) the patient’s lungs during a man- Neonatal: 3 mL to 15 mL
datory, volume-controlled apnea Pediatric/Adult: ≥ 25 mL to 2500 mL
breath. Apnea tidal volume is com-
pensated for body temperature
and pressure, saturated (BTPS) and
the compliance of the patient cir-
cuit.

Apnea constant Specifies which of the three opera- Range: TI

during rate change tor-adjustable breath timing vari-
ables remains constant when
respiratory rate is changed during
apnea ventilation.

Apnea mandatory The type of mandatory breath Range: PC, VC

type delivered during apnea ventilation

2-8 Service Manual

 Performance Specifications

Table 2-8.  Ventilator Settings Range, Resolution, and Accuracy (Continued)

Setting Description Range, resolution, accuracy

Circuit type Specifies the circuit for which com- Range: NEONATAL, PEDIATRIC, ADULT
pliance and resistance values
during SST have been calculated

Constant during rate Specifies which of the three opera- Range: I:E ratio, TI, TE for PC or VC+ breaths;
change tor-adjustable breath timing vari- TH:TL ratio, TH,TL in BiLevel
ables remains constant when
respiratory rate is changed.

Disconnect sensitivity The percentage of returned volume Range

(DSENS) lost, above which the ventilator -Leak Sync not enabled: 20% to 95% or OFF
declares a circuit disconnect alarm -Leak Sync enabled and compressor not in use:
when Leak Sync is not enabled or Neonatal: 1 to 15 L/min
installed. Pediatric: 1 to 40 L/min
Adult: 1 to 65 L/min

Resolution
Leak Sync not enabled: 1%
Leak Sync enabled:
-Values < 10 L/min: 0.5 L/min
-Values ≥ 10 L/min: 1.0 L/min

Expiratory sensitivity The percentage of VMAX that, Range:

(ESENS) when reached, causes the ventila- Spontaneous Type is PS, or VS: 1% to 80%
tor to cycle from inspiration to Spontaneous Type is PAV+: 1 to 10 L/min
exhalation during spontaneous, Resolution:
pressure-based breaths Spontaneous Type is PS, TC, or VS: 1%
Spontaneous Type is PAV+: 1 L/min

NOTE: Default value is not expected to need

adjustment. Only adjust after becoming experi-
enced with PAV+ and only if it is suspected that
the ventilator is not cycling at the patient’s
end-of-inspiration.

Expiratory time (TE) For PC or VC+ breaths, the time Range: ≥ 0.20 s
interval between the end of inspira- Resolution: 0.01 s
tion and the beginning of the next
inspiration. The end of the exhala-
tion phase is considered to be
when the flow rate at the patient
wye remains less than 0.5 L/min
above the base flow.

Flow pattern The flow shape of the delivered Range: SQUARE, descending ramp
mandatory or VC breath

Service Manual 2-9

Specifications

Table 2-8.  Ventilator Settings Range, Resolution, and Accuracy (Continued)

Setting Description Range, resolution, accuracy

Flow sensitivity (VSENS) For flow triggered breaths, deter- Range:

mines the volume of flow (below -Neonatal: 0.1 to 10 L/min
the base flow) required to begin a -Pediatric/Adult: 0.2 to 20.0 L/min
mandatory or spontaneous patient Resolution: 0.1 L/min
initiated breath.
New patient default:
Neonatal: 0.5 L/min
Pediatric: 2.0 L/min
Adult: 3.0 L/min

Gender The patient’s gender Range: Male or Female

Height The patient’s height Range: Limited by PBW setting

19.5 cm to 280 cm; 7.5 in to 110 in

Resolution:
- For heights < 35 cm: 0.5 cm
- For heights < 254 cm: 1 cm
- For heights ≥ 254 cm: 2 cm
- For heights < 14 in: 0.25 in
- For heights <100 in: 0.5 in
- For heights ≥ 100 in: 1 in
Dependencies: PBW, Gender

High spontaneous Active in NIV only, allows the oper- Range:

inspiratory time limit ator to select the maximum sponta- Neonatal: 0.2 s to 1.7 s
(2TI SPONT) neous inspiratory time. Pediatric/Adult: 0.4 s to 5 s
Resolution: 0.1 s

Humidification type The type of humidification system Range: HME, non-heated expiratory tube,
used on the ventilator heated expiratory tube

Humidifier volume The empty fluid volume of the cur- Range: 100 mL to 1000 mL
rently installed humidifier. Resolution: 10 mL

Elevate O2% The percentage of O2 to be added Range:1% to 100%

to the current air/O2 mixture for Resolution:
two minutes -Between 1% and 10: 1%
-Between 5% and 75%: 5%
-Above 75%: jumps to 100%

I:E ratio In PC and VC+ breath types, speci- Range: 1:299 to 149:1
fies the ratio of inspiratory time to Resolution:
expiratory time. -Values > 1:10: -0.01
-Values ≤ 1:10.0 and > 1:100.0: 0.1
-Values ≤ 1:100: 1
Displayed as XX:1 when I:E ≥ 1
Displayed as 1:XX when I:E < 1.

2-10 Service Manual

 Performance Specifications

Table 2-8.  Ventilator Settings Range, Resolution, and Accuracy (Continued)

Setting Description Range, resolution, accuracy

Inspiratory pressure The pressure above PEEP at which Range:

(PI) gas is delivered to the patient 5 cmH2O to 90 cmH2O
during mandatory PC breaths. Resolution:1 cmH2O

Inspiratory time (TI) The time during which an inspira- Range: 0.2 s to 8 s for mandatory PC, and VC+
tion is delivered to the patient breaths (TPL+ 0.2 s to 8 s in VC)
during mandatory PC or VC+ Resolution: 0.01 s for PC or VC+ breaths;
breaths. 0.02 s for VC breaths

Leak Sync (leak com- Compensates for leaks during Range: Enabled or Disabled
pensation) INVASIVE or non-invasive (NIV)
ventilation.

Mandatory type The type of mandatory breath Range: PC, VC, VC+
delivered in A/C, SPONT or SIMV
modes. SPONT mode allows man-
datory type selection for operator
initiated mandatory (OIM) breaths.

mL/kg ratio The default tidal volume/PBW ratio Range: 5.0 mL/kg to 10 mL/kg
(only adjustable in Service Mode) Resolution: 0.5 mL/kg

Mode The ventilation mode.The mode Range:

determines the allowable breath -A/C, SPONT, SIMV, BiLevel (if option installed
types: but not available when vent type is NIV)
-A/C -CPAP (only available when circuit type is NEO-
-SPONT NATAL and vent type is NIV))
-SIMV
-BiLevel

O2% (delivered) Percentage of delivered oxygen in Range: 21% to 100%

the gas mixture Resolution: 1%

Peak inspiratory flow The maximum rate of tidal volume Range: When mandatory type is VC:
(VMAX) delivery during mandatory volume- Neonatal: 1 to 30 L/min
based breaths. Pediatric: 3.0 to 60 L/min
Adult: 3.0 to 150 L/min

Resolution:
- For values < 20 L/min (BTPS): 0.1 L/min
- For values ≥ 20 L/min (BTPS): 1 L/min
Accuracy: ± (0.5 +10% of setting) L/min

PEEP Sets the positive end-expiratory Range: 0 to 45 cmH2O

pressure, defined as the pressure Resolution:
targeted in the patient circuit -From 0.0 to 19.5 cmH2O: 0.5 cmH2O
during exhalation. -From 20 to 45 cmH2O: 1 cmH2O

Service Manual 2-11

Specifications

Table 2-8.  Ventilator Settings Range, Resolution, and Accuracy (Continued)

Setting Description Range, resolution, accuracy

PH The positive pressure during the Range: 5 to 90 cmH2O

insufflation phase in BiLevel venti- Resolution: 1 cmH2O
lation.

PL The positive pressure in the patient Range: 0 to 45 cmH2O

circuit during the expiratory phase PL must be at least 5 cmH2O less than PH.
of BiLevel ventilation. Resolution:
-From 0.0 to 19.5 cmH2O: 0.5 cmH2O
-From 20 to 45 cmH2O: 1 cmH2O

Plateau time (TPL) The amount of time inspiration is Range:0 to 2 s

held in the patient’s lungs after Resolution: 0.1 s
inspiratory flow ceases for volume-
based mandatory breaths. Consid-
ered part of inspiratory phase for
I:E ratio calculations.

Predicted Body Indicates an approximation of the Range:

Weight (PBW) patient’s body weight based upon Neonatal: 0.3kg (0.66 lb) to 7.0 kg (15 lb)
their gender and height (or length when NeoMode 2.0 option is installed
for neonatal patients). PBW deter- Pediatric: 3.5 kg (7.7 lb) to 35 kg (77 lb)
mines default limits and limits for Adult: ≥ 25 kg (55.12 lb)
breath delivery parameters. Resolution:
-For weights < 1 kg: 0.01 kg
-For weights ≥ 1 kg and < 10 kg: 0.1 kg
-For weights ≥ 10 kg: 1 kg

Pressure sensitivity For pressure triggered breaths, Range: 0.1 to 20.0 cmH2O
(PSENS) determines the amount of pressure Resolution: 0.1 cmH2O
below PEEP required to begin a
mandatory or spontaneous patient
initiated breath.

Pressure support The positive pressure above PEEP Range: 0 to 70 cmH2O

(PSUPP) or PS (or PL in BiLevel) during a sponta- Resolution: 1 cmH2O
neous breath.

Respiratory rate (f) Sets the number of volume- or Range:

pressure-based breaths per minute Neonatal:1.0 to 150 L/min
for ventilator initiated mandatory Pediatric/Adult: 1.0 to 100 L/min
(VIM) breaths in A/C, SIMV, and Resolution:
BiLevel modes -For values from 1.0 to 9.9 L/min: 0.1 L/min
-For values from 10 to 150 L/min: 1 L/min

2-12 Service Manual

 Performance Specifications

Table 2-8.  Ventilator Settings Range, Resolution, and Accuracy (Continued)

Setting Description Range, resolution, accuracy

Rise time % Sets the speed at which inspiratory Range: 1% to 100%

gas delivered to the patient reaches Resolution: 1%
the pressure target in BiLevel, PC,
VC+, VS, or PS. Higher percentages
of rise time produce inspiratory
pressure trajectories with shorter
time to the target value.

Spontaneous type The breath type for patient initiated Range: PS, TC, PAV+, or VS
spontaneous breaths in SIMV,
SPONT, and BiLevel modes.

% Supp In Tube Compensation, specifies Range:10% to 100%

the additional positive pressure Resolution: 5%
desired to overcome resistance of
the artificial airway.

% Supp In PAV+, specifies the percentage Range: 5% to 95%

of total inspiratory work of breath- Resolution: 5%
ing (WOB) performed by the venti-
lator.

TH (time high) The duration of the insufflation Range: 0.2 s/breath to 30 s/breath
phase during BiLevel ventilation. Resolution: 0.01 s

TL (time low) The duration of the expiratory Range: ≥ 0.20 s

phase during BiLevel ventilation. Resolution: 0.01 s

TH:TL ratio In BiLevel, specifies the ratio of Range: 1:299 to 4:1 in BiLevel TH:TL
insufflation time to expiratory time Resolution:
- For values for < 10.00:1 and > 1:10.00: 0.01
- For values for [< 100.0:1 and ≥ 10.0:1] or[≤
1:10.0 and > 1:100.0]: 0.1
- For values < 1:100.0 or ≥ 100:1: 1

Tidal volume (VT) The volume of gas delivered to the Range:

patient during a mandatory Neonatal: 2 mL to 315 mL
volume-based breath. VT compen- Pediatric: 25 mL to 1590 mL
sates for body temperature and Adult: 25 mL to 2500 mL
pressure, saturated (BTPS) and Resolution:
circuit compliance. Applicable for - For values < 5 mL: 0.1 mL
volume-based breaths. - For values ≥ 5 mL and < 100 mL: 1 mL
- For values 100 mL to 395 mL: 5 mL
- For values ≥ 400 mL: 10 mL

Service Manual 2-13

Specifications

Table 2-8.  Ventilator Settings Range, Resolution, and Accuracy (Continued)

Setting Description Range, resolution, accuracy

Volume support The volume of gas delivered to the Range:

(VT SUPP) or VS patient during spontaneous, Neonatal: 2 mL to 310 mL
volume supported breaths Pediatric: 25 mL to 1590 mL
Adult: 25 mL to 2500 mL
Resolution:
- For values < 5 mL: 0.1 mL
- For values 5 mL and < 100 mL: 1 mL
- For values 100 mL to < 400 mL: 5 mL
- For values ≥ 400 mL: 10 mL

Trigger type Determines whether flow changes Range:

(V-TRIG) or pressure changes (P-TRIG) Neonatal: V-TRIG
trigger patient breaths Pediatric/Adult: V-TRIG or P-TRIG

Tube ID The internal diameter of the artifi- Range:

cial airway used to ventilate the -Spont type TC: 4.5 mm to 10 mm
patient. -Spont type PAV+: 6 mm to 10 mm
Resolution: 0.5 mm

Tube type The type of artificial airway used to Range: Endotracheal (ET), tracheal (Trach)
ventilate the patient.

Ventilation type Invasive or non-invasive (NIV) venti- Range: INVASIVE, NIV

lation type based upon the type of
breathing interface used. Invasive:
ET or Trach tubes
NIV: masks, infant nasal prongs, or
uncuffed ET tubes

Table 2-9.  Alarm Settings Range and Resolution

Setting Description Range and resolution

Alarm volume Controls the volume of alarm annunci- Range: 1 (minimum) to 10 (maximum)
ations Resolution: 1

Apnea interval (TA) The Apnea alarm condition indicates Range: 10 s to 60 s or OFF in CPAP
that neither the ventilator nor the Resolution: 1 s
patient has triggered a breath for the
operator-selected Apnea Interval (TA).
When the Apnea alarm condition is
true, the ventilator invokes mandatory
ventilation as specified by the operator.

High circuit pres- The 1PPEAK alarm indicates the patient’s Range: 7 to 100 cmH2O
sure setting airway pressure ≥ the set alarm level Resolution: 1 cmH2O
(2PPEAK)

2-14 Service Manual

 Performance Specifications

Table 2-9.  Alarm Settings Range and Resolution (Continued)

Setting Description Range and resolution

Low circuit pres- The 3PPEAK alarm indicates the mea- Range:
sure setting sured airway pressure ≤ the set alarm NIV: OFF or ≥ 0.5 cmH2O to < 1PPEAK
(4PPEAK) limit during an NIV or VC+ inspiration. In VC+: ≥ PEEP + 4 cmH2O when PEEP ≥ 16
cmH2O, PEEP + 3.5 when PEEP < 16 cmH2O
Resolution: 0.5 cmH2O for values < 20.0
cmH2O; 1 cmH2O for values ≥ 20 cmH2O

High exhaled The 1VE TOT alarm indicates the mea- Range: OFF and
minute volume sured total minute volume ≥ the set Neonatal: 0.1 to 10 L/min
alarm setting (2VE alarm limit. Pediatric: 0.1 to 30 L/min
TOT)
Adult: 0.1 to 100 L/min
Resolution:
Values < 0.50 L/min: 0.005 L/min
Values ≥ 0.05 to < 5.0 L/min: 0.5 L/min
Values ≥ 5.0 L/min: 0.5 L/min

High exhaled tidal The 1VTE alarm indicates that the mea- Range: OFF and
volume alarm sured exhaled tidal volume ≥ the set Neonatal: 5 mL to 500 mL
setting (2VTE) alarm limit for spontaneous and man- Pediatric: 25 mL to 1500 mL
datory breaths Adult: 25 mL to 3000 mL
Resolution:
- For values < 100 mL: 1 mL
- For values ≥ 100 mL and < 400 mL: 5 mL
- For values ≥ 400 mL: 10 mL

High inspired tidal The 1VTI alarm indicates the delivered Range: 6 mL to 6000 mL
volume alarm limit volume of any breath ≥ the set alarm Resolution:
(2VTI) limit. - For values < 100 mL: 1 mL
- For values ≥ 100 mL and < 400 mL: 5 mL
- For values ≥ 400 mL: 10 mL

New patient default: 15.0 mL/kg x PBW mL

High respiratory The 1fTOT alarm indicates the measured Range: OFF or
rate alarm setting breath rate ≥ the set alarm limit. Neonatal: 10 L/min to 170 L/min
(2fTOT) Pediatric/Adult: 10 L/min to 110 L/min
Resolution: 1 L/min

Service Manual 2-15

Specifications

Table 2-9.  Alarm Settings Range and Resolution (Continued)

Setting Description Range and resolution

High spontaneous The 1TI SPONT indicator allows the oper- Range:
inspiratory time ator to select the maximum sponta- Neonatal: 0.2 to ≤ the value of the NIV inspi-
limit (2TI SPONT) neous inspiratory time of an NIV ratory time limit trigger for the patient’s PBW
breath. No alarm is annunciated; only and circuit type
the symbol 2TI SPONT appears on the Pediatric/Adult: 0.4 s to ≤ the value of the
screen near the NIV indicator when NIV inspiratory time limit trigger for the
inspiration time exceeds the setting. If patient’s PBW and circuit type
2TI SPONT is exceeded, the ventilator Resolution: 0.1 s
transitions from inspiration to exhala- New patient default:
tion. Neonatal: (1.00 + 0.10 x PBW) s rounded to
the nearest 0.1 s
Pediatric/Adult: (1.99 + 0.02 x PBW) s

Low exhaled man- The 3VTE MAND alarm indicates the Range: OFF and
datory tidal volume measured mandatory tidal volume ≤ Neonatal: 1 mL to 300 mL
alarm setting the set alarm limit. Pediatric: 1 mL to 1000 mL
(4VTE MAND) Adult: 1 mL to 2500 mL
Resolution:
-Values < 100 mL: 1 mL
-Values ≥ 100 mL and < 400 mL: 5 mL
-Values ≥ 400 mL: 10 mL

Low exhaled The 3VE TOT alarm indicates the mea- Range: OFF when vent type = NIV and
minute volume sured exhaled minute volume ≤ the set Neonatal: OFF, 0.01 to 10 L/min
alarm setting (4VE alarm limit for mandatory and sponta- Pediatric: 0.05 to 30 L/min
TOT) neous breaths. Adult: 0.05 to 60 L/min
Resolution:
For values < 0.50 L/min: 0.005 L/min
For values ≥ 0.50 and < 5.0 L/min: 0.05 L/min
For values > 5.0 L/min: 0.5 L/min

Low exhaled spon- The 3VTE SPONT alarm indicates the Range: OFF and
taneous tidal measured spontaneous tidal volume ≤ Neonatal: 1 to 300 mL
volume alarm the set alarm limit. Pediatric: 1 to 1000 mL
setting Adult: 1 to 2500 mL
(4VTE SPONT) Resolution:
-Values < 100 mL: 1 mL
-Values from 100 mL to < 400 mL: 5 mL
-Values ≥ 400 mL: 10 mL

2-16 Service Manual

 Performance Specifications

Table 2-10.  Patient Data Range, Resolution, and Accuracy

Data value Description Range, resolution, accuracy

Breath phase The breath phase indicator displays the Range:

breath delivery phase (inspiration or Control (C),
exhalation) currently being delivered to Assist (A),
the patient. Spontaneous (S)

Inspired tidal volume (VTI) The volume inspired for a pressure- Range:0 mL to 6000 mL
based breath Resolution:
-Values 0 to 9.9 mL: 0.1 mL
-Values 10 to 6000 mL: 1 mL

Inspired tidal volume (VTL) The volume inspired for each breath Range: 0 mL to 6000 mL
during Leak Sync when Leak Sync is enabled. Resolution:
-Values < 10 mL: 1 mL
-Values 10 mL to 6000 mL: 1 mL

Dynamic compliance The result of dividing the delivered tidal Range: 0 to 200 mL/cmH2O
(CDYN) volume by the peak airway pressure. Resolution:
For < 10 mL/cmH2O: 0.1 mL/cmH2O
For ≥ 10 mL/cmH2O: 1 mL/cmH2O

Dynamic resistance (RDYN) The change in pressure per unit change Range: 0.0 to 100 cmH2O/L/s
in flow. Resolution:
-Values < 10 cmH2O/L/s: 0.1 cmH2O/L/ s
-Values ≥ 10 cmH2O/L/s: 1 cmH2O/L/s

End expiratory flow (EEF) The rate of expiratory flow occurring at Range: 0 to 150 L/min
the end of exhalation. Resolution:
-Values < 20 L/min: 0.1 L/min
-Values ≥ 20 L/min: 1 L/min

End expiratory pressure The pressure at the end of the expirato- Range: -20.0 to 130 cmH2O
(PEEP) ry phase of the previous breath (also Resolution:
applies in BiLevel). For -10.0 to +10.0 cmH2O: 0.5 cmH2O
For ≤ -10 to ≥ 10 cmH2O: 1 cmH2O

End inspiratory pressure The pressure at the end of the inspira- Range: -20.0 to 130 cmH2O
(PI END) tory phase of the current breath (also Resolution:
applies in BiLevel). -Values -20.0 to 9.9 cmH2O: 0.1 cmH2O
-Values 10 to 130 cmH2O: 1.0 cmH2O

Exhaled mandatory tidal The exhaled volume of the last manda- Range: 0 to 6000 mL
volume (VTE MAND) tory breath. When the mode is SPONT, Resolution:
and no mandatory breaths have -For 0 to 9.9 mL: 0.1 mL
occurred for a time period ≥ 2 minutes, -For 10 to 6000 mL: 1 mL
the VTE MAND indicator is hidden. Man-
datory breaths can occurs during
SPONT mode via manual inspiration.

Service Manual 2-17

Specifications

Table 2-10.  Patient Data Range, Resolution, and Accuracy (Continued)

Data value Description Range, resolution, accuracy

Exhaled minute volume A calculated sum of the volumes Range: 0.00 to 99.9 L/min
(VE TOT) exhaled by the patient for mandatory Resolution:
and spontaneous breaths for the previ- -For 0.00 to 9.99 L/min: 0.01 L/min
ous one-minute interval (also applies in -For 10.0 to 99.9 L/min: 0.1 L/min
BiLevel).

Exhaled spontaneous The sum of exhaled spontaneous Range: 0 to 99.9 L/min

minute volume (VE SPONT) volumes per minute (also applies in Resolution:
BiLevel) -For 0.00 to 9.99 L/min: 0.01 L/min ;
-For 10.0 to 99.9 L/min: 0.1 L/min

Exhaled spontaneous tidal The exhaled volume of the last sponta- Range: 0 to 6000 mL
volume (VTE SPONT) neous breath. Resolution:
-For 0 to 9.9 mL: 0.1mL
-For 10 to 6000 mL: 1 mL

Exhaled tidal volume (VTE) The volume exhaled by the patient for Range: 0 to 6000 mL
the previous mandatory or sponta- Resolution:
neous breath (also applies in BiLevel). -For 0 to 9.9 mL: 0.1 mL
-For 10 to 6000 mL: 1 mL

Leak Sync exhaled tidal The volume exhaled by the patient for Range: 0 mL to 6000 mL
volume (VTE) the previous mandatory or sponta- Resolution:
neous breath during Leak Sync (also -For 0 mL to 9.9 mL: 0.1mL
applies in BiLevel). -For 10 mL to 6000 mL: 1 mL

I:E ratio The ratio of the inspiratory time to expi- Range: 1:599 to 149:1
ratory time for the previous breath. Resolution:
For 9.9:1 to 1:9.9: 0.1
For 149:1 to 10:1 and 1:10 to 1:599:1

Inspiratory compliance the ratio of compliance of the last 20% Range: 0 to 1.00
(C20/C of inspiration to the compliance of the Resolution: 0.01
entire inspiration

Intrinsic PEEP (PEEPI) A calculated estimate of the pressure Range: -20.0 cmH2O to +130 cmH2O
above PEEP at the end of exhalation. Resolution:
From -9.9 to +9.9 cmH2O: 0.1 cmH2O
1 cmH2O ≤ -10 cmH2O and ≥ 10 cmH2O

Mean circuit pressure The calculated average circuit pressure Range: -20.0 to 100 cmH2O
(PMEAN) for an entire breath cycle including Resolution:
both inspiratory and expiratory phases For -20.0 to 9.9 cmH2O: 0.1 cmH2O
(whether the breath is mandatory or For 10 to 100 cmH2O: 1 cmH2O
spontaneous).

Negative inspiratory force The negative pressure generated Range: ≤ 0 cmH2O to ≥ -50 cmH2O
(NIF) during a maximally forced inspiratory Resolution:
effort against an obstruction to flow. For ≤ -10 cmH2O: 1 cmH2O
For > -10 cmH2O: 0.1 cmH2O

2-18 Service Manual

 Performance Specifications

Table 2-10.  Patient Data Range, Resolution, and Accuracy (Continued)

Data value Description Range, resolution, accuracy

O2% (monitored) The monitored percentage of oxygen in Range: 0% to 100%

the gas delivered to the patient, mea- Resolution: 1%
sured at the ventilator outlet upstream
of the inspiratory filter.

P0.1 The inspiratory depression of airway Range: ≥ -20 to 0 cmH2O

pressure after 100 ms of occlusion. P0.1 Resolution
measures respiratory drive. When < -10 cmH2O: 1 cmH2O
When ≥ -10 cmH2O: 0.1 cmH2O

PAV based intrinsic PEEP The estimated intrinsic PEEP during a Range: 0 to 130 cmH2O
(PEEPI PAV) PAV+ breath. Intrinsic PEEP is an esti- Resolution:
mate of the pressure above PEEP at the For < 10 cmH2O: 0.1 cmH2O
end of every pause exhalation. For ≥ 10 cmH2O: 1 cmH2O

PAV-based lung compli- The calculated change in pulmonary Range: 2.5 to 200 mL/cmH2O
ance (CPAV)1 volume for an applied change in Resolution:
patient airway pressure when mea- For < 10 mL/cmH2O: 0.1 mL/cmH2O
sured under conditions of zero flow For ≥ 10 mL/cmH2O: 1 cmH2O
during a PAV+ plateau maneuver.
When PAV+ is selected, the ventilator
displays the current filtered value for
patient compliance, and updates the
display at the successful completion of
each estimation. CPAV can be dis-
played in the vital patient data banner.

PAV-based lung elastance For a PAV+ breath, EPAV is calculated Range: 5.0 to 400 cmH2O/L
(EPAV)1 as the inverse of CPAV (see above). Resolution:
EPAV can be displayed in the vital For < 10 cmH2O/L: 0.1 cmH2O/L
patient data banner. For ≥ 10 cmH2O/L: 1 cmH2O/L

PAV-based patient resis- The difference between estimated total Range: 0.0 to 60 cmH2O/L/s
tance (RPAV)1 resistance RTOT and the simultaneously Resolution:
estimated resistance of the artificial For < 10 cmH2O/L/s: 0.1 cmH2O/L/s
airway. When PAV+ is selected, the For ≥ 10 cmH2O/L/s: 1 cmH2O/L/s
ventilator displays the current filtered
value for patient resistance, and
updates the display at the successful
completion of each estimation. RPAV
can be displayed in the vital patient
data banner.

Service Manual 2-19

Specifications

Table 2-10.  Patient Data Range, Resolution, and Accuracy (Continued)

Data value Description Range, resolution, accuracy

PAV-based total airway RTOT is an estimated value captured just Range: 1.0 to 80 cmH2O/L/s
resistance (RTOT)1 past peak expiratory flow and is equal Resolution:
to the pressure loss across the patient For < 10 cmH2O/L/s: 0.1 cmH2O/L/s
plus respiratory system (patient + ET For ≥ 10 cmH2O/L/s: 1 cmH2O/L/s
tube + expiratory limb of the VBS)/expi-
ratory flow. This pressure loss is divided
by the expiratory flow estimated at the
same moment, yielding the estimate
for RTOT.The complete operation is
orchestrated and monitored by a soft-
ware algorithm. When PAV+ is select-
ed, the ventilator displays the current
filtered value for total resistance, and
updates the display at the successful
completion of each calculation. RTOT
can be displayed in the vital patient
data banner.

PAV-based work of The estimated effort needed for patient Range: 1.0 J/L ti10.0 J/L
breathing (WOBTOT inspiration including both patient and Resolution: 0.1 J/L
ventilator.

Peak expiratory flow (PEF) The maximum speed of exhalation. Range:0 to 150 L/min
Resolution:
For PEF < 20 L/min: 0.1 L/min
For PEF ≥ 20 L/min: 1 L/min

Peak circuit pressure The maximum pressure during the pre- Range: -20.0 to 130 cmH2O
(PPEAK) vious breath, relative to the patient Resolution:
wye, including inspiratory and expirato- For -20.0 to 9.9 cmH2O: 0.1 cmH2O
ry phases. For 10 to 130 cmH2O: 1.0 cmH2O

Peak spontaneous flow The maximum flow rate sampled Range:0 to 200 L/min
(PSF) during a spontaneous inspiration. Resolution:
For < 20 L/min: 0.1 L/min
For ≥ 20 L/min: 1L/min

Plateau pressure (PPL) The pressure measured during an inspi- Range: -20.0 cmH2O to 130 cmH2O
ratory pause maneuver. Resolution:
For -20.0 to 9.9 cmH2O: 0.1 cmH2O
For ≥ 10 cmH2O: 1.0 cmH2O

Proximal exhaled tidal For neonatal patients, the exhaled Range: 0 mL to 500 mL
volume (VTE-Y) volume of the previous breath mea- Resolution:
sured by the Proximal Flow Sensor) (if For 0 to 9.9 mL: 0.1mL
installed). For 10 to 500 mL: 1 mL

2-20 Service Manual

 Performance Specifications

Table 2-10.  Patient Data Range, Resolution, and Accuracy (Continued)

Data value Description Range, resolution, accuracy

Proximal exhaled total For neonatal patients, the exhaled Range: 0.00 to 99.9 L/min
minute volume (VE TOT-Y) minute volume measured by the Proxi- Resolution:
mal Flow Sensor) For 0.00 to 9.99 L/min: 0.01 L/min
For 10.0 to 99.9 L/min : 0.1 L/min

Proximal inspired tidal For neonatal patients, the exhaled Range: 0 mL to 500 mL
volume (VTI-Y) volume of the previous breath mea- Resolution: 1 mL
sured by the Proximal Flow Sensor) (if Accuracy: ± (1+10% of reading) mL
installed).

Spontaneous inspiratory The duration of the inspiratory phase of Range: 0 s to 10 s

time (TI SPONT) a spontaneous breath. Resolution: 0.01 s

Spontaneous inspiratory The fraction of the total spontaneous Range: 0 to 1

time ratio breath time used by inspiration. Resolution: 0.01
(TI/TTOT)

Spontaneous rapid A calculated value using exhaled spon- Range: 0.1 to 600 L/min-L
shallow breathing index taneous tidal volume. High values indi- Resolution:
(f/VT) cate the patient is breathing rapidly, For < 10 L/min-L: 0.1 L/min-L
but with little volume/breath. Low For ≥ 10 L/min-L: 1 L/min-L
values indicate the inverse scenario.

Static compliance (CSTAT) An estimate of the patient’s lung- Range: 0 to 500 mL/cmH2O
thorax static compliance or elasticity. Resolution:
For < 10 mL/cmH2O: 0.1 mL/cmH2O
For ≥ 10 mL/cmH2O: 1 mL/cmH2O

Resistance (RSTAT) An estimate of the restrictiveness of the Range: 0 cmH2O/L/s to 500 cmH2O/L/s
patient’s lungs and the artificial airway. Resolution:
For < 10 cmH2O/L/s: 0.1 cmH2O/L/s
For ≥ 10 cmH2O/L/s: 1 cmH2O/L/s

Total PEEP (PEEPTOT) The estimated pressure at the circuit Range: -20.0 cmH2O to +130 cmH2O
wye during an expiratory pause maneu- Resolution:
ver. For < 10 cmH2O: 0.1 cmH2O
For ≤ -10 and ≥ 10 cmH2O: 1 cmH2O

Total respiratory rate The number of mandatory or sponta- Range: 1 to 200 L/min
(fTOT) neous breaths/min delivered to the Resolution:
patient. For < 10 L/min: 0.1 L/min
For 10 to 200 L/min: 1 L/min

Vital capacity (VC) The maximum amount of air that can Range: 0 mL to 6000 mL
be exhaled after a maximum inhalation. Resolution:
For < 10 mL: 0.1 mL
For ≥ 10 mL: 1 mL

Service Manual 2-21

Specifications

Table 2-10.  Patient Data Range, Resolution, and Accuracy (Continued)

Data value Description Range, resolution, accuracy

VLEAK Inspiratory leak volume, the total Range: 0 to 9000 mL

volume delivered during inspiration to Resolution: 1 mL
compensate for the leak.

%LEAK Percent leak, the percentage of total Range: 0 to 100%

delivered volume during inspiration Resolution: 1%
attributed to the leak calculated as leak
volume during inspiration / total deliv-
ered inspiratory volume) x 100.

LEAK Exhalation leak, the leak rate during Range: 0 to 200 L/min
exhalation at PEEP. Resolution: 0.1 L/min
1. If the estimated value of CPAV, EPAV, RPAV, or RTOT violates expected (PBW-based) limits, parentheses around the value indicate the value is ques-
tionable. If the estimated value exceeds its absolute limit, the limit value flashes in parentheses.

Table 2-11.  Delivery Accuracy

Parameter Accuracy Range

Inspiratory pressure (PI) ± (3.0+2.5% of setting) cmH2O 5 cmH2O to 90 cmH2O

End expiratory pressure (PEEP) ± (2.0+4% of setting) cmH2O 0 cmH2O to 45 cmH2O

Pressure support (PSUPP) ± (3.0+2.5% of setting) cmH2O 0 cmH2O to 70 cmH2O

O2% (delivered) ± 3% 21% to 100%

PH ± (2.0 + 4% of setting) cmH2O 5 cmH2O to 90 cmH2O

PL ± (2.0 + 4% of setting) cmH2O 0 cmH2O to 45 cmH2O

Tidal volume (VT) Adult/pediatric circuit type settings:

For TI < 600ms: ± (10 + 10% of setting x 600 ms/ 25 mL to 2500 mL

TI ms) mL
For TI ≥ 600 ms
± (10 + 10% of setting) mL

For neonatal circuit type settings

For setting of 2 mL (VC+ only): 2 mL to 310 mL

± (1 + 10% of setting) mL
For setting of 3 mL to 4 mL: ± (2 + 10% of setting)
mL (delivered volume shall be ≥ 1 mL
For setting of 5 mL to 20 mL ± (3 + 15% of setting)
For setting of ≥ 20 mL: ± (4+10% of setting) mL

2-22 Service Manual

 Performance Specifications

Table 2-12.  Monitoring (Patient Data) Accuracy

Parameter Accuracy Range

Peak circuit pressure (PPEAK) ± (2 + 4% of reading) cmH2O 5 cmH2O to 90 cmH2O

Mean circuit pressure (PMEAN) ± (2 + 4% of reading) cmH2O 3 cmH2O to 70 cmH2O

End expiratory pressure (PEEP) ± (2 + 4% of reading) cmH2O 0 cmH2O to 45 cmH2O

End inspiratory pressure (PI END) ± (2 + 4% of reading) cmH2O 5 cmH2O to 90 cmH2O

Inspired tidal volume (VTI) ± (4mL + 15% of actual) mL 2 mL to 2500 mL

Exhaled tidal volume (VTE) ± (4mL + 10% of actual) mL 2 mL to 2500 mL

Proximal exhaled tidal volume (VTE-Y) ± (1 + 10% of reading) mL 2 mL to 310 mL

Proximal inspired tidal volume (VTI-Y) ± (1 + 10% of reading) mL 2 mL to 310 mL

O2% (monitored) ± 3% 15% to 100%

Respiratory Rate (f) ± 0.8 1/min 1 1/min to 150 1/min

Inspired tidal volume during Leak Adult/pediatric circuit type settings:

Sync
For TI ≤ 600ms: ±(10 + 20% x 600 ms/TI ms 25 mL to 2500 mL
of reading) mL
For TI > 600 ms: (10 + 20% of reading) mL

Neonatal circuit type settings

±(10 + 20% of reading) mL 2 mL to 310 mL

For readings < 100 mL, the accuracy shall
apply when the percentage of inspiratory
leak volume is less than 80%

Exhaled tidal volume (VTE) during Adult/pediatric circuit type settings:

Leak Sync
For TE ≤ 600 ms: ±(10 + 20% x 600 ms/TEms 25 mL to 2500 mL
of reading) mL
For TE > 600 ms: ±(10 + 20% of reading) mL

Neonatal circuit type settings

± (10+20% of reading) mL 2 mL to 310 mL

For readings < 100 mL, the accuracy shall
apply when the percentage of inspiratory
leak volume is less than 80%

Service Manual 2-23

Specifications

Table 2-13.  Computed Value Accuracy

Parameter Accuracy Range

PAV-based lung compliance (CPAV) ± (1+20% of measured value) mL/cmH2O 10 to 100 mL/cmH2O

PAV based total airway resistance (RTOT) ± (3 + 20% of measured) cmH20/L/s 5.0 to 50 cmH2O/L/s

PAV based work of breathing (WOBTOT) ± (0.5 + 10% of measured work) J/L with a 0.7 J/L to 4 J/L
percent support setting of 75%

2.8 Regulatory Compliance

The ventilator complies with the following standards:
• IEC 60601-1:2005 Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for
Basic safety and essential performance

• EN 60601-1:2006, Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for

Basic safety and essential performance

• ANSI-AAMI ES 60601-1:2005, Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General

Requirements for Basic safety and essential performance

• CSA C22.2 No. 60601-1:2008 Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General

Requirements for Basic safety and essential performance

• IEC 60601-1-8: 2006, Medical electrical equipment - Part 1-8: General require-
ments for basic safety and essential performance

• EN 60601-1-8:2007, Medical electrical equipment - Part 1-8: General require-

ments for basic safety and essential performance

• IEC 60601-1-1:2000, Medical electrical equipment -- Part 1-1: General require-

ments for safety

• EN 60601-1-1:2001, Medical electrical equipment -- Part 1-1: General require-

ments for safety

• IEC 60601-2-12:2001, Medical electrical equipment Part 1-2: General require-

ments for basic safety and essential performance

• EN 60601-2-12:2005, Medical electrical equipment Part 1-2: General require-

ments for basic safety and essential performance

2-24 Service Manual

 Regulatory Compliance

• ISO/EN 80601-2-12: 2011, Medical electrical equipment Part 2-12: Particular

requirements for basic safety and essential performance of critical care ventilators

• IEC 60068-2-64: 2008, Environmental testing - Part 2-64: Tests - Test Fh: Vibra-
tion, broadband random and guidance - Edition 2.0

• EN 1041:2008, Information supplied by the manufacturer of medical devices

• EN 980: 2008, Symbols for use in the labeling of medical devices

• ISO 15223:2012, Medical devices - Symbols to be used with medical device labels,
labeling and information to be supplied - Part 2: symbol development, selection
and validation

• IEC 60417-1:2009, Graphical symbols for use on equipment

• IEC TR 60878:2003, Graphical Symbols for Electrical Equipment in Medical Prac-

tice - Second Edition

• ISO 7000:2004, Graphical symbols for use on equipment- Registered symbols -

Fourth edition

• ISO 80601-2-55: 2011 and EN ISO 80601-2-55: 2012, Medical electrical equip-
ment - Part 2-55: Particular requirements for the basic safety and essential perfor-
mance of respiratory gas monitors - First Edition

• ISO 5356-1: 2004, Anesthetic and respiratory equipment Conical connectors Part
1: Cones and sockets

• EN 5356-1:2004, Anesthetic and respiratory equipment Conical connectors Part

1: Cones and sockets

• ISO 4135:2001, Anesthetic and Respiratory Equipment - Vocabulary

• EN 4135:2001, Anesthetic and Respiratory Equipment - Vocabulary

• IEC 60068-2-27:2008, Environmental testing - Part 2-27: Tests - Test Ea. and guid-
ance: Shock - Edition 4.0

• ISO 27427:2009, Anesthetic and respiratory equipment - Nebulizing systems and

components - Second Edition

• ISO 15001, Sect 4, Biocompatibility-HC pollution levels

• IEC 60068-2-31:2008, Environmental testing - Part 2-31: Tests - Test Ec: Rough
handling shocks, primarily for equipment-type specimens - Edition 2.0

Service Manual 2-25

Specifications

• EN 60068-2-31:2009, Environmental testing - Part 2-31: Tests - Test Ec: Rough

handling shocks, primarily for equipment-type specimens - Edition 2.0

• ISO 3744:2010, Acoustics - Determination of sound power levels and sound

energy levels of noise sources using sound pressure - Engineering methods for an
essentially free field over a reflecting plane - Third Edition

• IEC 60601-1:1988, Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements

for Safety

• EN 60601-1:1990, Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Safety

• UL 60601-1 1st edition, Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Require-

ments for Safety

• CSA C22.2 No. 601.1 M90, Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Require-
ments for Safety

• IEC 60601-1-4:2000, Medical Electrical Equipment - Part 1-4: General Require-

ments for Safety - Collateral Standard: Programmable Electrical Medical Systems

• IEC 62304:2006, Medical device software - Software life cycle processes

• IEC 60601-1-6:2010, Medical electrical equipment - Part 1-6: General require-

ments for basic safety and essential performance - Collateral Standard: Usability

• IEC 62366:2007, Medical devices - Application of usability engineering to medical

devices

• ANSI/AAMI HE75:2009, Human Factors Engineering - Design of Medical Devices

• IEC/EN 60601-1-2:2007, Medical electrical equipment - Part 1-2: General require-

ments for basic safety and essential performance - Collateral standard: Electro-
magnetic compatibility - Requirements and tests

• EU 2002/96/EC, Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council on waste

electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE)

• 2011/65/EU, Directive on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substanc-

es (RoHS) in electrical and electronic equipment

• ISO 14971:2007/EN ISO 14971:2012, Medical devices - Application of risk man-

agement to medical devices

• EN 60529, Degrees of protection provided by enclosures

• ISTA 2A, Medical Package Testing, Partial Simulation Performance Tests

2-26 Service Manual

 Manufacturer’s Declaration and Guidance

2.9 Manufacturer’s Declaration and Guidance

2.9.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

 WARNING:
The ventilator should not be used adjacent to or stacked with other
equipment, except as may be specified elsewhere in this manual. If adjacent
or stacked use is necessary, the ventilator should be observed to verify
normal operation in the configurations in which it will be used.

 WARNING:
Portable and mobile RF communications equipment can affect the
performance of the ventilator system. Install and use this device according to
the information contained in this manual.

 Caution:
This equipment is not intended for use in residential environments and may
not provide adequate protection to radio communication services in such
environments.
The ventilator is suitable for prescription use only in the specified electromagnetic
environments, in accordance with the IEC 60601-1-2:2007 standard. The ventila-
tor requires special precautions during installation and operation for electromag-
netic compatibility. In particular, the use of nearby mobile or portable
communications equipment may influence ventilator performance.
The ventilator is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment speci-
fied. Users of the ventilator should ensure it is used within such an environ-
ment.
Portable and mobile RF communications equipment should be used no closer
to any part of the ventilator, including cables, than the recommended separa-
tion distance calculated from the equation applicable to the frequency of the
transmitter.
These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation
is affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.
The following tables contain the manufacturer’s declarations for the ventilator
system electromagnetic emissions, electromagnetic immunity, separation dis-

Service Manual 2-27

Specifications

tances between ventilator and portable and mobile RF communications equip-

ment and a list of compliant cables.

 Note:
These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is
affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects, and people.

Electromagnetic Emissions

Table 2-14.  Emissions Compliance and Guidance, All Systems

The ventilator is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The
customer of the operator of the ventilator should assure that it is used in such an environ-
ment.

Emissions Test Compliance Electromagnetic Environment Guidance

RF emission Group 1, The ventilator uses RF energy only for its internal func-
CISPR 11 Class A tions.
The ventilator is intended to be used only in hospitals
and not be connected to the public mains network.

Harmonic emissions Class A The ventilator is intended to be used only in hospitals

IEC/EN 61000-3-2 and not be connected to the public mains network.

Voltage fluctuation/ Complies

flicker emissions
IEC/EN 61000-3-3

2-28 Service Manual

 Manufacturer’s Declaration and Guidance

Electromagnetic Immunity

Table 2-15.  Immunity Compliance and Guidance, All Systems

The ventilator is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The
customer of the operator of the ventilator should assure that it is used in such an environ-
ment.

Immunity IEC/EN 60601-1-2 Compliance Electromagnetic Environment

Test Test Level Level Guidance

Electrostatic ± 6 kV contact ± 6 kV contact Floor should be wood, concrete,

discharge (ESD) ± 8 kV air ± 8 kV air or ceramic tile. If floors are
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 covered with synthetic material,
the relative humidity should be
at least 30%.

Electric fast ± 2 kV for power ± 2 kV for Mains power quality should be

transient/burst supply lines power supply lines that of a typical commercial and/
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 ± 1 kV input/ ± 1 kV input/ or hospital environment.
output lines output lines

Surge ± 1 kV differential ± 1 kV differential Mains power quality should be

IEC/EN 61000-4-5 mode mode that of a typical commercial and/
± 2 kV common ± 2 kV common or hospital environment.
mode mode

Voltage dips, short <5% UT (>95% <5% UT(>95% dip Mains power quality should be
interruptions and dip in UT) for 0.5 in UT) for 0.5 cycle that of a typical commercial and/
voltage variations cycle or hospital environment.
on power supply If the user requires continued
IEC/EN 61000-4-11 40% UT 40% UT operation during power mains
(60% dip in UT) for (60% dip in UT) for interruption, power from an
5 cycles 5 cycles uninterruptible power supply, or
battery.
70% UT (30% dip 70% UT (30% dip
in UT) for 25 cycles in UT) for 25 cycles

<5% UT (>95% <5% UT (>95%

dip in UT) for 5 dip in UT) for 5
seconds seconds

Power frequency 3 A/m 3 A/m It may be necessary to position

(50/60 Hz) magnetic further from the sources of
field power frequency magnetic fields
IEC/EN 61000-4-8 or to install magnetic shielding.

NOTE: UT is the AC mains voltage prior to application of the test level.

Service Manual 2-29

Specifications

Table 2-16.  Immunity Compliance and Guidance, Life-Supporting Equipment

The ventilator is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The
customer of the operator of the ventilator should assure that it is used in such an environ-
ment.

Immunity IEC/EN 60601-1-2 Compliance Electromagnetic Environ-

Test Test Level Level ment Guidance

Conducted RF 3 Vrms1 3 Vrms1 Portable and mobile RF

IEC/EN 61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz 150 kHz to 80 MHz communications equipment
outside ISM bands outside ISM bands should be used no closer to
any part of the ventilator
system, including cables,
than the separation distance
calculated from the equa-
tion applicable to the fre-
quency of the transmitter.
Recommended separa-
tion distance

d = 3.5 P

10 Vrms2 10 Vrms2 d = 12 P
150 kHz to 80 MHz 150 kHz to 80 MHz
in ISM bands in ISM bands

Radiated RF 10 V/m 10 V/m

IEC/EN 61000-4-3 80 MHz to 800 MHz 80 MHz to 800 MHz d = 1.2 P
80 MHz to 800 MHz

10 V/m 10 V/m
800 MHz to 2.5 GHz 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz d = 2.3 P
800 MHz to 2.5 GHz

Where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in

watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer and d is the sep-
aration distance in meters (m),3 Field strengths from fixed transmit-
ters, as determined by an electromagnetic site survey,4 should be less
than the compliance level in each frequency range.5 Interference may
occur in the vicinity of equipment marked with the following symbol:

NOTE 1 At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies
NOTE 2 these guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by
absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.
1. The ISM (industrial, scientific and medical) bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz are 6,765 MHz to 6,795 MHz; 13,553 MHz to
13,567 MHz; 26,957 MHz to 27,283 MHz; and 40,66 MHz to 40,70 MHz.
2. The compliance levels in the ISM frequency bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz and in the frequency range 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz
are intended to decrease the likelihood mobile/portable communications equipment could cause interference if it is inadvertently
brought into patient areas. For this reason, an additional factor of 10/3 is used in calculating the separation distance for transmit-
ters in these frequency ranges.

2-30 Service Manual

 Manufacturer’s Declaration and Guidance

3. The compliance levels in the ISM frequency bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz and in the frequency range 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz
are intended to decrease the likelihood mobile/portable communications equipment could cause interference if it is inadvertently
brought into patient areas. For this reason, an additional factor of 10/3 is used in calculating the separation distance for transmit-
ters in these frequency ranges.
4. Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile radios, ama-
teur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electro-
magnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured field
strength in the location in which the 980 Series Ventilator is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level above, the 980 Series
Ventilator should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be nec-
essary, such as reorienting or relocating the ventilator.
5. Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than 10 V/m.

Table 2-17.  Recommended Separation Distances, Life-Supporting Equipment

The ventilator is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF distur-
bances are controlled. The customer or the operator of the ventilator can help prevent electromag-
netic interference by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF
communications equipment (transmitters) and the ventilator as recommended below, according to
the maximum output power of the communications equipment.

Rated maximum 150 kHz 150 kHz 80MHz 800 MHz

output power 80 MHz 80 MHz 800 MHz 2.5 GHz
of transmitter outside ISM bands inside ISM bands
(W)
d = 3.5 P d = 12 P d = 1.2 P d = 2.3 P
0.01 0.35 1.20 0.12 0.23

0.10 1.10 3.80 0.38 0.73

1.00 3.50 12.00 1.20 2.30

10.00 11.00 38.00 3.80 7.30

100.00 35.00 120.00 12.00 23.00

For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance d
in meters (m) can be estimated using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter where P is
the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.
NOTE 1 At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2 These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption
and reflection from structures, objects and people.

Sensor and Cable Compliance

 WARNING:
The use of accessories, sensors, and cables other than those specified with the
exception of parts sold by Covidien as replacements for internal components,
may result in inaccurate readings of the ventilator and increased emission or
decreased immunity of the ventilator.

Service Manual 2-31

Specifications

Table 2-18.  Recommended Cables

Part number and description Cable length

10096533, Power cord, 10A, RA, ANZ 10 ft (3 m)

10096534, Power cord, 10A, RA, UK 10 ft (3 m)

10096535, Power cord, 10A, RA, EU 10 ft (3 m)

10096536, Power cord, 10A, RA, Japan 10 ft (3 m)

10096537, Power cord, 10A, RA, British 10 ft (3 m)

10096538, Power cord, 10A, RA, Switzerland 10 ft (3 m)

10096539, Power cord, 10A, RA, USA 10 ft (3 m)

10096540, Power cord, 10A, RA, Israel 10 ft (3 m)

10096541, Power cord, 10A, RA, Brazil 10 ft (3 m)

10096542, Power cord, 10A, RA, China 10 ft (3 m)

2.10 Electrical Safety Tests

All safety tests should be performed by qualified Service personnel at the inter-
val specified. Reference Electrical Safety Test, p. 7-5.

2.11 Essential Performance Requirements

Per ISO/EN 80601-2-12: 2011, Medical electrical equipment Part 2-12: Particular
requirements for basic safety and essential performance of critical care ventila-
tors, the ventilator’s essential performance requirements are given in Ventilator
Settings, Alarm Settings, and Patient Data tables earlier in this chapter.

2-32 Service Manual

3 Theory of Operations

3.1 Overview
This chapter contains the operational theory on breath delivery functions for the
Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Ventilator.

3.2 Color Definitions

The ventilator’s pneumatic diagram contains various colors representing the dis-
tribution of gases during inspiration.

Table 3-1.  Color Legend

Color or Symbol Description

High-pressure Oxygen (NFPA 99 designation)

High-pressure Air (NFPA 99 designation)

Mixed gases, including air

Atmosphere

Vacuum

Water

3.3 Mechanical Theoretical Principles

The biomedical perspective for the theory of operations identifies how ventila-
tor components work together to manage breath delivery. The primary focus
is on the ventilator pneumatic system and user interface.

3- 1
Theory of Operations

Figure 3-1.  Adult Pneumatic Diagram1

1. Includes Optional Proximal Flow System and Compressor

3-2 Service Manual

 Mechanical Theoretical Principles

1 Pressure switch, mix accumulator (PS1) 28 Relief valve, compressor accumulator (RVCA)

2 Solenoid Valve, options supply (SOL2) 29 Solenoid valve, compressor unload (SOL7)

3 Pressure sensor, mix accumulator (PMX) 30 Motor Compressor (MC)

4 Accumulator, mix (ACCM) 31 Heat exchanger, compressor (HE)

5 Tube, mix (TM) 32 Filter, compressor air (F7)

6 PSOL, patient gas delivery (PSOLD) 33 Dryer, compressor

7 Solenoid valve, BUV (SOL3) 34 Filter, muffler (F6)

8 Safety valve (SV) 35 Check valve, compressor accumulator (CVCA)

9 Pressure sensor, safety valve (PSV) 36 Pressure sensor, compressor accumulator (PC)

10 Solenoid valve, inspiratory pressure sensor (SOL4) 37 Check valve, Oxygen (CVO2)

6 PSOL, patient gas delivery (PSOLD) 38 Check valve, Air (CVAir)

12 Pressure sensor, barometric (PA) 39 Proportional solenoid valve, Oxygen (PSOLO2)

13 Vial, exhalation condensate 40 Flow sensor, Air (FSAir)

14 Filter, expiratory (F4) 41 Proportional solenoid valve, Air (PSOLAir)

15 Flow sensor, exhalation valve (EVQ) 42 Pressure sensor, air gas inlet (PAir)

16 Exhalation valve (EV) 43 Restrictor, wall air bleed outlet (R1)

17 Filter, exhalation pressure line (F5) 44 Check valve, compressor air inlet (CVCAir)

18 Solenoid valve, exhalation pressure (SOL5) 45 Filter bowl assembly, Air (WT2)

19 Pressure sensor, exhalation (PE) 46 Filter element, Air (F2)

20 Humidifier 47 Check valve, wall Air inlet (CVWAir)

21 Filter, External bacteria (FD2) 48 Filter, Oxygen Impact (F1)

22 Filter, Internal bacteria (FD1) 49 Filter element, Oxygen (F3)

23 Check valve, patient gas delivery (CVD) 50 Pressure sensor, Oxygen gas inlet (PO2)

24 Sensor, Oxygen (OS) 51 Flow sensor, Oxygen (FSO2)

25 Restrictor, breath delivery bypass (R2) 52 Restrictor, Prox Flow (R4)

26 Flow sensor, patient gas delivery (FSD) 53 Relief Valve, mix accumulator (RVMA)

27 Accumulator, compressor (ACCC) 54 Solenoid Valve, mix accumulator purge (SOL1)

Service Manual 3-3

Theory of Operations

Figure 3-2.  Neonate Pneumatic Diagram2

1 Restrictor, Prox Flow (R4) 6 Wye, patient circuit

2 Solenoid Valve, Prox Flow (SOL6) 7 Sensor, Proximal Flow

3 Module, Proximal Flow System 8 Filter, neonatal expiratory

4 Pressure Sensor, Prox Flow Accumulator (PPROX) 9 Condensate vial, neonatal expiratory

5 Humidifier

Items enclosed by dotted line represent components internal to the ventilator.

3.4 Clinical Theoretical Principles

The clinical perspective for the theory of operations identifies how the ventilator
responds to various patient inputs, but also includes a general description of the
ventilator’s components and how they work together to manage breath delivery.

2. Includes Optional Proximal Flow System and Compressor

3-4 Service Manual

 Clinical Theoretical Principles

The gas supplies connected to the ventilator must be capable of delivering 200 L/
min flow with the supply pressure between 35 psig and 87 psig (241.8 kPa to
599.8 kPa). These supplies may be compressed gas from an external source (e.g.:
wall or bottled) air or oxygen. These pressures are required for the following fit-
tings: NIST, BOC, DISS, DISS Female. Pressures greater than 50 psig are required for
the following fittings: Air Liquide, SIS, and Dräger. An optional compressor for
installation in the base is capable of delivering flows of 140 L/min (BTPS) and
minute volumes of up to 40 L/min (BTPS).
Gas mixing occurs in an accumulator, which incorporates a relief valve to
prevent excessive pressure. A one-way valve allows a maximum reverse flow into
the gas supply system of up to 100 mL/min under normal conditions.
Air and oxygen hoses connect directly to inlet fittings at the rear of the breath deliv-
ery unit (BDU). The ventilator meters the flow of each air and oxygen gas via Pro-
portional Solenoid (PSOL) valves to achieve the desired mix in the Mix Module. The
ventilator monitors the flow through each PSOL via separate flow sensors and
adjusts the flow to ensure the accuracy of the mix. The blended gas then flows to
the Inspiratory Module.
The ventilator meters the blended gas in the Inspiratory Module via the Breath
Delivery PSOL and monitors it via the Breath Delivery Flow Sensor to ensure the
ventilator delivers gas to the patient according to settings specified by the operator.
The ventilator corrects any delivered tidal volumes to standard respiratory condi-
tions (BTPS), thus providing the clinician with consistent data for interpretation.
Pressure transducers in the inspiratory pneumatic system (PI) and exhalation com-
partment (PE) monitor pressures for accurately controlling breath delivery. The ven-
tilator utilizes a safety valve on the Inspiratory Module to vent excess pressure and
allow the patient to breathe room air, should a serous malfunction occur.
Breathing gas exits the Inspiratory Module, passes through an internal bacteria
filter, and leaves the ventilator via the outlet (To Patient) port. The ventilator
breathing circuit, including the external bacteria filter and humidification
means, carries the breathing gas to the patient.
Exhaled gas leaves the expiratory limb of the breathing circuit, entering the exha-
lation (From Patient) port. The gas passes through a condensate vial, the expiratory
bacteria filter, and the exhalation valve assembly. The exhalation valve assembly
includes a pressure sensing port, a flow sensor, and the exhaust port. The gas flows
through the exhalation valve, which actively controls PEEP while minimizing pres-
sure overshoot and relieves excess pressures, and out of the ventilator.

Service Manual 3-5

Theory of Operations

3.5 Applicable Technology

The Central Processing Units (CPUs) that control the ventilator are the Breath Deliv-
ery (BD) and Graphical User Interface (GUI) CPUs. They are co-located within the
BDU Card Cage.
• The BD CPU manages all breath delivery functions and provides background
checks on the subsystems required for breath delivery.

• The GUI CPU controls the primary display, operator input devices, and the alarm
system. The status display, a small, non-interactive LCD display located on the
Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) is controlled by its own processor. Reference Status
Display Control and Indicators, p. 1-16.

USB, Ethernet, and HDMI interfaces are provided on the ventilator.

• The USB interface supports items such as transferring data to an external monitor
via a serial -over-USB protocol and saving screen captures to a memory storage
device (“flash drive”).

• The Ethernet interface is used by Service personnel for accessing ventilator logs
and performing software options installation.

• The HDMI interface allows the user to display the GUI screen on an external video
display device.

3-6 Service Manual

4 Service Basics

4.1 Overview
This chapter describes basic operational information useful in evaluating the
functionality of the Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Ventilator. This chapter is not
a substitute for the Installation Instructions or the Operator’s Manual.

4.2 Product Assembly

4.2.1 How to Assemble Ventilator Components

Only Covidien factory-trained service personnel may assemble the ventilator.

For assembly instructions, refer to the ventilator Installation Instructions.

4.2.2 Power Sources

AC Power

 WARNING:
Even though the 980 Series Ventilator meets the standards listed in the
Product Specification, the internal Lithium-ion battery of the device is
considered Dangerous Goods (DG) Class 9 - Miscellaneous, when transported
in commerce. The 980 Series Ventilator and/or the associated Lithium-ion
battery are subject to strict transport conditions under the Dangerous Goods
Regulation for air transport (IATA: International Air Transport Association),
International Maritime Dangerous Goods code for sea and the European
Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by
Road (ADR) for Europe. Private individuals who transport the device are
excluded from these regulations although for air transport some
requirements may apply.

4- 1
Service Basics

 WARNING:
To avoid electrical shock hazard, connect the ventilator power cord into a
grounded AC power outlet. If used in the U.S., connect the ventilator to an AC
receptacle marked “Hospital Only” or “Hospital Grade” to ensure grounding
reliability.
The ventilator is normally AC-powered. To operate on AC power, connect the
power cord to a grounded electrical power source.

Battery Power

Battery Installation

 WARNING:
Use only Covidien-branded batteries. Using other manufacturer’s brands
could result in the batteries operating the ventilator for less than the
specified amount of time or could cause a fire hazard.

 WARNING:
One primary battery must be installed at all times in the BDU’s primary
battery slot for proper ventilator operation. The ventilator will not complete
the startup process without the primary battery installed.
As a factory-trained service technician, install the ventilator’s primary battery
before patient use. The ventilator will not complete Power on Self Test
(POST) if the battery is not present, and ventilation is prohibited. Ensure the
battery is fully charged before placing the ventilator into clinical usage. The
battery back-up system for the ventilator requires one primary battery and
accommodates an extended battery. Backup power is supplied to the ventila-
tor in the event of an AC power loss.
One extended battery slot is available for the ventilator. If both primary and
extended ventilator batteries are present, these batteries can power the venti-
lator for two hours (one hour for the primary battery and one hour for the
extended battery) under the environmental conditions described. Reference
Environmental Specifications, p. 2-6.

Battery Charge

Batteries charge whenever the ventilator is connected to AC power, whether

the ventilator is operating or not. Charging time varies, based on temperature

4-2 Service Manual

 System Tests and Checks

or depletion state of the battery. When using battery power, the ventilator
operates from its extended batteries first, if present, and then switches to the
primary batteries.
The ventilator continues operating as set when the ventilator switches from AC
power to battery power and illuminates an indicator on the status display alert-
ing the operator that the ventilator is now operating on battery power and the
touchscreen displays an AC POWER LOSS alarm. A medium priority alarm
annunciates when the estimated remaining run-time for the ventilator drops
to ten (10) minutes and a high priority alarm annunciates when the estimated
remaining run-time drops below five (5) minutes.

4.3 System Tests and Checks

The ventilator systematically performs self tests and continuously monitors the
ventilator function throughout clinical usage.
• Power-on Self Test (POST) — This test is designed to detect major problems
prior to releasing the ventilator for patient use. It verifies the ventilator electronics
and analog devices at power up or on entering Service Mode. Breath delivery
cannot begin without successful completion of POST. Both the graphical user
interface (GUI) and the breath delivery unit (BDU) perform simultaneous, indepen-
dent versions of POST.

• Self Tests — All self tests must successfully pass prior to releasing the ventilator
for clinical use. Reference Self Tests, p. 5-20.

– Short Self Test (SST) — This is a test that checks circuit integrity, calculates
circuit compliance and filter resistance, and checks ventilator function.

– Extended Self Test (EST) — This is an extensive sequence of tests that

detects system faults and verifies the integrity of the ventilator’s subsystems.

• Background Checks — Background checks continuously run tests during venti-

lation. If the ventilator detects something unexpected, it generally invokes a
DEVICE ALERT alarm, resulting in both audible and visual alarms, also logging
information in the System Diagnostic Log and Alarm Log. Some device alerts will
automatically reset if the triggering condition ceases.

4.3.1 Power-on Self Test (POST)

POST occurs at power on, after power loss, or when the ventilator detects an
internal fault. POST verifies system integrity. POST routines are ordered so that

Service Manual 4-3

Service Basics

each routine requires successively more operational hardware than the last.
This sequence allows POST to systematically exclude electronic components as
causes of system malfunctions.
Every time the ventilator is powered on or resets, and at the beginning of Short
Self Test (SST) and Extended Self Test (EST), it performs Power On Self Test
(POST). The GUI and BDU each have an independent POST. POST checks the
integrity of the GUI and Breath Delivery subsystems and communication chan-
nels without operator intervention, taking approximately 15 seconds to com-
plete.
The ventilator performs two (2) phases of POST.
1. Phase 1 (CPU) — Tests the CPU core, on-board peripherals, and non-volatile
memory.

2. Phase 2 (Application) — Tests on-board electronic components outside of the

CPU. This portion of POST checks dynamic RAM, clocks, timers, BD and GUI func-
tions, intersystem communications, and power.

An alarm annunciates if POST lasts more than 15 seconds, or if POST restarts

three (3) times without completion. The 15-second timer is a redundant check
in case POST fails to alarm upon detecting a fault. The check for three restarts
can detect a continuous loop, and prevents breath delivery from being inter-
rupted for more than twelve seconds.
POST is the first process to run after turning on the ventilator. Breath delivery
cannot start until the ventilator completes POST with no POST failures, and
until no major system, SST, or EST faults exist. Once POST starts, the ventilator
opens the safety valve and exhalation valve to the atmosphere (the default
state of the ventilator at power-up or reset), and both remain open until ven-
tilation begins. Minor faults are recorded in NVRAM without interrupting
POST.
A visual indicator provided on the status display will appear on the status
display indicating POST has detected a failure, if possible.
If POST detects a major fault, qualified service personnel must correct the
problem and successfully pass EST.

Indications of POST User Interface

The ventilator provides several indications that POST is underway.

• The ventilator asserts the Safety Valve Open (SVO) indicator, signaling that the
ventilator is not delivering breaths to prevent breath delivery.

4-4 Service Manual

 System Tests and Checks

• Discrete visual indicators on the BDU and GUI CPU PCBAs that indicate the current
test and step number.

• The VENT INOP indicator on the BDU signals that the user can press TEST to trigger
service mode.

• The ventilator displays any fault information detected during POST.

During the different phases of POST, specific LEDs on the GUI LED array and
the BDU LED array illuminate. The ventilator turns on and then off audio,
visual, and remote alarms after verifying the software kernel (Phase 1) to
ensure an alarm sounds if a CPU failure occurs. Reference Indications of POST
User Interface, p. 4-4, to see which indicators are active during each phase of
POST.

POST Safety Net

The ventilator does not provide ventilatory support to the patient during POST.
The ventilator alarms if POST lasts longer than 15 seconds or if it detects an
unexpected fault is detected. POST is designed to minimize the delay until
normal ventilation begins and to provide immediate notification, should the
ventilator detect a fault.
During POST, the ventilator closes proportional solenoid valves (PSOLs) and
opens the exhalation valve and safety valve to allow the patient to breathe
room air, and the ventilator displays a message that POST is in progress.
Once POST successfully completes, the ventilator begins startup (following
power-up) or normal ventilation begins., For exceptions to startup, review the
list when the ventilator detects any of the following:
• Service mode access.

• An incomplete system initialization.

• An uncorrected major system fault.

• An uncorrected major POST fault.

• An uncorrected short self test (SST or EST) failure or non-overridden self test (SST
or EST) alert.

• An uncorrected extended self test (EST) failure or non-overridden EST alert.

• The ventilator is turned on for the initial power up following a software upgrade,
but has not yet successfully completed one of the following: exhalation valve cal-

Service Manual 4-5

Service Basics

ibration, flow sensor calibration, atmospheric pressure transducer calibration, SST,

or EST.

 Note:
When a compressor is installed and wall air is not present, there may be a short
interval following a successful POST before the compressor achieves operational
pressures. If so, the ventilator annunciates a NO AIR SUPPLY alarm, which resets as
soon as the compressor charges the system to operational pressure.

4.3.2 Self Tests

Reference Extended Self Test (EST), p. 5-21, for information on Extended Self
Test. Reference Short Self Test (SST), p. 5-30, for information on Short Self
Test.

4.3.3 Background Checks

Background checks continually occur during ventilation. When the ventilator

detects an error during a background check, a DEVICE ALERT alarm occurs,
resulting in ventilator audio and visual alarms and an entry in the system diag-
nostic log with the error code and description of the error. Ventilation may or
may not be affected, depending on the severity of the condition. The ventilator
may automatically reset some device alerts, if the triggering condition disap-
pears. Device alerts generally result from analog device problems.

4.4 Communication Ports

 WARNING:
To avoid possible injury, only connect devices that comply with IEC 60601-1
standard to any of the ports at the rear of the ventilator, with the exception
of passive memory storage devices (“flash drives”) and serial-to-USB adapter
cables. If using a serial-to-USB adapter cable, it must be connected to an IEC
60601-1-compliant device.

4-6 Service Manual

 Ventilator Operation

 WARNING:
To avoid possible injury, do not connect a device that is attached to the
patient to any of the non-clinical ports listed below when the ventilator is
ventilating a patient.
For complete details related to ports for transferral of patient data, read the
Operator’s Manual. Reference Data Logs, p. 5-17, for details on accessing
diagnostic logs.

Use the RS-232 port for obtaining patient data or bedside monitor.

Use the Ethernet port to access various data and service logs.

Use the remote alarm or nurse call port to remotely annunciate medium and hight priority alarm
status of the ventilator. Reference the remote alarm manufacturer’s instructions for proper nurse call
connection details.

Use the USB ports for transferring saved screen captures or for receiving serial data when a USB port
has been configured as a serial port via a serial-over-USB protocol.

Use the HDMI port to connect to an external display, also useful for screen capture.

The Service Port is proprietary and only Covidien personnel may use it.

4.5 Ventilator Operation

For information on using the ventilator, read the Operator’s Manual.

Service Manual 4-7

Service Basics

Page Left Intentionally Blank

4-8 Service Manual

5 Service Mode

5.1 Overview
This chapter describes Service Mode, which is designed to assist Covidien-
trained personnel to perform tests, system calibrations, and to aid in trouble-
shooting for the Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Ventilator. Additionally, it pro-
vides a means of setting institutional defaults.
Service Mode provides Covidien-trained personnel with built-in configuration
and diagnostic tools. Reference Service Mode Functions, p. 5-2.

5.2 Service Mode Access

 WARNING:
Before entering Service Mode, ensure a patient is not connected to the
ventilator. Ventilatory support is not available in Service Mode.

Service Mode access is restricted to Covidien-trained personnel.

To access Service Mode
1. Remove the ventilator from patient usage.

2. Ensure the ventilator is connected to power.

3. Power on the ventilator.

4. When the Covidien splash screen first appears on the status display panel located
on the BDU top cap, press in and then release the rear TEST switch within one
second. The ventilator automatically enters the Service Mode. Do not continue
holding in the rear TEST switch while entering Service Mode.

5- 1
Service Mode

Figure 5-1.  Service Mode Button

5. Wait for completion of POST.

6. Select CONFIRM TO ENTER SERVICE MODE at the prompt.

7. Select EXIT when finished with Service Mode.

5.3 Service Mode Functions

1. Configuration: Reference Configuration, p. 5-3.

2. Calibration: Reference Calibrations, p. 5-9.

3. Logs: Reference Data Logs, p. 5-17.

4. Self Tests: Reference Self Tests, p. 5-20.

5.4 Status Display and Service Mode

The status display, located on the top cap of the breath delivery unit (BDU), pro-
vides basic status both during power up and operation. During Service Mode,
the status display reflects:
• Hours until next preventive maintenance is due

• Total number of ventilator operational hours

• Master serial number of the ventilator

• Current power source

• Presence of primary and extended batteries and charge status,

• Relative available battery charge level

• Presence and pressure of gas sources

5-2 Service Manual

 Configuration

• Status of each type of test: POST, EST, and SST

Reference Status Display Control and Indicators, p. 1-16, for more Status Display
information. Reference Power-on Self Test (POST), p. 4-3, for POST details. Ref-
erence Short Self Test (SST), p. 5-30, for SST details. Reference Extended Self
Test (EST), p. 5-21, for EST details.

5.5 Configuration
The configuration menu option in Service Mode allows users to set institutional
defaults or return to factory defaults. Reference the Operator’s Manual to con-
figure new patient default settings, which only remain in effect until power
down or for greater detail on preparing the ventilator for use.

Table 5-1.  Configuration Functions

Configuration Function Purpose

Date and Time Configures date and time. Reference Date and Time, p. 5-4.

Operational Time Identifies both ventilator and optional compressor total operational
time. Reference Operational Time, p. 5-5.

Part Number/Revision Identifies each ventilator component with related part number and soft-
ware version, when available. Reference Part Number/Revision, p. 5-5.

Serial Number Identifies the serial number for each major component. Reference Serial
Number, p. 5-5.

Datakey Restore Provides the means of updating or adding software options to the ven-
tilator. Reference Datakey Restore, p. 5-6.

Pressure Settings Configures ventilator to use either cmH2O or hPa pressure units. Refer-
ence Pressure Settings, p. 5-6.

Light Settings Configures light and backlight settings. Reference Light Settings, p. 5-7.

Adult New Patient Configures institutional defaults within the acceptable ranges for new
Defaults adult patients. Reference New Patient Default Settings, p. 5-7.

Pediatric New Patient Configures institutional defaults within the acceptable ranges for new
Defaults pediatric patients. Reference New Patient Default Settings, p. 5-7.

Neonatal New Patient Configures institutional defaults within the acceptable ranges for new
Defaults neonatal patients. Reference New Patient Default Settings, p. 5-7.

Alarm Volume Defaults Configures alarm volume within the acceptable ranges for adults, pedi-
atric, or neonatal alarms. Reference Alarm Volume Defaults, p. 5-8.

Service Manual 5-3

Service Mode

Table 5-1.  Configuration Functions (Continued)

Configuration Function Purpose

Large Font Patient Data Configures touchscreen layout for large font view. Allows for locking or
Defaults unlocking each row. Reference Data Defaults, p. 5-8.

Patient Data Defaults Configures touchscreen layout for standard view. Allows for locking or
unlocking each row or column. Reference Data Defaults, p. 5-8.

Graph Defaults Configures touchscreen layout for graph view. Allows for locking or
unlocking each row or column. Reference Data Defaults, p. 5-8.

Opacity Configures opacity or transparency for patient graphs. Allows for

locking or unlocking opacity value. Reference Opacity, p. 5-9.

5.5.1 Date and Time

This menu option provides a means of setting the ventilator date and time.
To set date and time
1. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

2. Select the CONFIGURATION tab.

3. Select DATE AND TIME from the configuration menu options.

4. Set a 12 HOUR or 24 HOUR clock preference. The 12 HOUR allows selection of an

AM or PM setting.

5. Set the appropriate hour and minute (HH:MM), as well as AM or PM, if available.
Users do not need to set the seconds counter, since seconds (SS) assume a 00
setting at the moment of configuration.

6. Set the desired date order: DD-MM-YYYY or MM-DD-YYYY.

7. Set the appropriate day, month, and year.

8. Select ACCEPT to set new settings or CANCEL and ACCEPT to revert to the orig-
inal settings.

9. To return to factory defaults, select DEFAULTS. This option is only available if

current settings are not the factory defaults.

5-4 Service Manual

 Configuration

5.5.2 Operational Time

This menu option provides a means of viewing the operational time for either
the ventilator or compressor. Only Covidien personnel can reset operational
hours.
To view the ventilator and compressor operational time
1. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

2. Select the CONFIGURATION tab.

3. Select OPERATIONAL TIME from the configuration menu options.

4. Note the hours listed to the lower corner of ventilator or compressor views.

5.5.3 Part Number/Revision

This menu option provides a list not only the associated part number for the
listed parts and its related software and/or firmware version(s). To view more
information in the table, drag on the screen to scroll through the listing.
To view the ventilator software version and part number listing
1. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

2. Select the CONFIGURATION tab.

3. Select PART NUMBER/REVISION from the left-hand side configuration menu

options.

4. Drag along the touchscreen to view more data.

5.5.4 Serial Number

This menu option lists the serial numbers of ventilator components.

To view the serial number listing
1. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

2. Select the CONFIGURATION tab.

3. Select SERIAL NUMBER from the configuration menu options.

Service Manual 5-5

Service Mode

Figure 5-2.  Serial Number Listing

4. Drag along the touchscreen below the table headings to view more data.

5.5.5 Datakey Restore

This menu option will eventually provide the means to transfer encrypted con-
figuration code (software options, vent serial number, and datakey type) and
operational hours on the internal USB datakey.

5.5.6 Pressure Settings

This menu option provides the means to configure pressure unit settings.
To configure pressure unit settings
1. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

2. Select the CONFIGURATION tab.

3. Select VENTILATOR SETTINGS from the configuration menu options.

4. Select either cmH2O or hPa pressure units.

5. Select ACCEPT to set new settings or CANCEL to revert to the original settings.

5-6 Service Manual

 Configuration

6. To return to factory defaults, select DEFAULTS. This option is only available if

current settings are not the factory defaults.

5.5.7 Light Settings

This menu option provides the means to configure default interface brightness.
To configure screen and keyboard backlight brightness settings
1. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

2. Select the CONFIGURATION tab.

3. Select LIGHT SETTINGS from the configuration menu options.

4. Select the desired area for change.

5. Adjust value up or down by turning the knob or dragging the value along the bar.

6. Select ACCEPT to set new defaults or CANCEL to revert to the original settings.

7. To return to factory defaults, select DEFAULTS. This option is only available if

current settings are not the factory defaults.

5.5.8 New Patient Default Settings

This menu option provides the means to configure institutional default settings
for new adult, pediatric, or possibly neonatal patients, depending on available
options.
To configure new patient default settings
1. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

2. Select the CONFIGURATION tab.

3. Select one of the NEW PATIENT DEFAULT SETTINGS from the possible configura-
tion menu options: ADULT, PEDIATRIC, NEONATE.

4. Select the desired area for change. Some are mutually exclusive or alter other
available options, so carefully review each selection.

5. Adjust any field that contains a value up or down by dragging or turning the knob.

6. Select ACCEPT to set new defaults or CANCEL to revert to the original settings.

Service Manual 5-7

Service Mode

7. To return to factory defaults, select DEFAULTS. This option is only available if

current settings are not the factory defaults.

5.5.9 Alarm Volume Defaults

This menu option provides the means to configure institutional default settings
for alarm volumes. The factory default volume is the highest, loudest possible
volume of ten (10).
To configure alarm volume default settings
1. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

2. Select the CONFIGURATION tab.

3. Select ALARM VOLUME DEFAULTS from the configuration menu options.

4. Select the desired area for change.

5. Adjust value up or down by dragging or turning the knob.

6. Select ACCEPT to set new defaults or CANCEL to revert to the original settings.

7. To return to factory defaults, select DEFAULTS. This option is only available if

current settings are not the factory defaults.

5.5.10 Data Defaults

This menu option provides the means to configure institutional default settings
for viewing patient data. Since an institution may need different patient data
organized for a variety of health care settings, the ventilator provides up to five
presets for layouts: LARGE FONT PATIENT DATA DEFAULTS, PATIENT DATA
DEFAULTS, and GRAPH DEFAULTS.
To configure patient data layouts
1. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

2. Select the CONFIGURATION tab.

3. Select the desired data default option from the configuration menu options.

4. Select the desired layout preset button from PRESET 1 to PRESET 5.

5-8 Service Manual

 Calibrations

5. Select one of the listed data/graph defaults from the configuration menu options.
These include scalar and loop waveform thumbnails for configuration in the three
right-most cells of the data panel.

6. Select the desired position on the touchscreen, making that parameter selection glow.

7. Select the desired parameter from the parameter list, scrolling if necessary to
locate it.

8. Select the padlock icon to either allow (unlocked) or restrict (locked) operator con-
figuration of that parameter during normal ventilation.

9. Select ACCEPT or ACCEPT ALL to set new defaults when finished, or CANCEL to
revert to the original settings.

10. To return to factory defaults, select DEFAULTS. This option is only available if
current settings are not the factory defaults.

5.5.11 Opacity

This menu option provides the means to configure the opacity or transparency
of the graphs displayed during ventilator.
To configure graph opacity
1. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

2. Select the CONFIGURATION tab.

3. Select OPACITY from the configuration menu options.

4. Adjust value up or down by turning the knob or dragging the value along the bar.

5. Select ACCEPT to set new defaults or CANCEL to revert to the original settings.

6. Touch the lock or unlock icon to lock or unlock opacity.

7. To return to factory defaults, select DEFAULTS. This option is only available if

current settings are not the factory defaults.

5.6 Calibrations
Calibration occurs as part of initial installation, during preventive maintenance, and
following any key component replacement. Reference the Installation Instructions
to review assembly and setup procedures. Select RUN ALL to run the flow sensor

Service Manual 5-9

Service Mode

and exhalation valve tests or select the desired test and then START CAL. Run ATM
and Touchscreen calibrations separately. Select STOP to halt testing.

 Note:
If the ventilator has not reached operating temperature from recent usage, allow it to
warm up for at least 15 minutes in Service Mode prior to performing calibration.

 Note:
All system leaks must be eliminated prior to performing any calibrations.

Table 5-2.  Calibration Functions

Calibration Function Purpose

Atmospheric pressure Run this test separately. Calibrates the atmospheric pressure transduc-
er. Reference Atmospheric Pressure Calibration, p. 5-10.

Touchscreen Run this test separately. Calibrates the touchscreen and controller to
the target system. Reference Touch Screen Calibration, p. 5-11.

Flow sensor Calibrates both oxygen and air flow sensors against the exhalation
flow sensor. Reference Flow Sensor Calibration, p. 5-13.

Exhalation valve Calibrates the exhalation valve. Reference Exhalation Valve Calibration,
p. 5-14.

 Note:
The ventilator ships from the factory after successfully completing all calibrations, EST
and SST tests. The CALIBRATION COMPLETE message and the date of the most recent
successful calibration appears for all calibration tests.

5.6.1 Atmospheric Pressure Calibration

This calibrates the atmospheric pressure transducer. It requires an external

barometer. Ensure the pressure in the room is stable and not subject to pres-
sure changes caused by door closures, heavy foot traffic, or changes in air
caused by air conditioning systems or similar equipment. Any such environ-
mental changes will result in an incorrect adjustment to the ventilator.
To calibrate atmospheric pressure
1. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

2. Select the CALIBRATION tab.

5-10 Service Manual

 Calibrations

3. Select ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE.

Figure 5-3.  Calibration Menu: Atmospheric Pressure

4. Follow all on-screen prompts.

5. Allow the barometric pressure reading to stabilize, then input the pressure (in mmHg)
measure by this external barometer as prompted.

(1 mmHg = 1.333 mbar = 0.1333 kPa = 0.019 psia)

6. Select ACCEPT.

 Note:
If the calibration fails, rerun it after correctly inputting the barometric pressure. If it
continues to fail, refer to the Troubleshooting chapter.

 Note:
Atmospheric pressure calibration failure does not prevent ventilation. The upper limit
is 830 mmHg and the lower limit is 510 mmHg.

5.6.2 Touch Screen Calibration

This calibrates the touchscreen. Completing this process tunes the sensitivity
of the touch interface for optimal performance.

Service Manual 5-11

Service Mode

To calibrate the touchscreen

1. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

2. Select CALIBRATION.

3. Select TOUCH SCREEN.

Figure 5-4.  Calibration Menu: Touchscreen Calibration

4. Select START CAL.

5. Allow the ventilator time to perform calibration. Do not touch the touchscreen
during calibration.

6. Select ACCEPT. The message “Calibrated” appears upon successful completion.

 Note:
If the calibration fails, rerun it. If it continues to fail, refer to the Troubleshooting
chapter.

 Note:
Touchscreen calibration failure does not prevent ventilation.

5-12 Service Manual

 Calibrations

5.6.3 Flow Sensor Calibration

This function builds a table of flow sensor offsets. The calibration requires a
gold standard test circuit. A system leak is a common source of failure, partic-
ularly expiratory filter leaks.

 Note:
If the ventilator has not reached operating temperature from recent usage, allow
ventilator to warm up for at least 15 minutes in Service Mode before performing this
calibration.

 Note:
It is very important the ventilator passes the EST leak test prior to a flow sensor
calibration.
To calibrate flow sensors
1. Connect air and oxygen to the appropriate inlets.

2. Ensure external gas sources can supply 200 L/min.

3. Confirm secure attachment of the expiratory filter collector vial components.

4. Securely attach the gold test circuit to both the to and from patient ports.

5. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

6. Select the CALIBRATION tab.

7. Select FLOW SENSOR.

Service Manual 5-13

Service Mode

Figure 5-5.  Calibration Menu: Flow Sensor Calibration

8. Select START CAL.

9. Select ACCEPT.

10. Follow all on-screen prompts.

11. If the calibration fails, verify firm attachment of the test circuit, secure connection
of the expiratory filter, and ensure the system is free of leaks. Then rerun the test.
Reference Troubleshooting, p. 8-1, if the calibration continues to fail.

5.6.4 Exhalation Valve Calibration

This function builds an exhalation valve table. The calibration requires a gold
standard test circuit.

 Note:
If the ventilator has not reached operating temperature from recent usage, allow
ventilator to warm up for at least 15 minutes in Service Mode before performing this
calibration.

 Note:
It is very important the ventilator passes the EST leak test prior to the exhalation valve
calibration.

5-14 Service Manual

 Calibrations

To calibrate the exhalation valve

1. Connect air and oxygen to the appropriate inlets.

2. Securely attach the gold test circuit to both the to and from patient ports.

3. Enter Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

4. Select CALIBRATION.

5. Select EXHALATION VALVE.

Figure 5-6.  Calibration Menu: Exhalation Valve Calibration

6. Select START CAL.

7. Select ACCEPT.

8. Follow all on-screen prompts.

9. If the calibration fails, verify firm attachment of the test circuit, secure connection
of the expiratory filter, the system is free of leaks, and then rerun the test. If it con-
tinues to fail, refer to the Troubleshooting section.

 Note:
A system leak is a common source of failure, particularly expiratory filter leaks. Ensure
the expiratory filter condensate vial is secured tightly, the drain port is capped, the
filter is mounted securely to the ventilator, and the test circuit is securely attached.

Service Manual 5-15

Service Mode

5.6.5 Oxygen Sensor Calibration

Many service scenarios require calibration of the oxygen sensor. This calibra-
tion is not listed under the CALIBRATION menu option in Service Mode.
Oxygen sensor calibration may be performed by either the qualified service
technician or by the clinician. Clinicians should calibrate the oxygen sensor
every 24 hours and before clinical use.

 Note:
If the ventilator has not reached operating temperature from recent usage, allow
ventilator to warm up for at least 15 minutes in Service Mode before performing this
calibration.

 Note:
The oxygen sensor can possess three states: Enabled, Disabled, and Calibrate. The
oxygen sensor is enabled at ventilator startup regardless if New Patient or Same
Patient setup is selected.

To enable, or disable the oxygen sensor

1. Do not enter Service Mode, but Normal Ventilation Mode.

2. Select Vent Setup.

3. Select More Settings from the available tabs.

4. Select Enable or Disable, corresponding to the desired oxygen sensor function.

5. Select Accept.

To calibrate the oxygen sensor

1. Do not enter Service Mode, but Normal Ventilation Mode.

2. Select Vent Setup.

3. Select More Settings from the available tabs.

4. Touch Calibrate for the oxygen sensor. The remaining time for calibration appears
as a moving blue bar in the patient data area.

5. Allow the full two minutes to elapse in order for the calibration to complete.

5-16 Service Manual

 Data Logs

To test the oxygen sensor calibration

1. Connect the ventilator’s oxygen hose to a known good 100% oxygen source.

2. Calibrate the oxygen sensor. Reference To calibrate the oxygen sensor, p. 5-16.

3. Connect the oxygen hose to a second known good 100% oxygen source.

4. Set O2% to each of the following values, and allow one minute after each for the
monitored value to stabilize: 21%, 40%, 90%

5. Watch the touchscreen to ensure the value for the delivered oxygen is within 3%
of each setting within one minute of selecting each setting.

5.7 Data Logs

The ventilator stores data in various logs. The ventilator allows access to some
logs during normal ventilation, but only allows access to some when the ven-
tilator is in Service Mode.
The ventilator clears patient data, settings, and alarm logs during any New
Patient setup.

Table 5-3.  Log Functions

Log Function Purpose

System Diagnostic Log This log records up to 256 diagnostic codes related to unexpected
conditions detected during POST and/or background checks,
including alerts and failures, including the date and time when an
event occurred, the type of event, the diagnostic code(s) associated
with the event, and any notes. The ventilator does not clear the log
with each new patient setup.

System Communication Log This log records up to 256 entries of diagnostic information gener-
ated during GUI and BDU communication events, including the
time and date of the system event, the test or event, system code,
type/port, internal and external communication between the BDU
and GUI processors, and other events such as a ventilator clock
reset.

EST/SST Diagnostic Log This log stores data on overall EST and SST test outcomes, It displays
the time, date, test/event, system code type, and related notes.

Service Manual 5-17

Service Mode

Table 5-3.  Log Functions (Continued)

Log Function Purpose

Settings Log This log records a maximum of 500 changes to ventilator settings
with respective time and date, old and new settings, and alarm
resets in the log. This allow s retrospective analysis of ventilator-
patient management. The ventilator allows access to the alarm log
during normal ventilation and in Service Mode. The ventilator clears
the log with each new patient setup.

Alarms Log The alarms log can retain up to 1000 of the most recent alarm
events, whether they have been reset or auto-reset, the priority
level, alarm volume setting, ambient volume and their analysis mes-
sages. The ventilator creates a date- and time-stamped entry in the
log whenever it detects, escalates, resets, or auto-resets an alarm
condition. The ventilator creates an entry when it begins, ends, or
cancels an alarm silence interval. If one or more alarms occur after
the last access of the alarm log, a triangular yellow icon appears on
the GUI. The ventilator stores the alarm log in non-volatile memory
(NoVRAM), allowing re-display after cycling the ventilator’s power.
The ventilator allows access to the alarm log during normal ventila-
tion and in Service Mode. The ventilator clears the log with each
new patient setup.

General Event Log The general event log contains ventilator-related information not
found in any other logs. It includes time and date of compressor ON
and OFF, changes in alarm volume, when the ventilator entered
and exited Stand-By, GUI key presses, and warning notifications.
The General event log can display up to 256 entries. The ventilator
does not clear the log with each new patient setup.

Service Log This log stores manually entered service records by trained service
technicians in charge of preventive maintenance and repairs. It con-
tains the nature and type of the service, reference numbers specific
to the service event (for example, sensor and actuator ID numbers),
manual and automatic serial number input, and the time and date
of the service event. The ventilator does not clear the log with each
new patient setup.

Patient Data Log The ventilator records every minute (up to 4320 patient data
entries) consisting of date and time of the entry, patient data name,
and the patient data value during ventilator operation, storing it in
the patient data log.The ventilator clears the log with each new
patient setup.

The ventilator may or may not allow access to ventilator logs during normal
ventilation, but does allow access to all logs when in Service Mode.
To view ventilator logs
1. Access Service Mode. Reference Service Mode Access, p. 5-1.

5-18 Service Manual

 Data Logs

2. Select the LOGS tab.

3. Select the desired log from the log menu options.

Figure 5-7.  Logs Menu: Sample EST/SST Diagnostic Log

4. View the information for each parameter desired.

The ventilator allows users to save ventilator logs by downloading them.

To download ventilator logs
1. Connect a virus-free USB flash drive to the upper USB port.

2. Download the ventilator logs.

To add an entry to the service log

1. Access Service Mode. Reference Service Mode Access, p. 5-1.

2. Select the LOGS tab.

3. Select SERVICE LOG.

4. Select ADD ENTRY.

5. Edit the required fields or select from the pull-down options to complete the entry.

6. Select ADD ENTRY.

Service Manual 5-19

Service Mode

5.8 Self Tests

Table 5-4.  Self Test Functions

Self Test Function Purpose

Extended Self Test (EST) This is an extensive sequence of tests that detect any system
faults and verifies the integrity of the ventilator’s subsystems.
All tests must run in sequence using RUN ALL without inter-
ruption and successfully complete without any failures. Ref-
erence Extended Self Test (EST), p. 5-21.

Manual Tests This test suite is designed to allow users to selectively verify
the operational integrity of subsystems not included in EST or
SST: nurse call, external USB ports, vent inop, and manual
control. Reference Manual Tests, p. 5-27.

Short Self Test (SST) This sequence of tests verifies the ventilator is ready for clin-
ical use. All tests must run in sequence using RUN ALL
without interruption and successfully complete without any
failures. Reference Short Self Test (SST), p. 5-30.

5.8.1 Self Test Prerequisites

Follow all identified guidelines when performing either self test. Inspect all
equipment required for any self test to ensure it is not damaged in any way.
1. Collect all required equipment prior to performing any self test of the ventilator.
Successful self test is not possible without the use of the listed equipment itemized
under each test.

2. Always disconnect the ventilator from the patient.

3. Connect the ventilator to AC power using the hospital-grade power cord until
completion of any self test.

4. Ensure the ventilator is powered down.

5. Ensure both air and oxygen sources register pressure between 35 and 87 psi (241
to 599 kpa).

To access Self Test Options

1. Access Service Mode. Reference Service Mode Access, p. 5-1.

2. Select SELF TESTS from the top tabs on the monitoring screen.

5-20 Service Manual

 Self Tests

5.8.2 Extended Self Test (EST)

 WARNING:
Always disconnect the ventilator from the patient before running EST. Running
EST while the ventilator is connected to the patient can injure the patient.

 WARNING:
A fault identified during this test indicates the ventilator or an associated
component is defective. Rectify the fault and perform any required repairs
prior to releasing the ventilator for patient use, unless it can be determined
with certainty that the defect cannot create a hazard for the patient, or add
to the risks which may arise from other hazards.

EST is a more thorough test than SST, and is designed to detect system faults.
EST also checks ventilator subsystems including memory, safety system, front
panel controls and indicators, digital and analog electronics, power supplies,
transducers, and the ventilator’s primary battery. EST testing takes about 15
minutes.
Perform EST during any of the listed conditions.
• Prior to initial installation of a new ventilator

• Every six months

• Before and after any preventive maintenance

• Following ventilator service or repair

During EST, the ventilator displays current EST status, including the test currently
in progress, results of completed tests, and measured data (where applicable).
The ventilator logs EST results, and that information is available following power
loss. The ventilator disables several off-screen keys located on the bezel of the
GUI during EST.
• Alarm silence

• Alarm reset

• Manual inspiration

• Inspiratory pause

Service Manual 5-21

Service Mode

• Expiratory pause

EST requires operator participation. The ventilator records EST results in the EST
results log.

Equipment for EST

1. Covidien gold standard test circuit

2. A stopper (No. 1) to block the circuit or internal filter

3. Air and oxygen sources, both at 35 to 87 psi (241 to 599 kPA)

4. An Adult/Pediatric exhalation filter

 Note:
Always perform EST with an adult-sized exhalation filter installed. Attempts to run EST
with a NeoMode filter can cause some EST tests to fail. Run tests either as a group or
as single tests for troubleshooting purposes. After completing all individual tests, run
EST with passing results prior to releasing the ventilator for clinical use.

 Note:
If using Air Liquide™*, Dräger™*, and SIS air/oxygen hose assemblies, certain EST
tests may fail when using supply pressures less than 50 psi (345 kPa), based on
excessive hose restriction.

EST Sequence

During troubleshooting, run tests either as a group or as single tests. Prior to

returning the ventilator to clinical use, however, all tests must be run in the
order described without interruption by using RUN ALL. All tests must com-
plete with no failures. The service technician may choose to OVERRIDE an
ALERT.

 Note:
If the ventilator has not reached normal operating temperature from recent usage,
allow it to warm up for at least 15 minutes in service mode prior to running EST to
ensure accurate testing.
To perform EST
1. Review and perform all self test prerequisites. Reference Self Test Prerequisites, p. 5-20.

5-22 Service Manual

 Self Tests

2. Collect the appropriate equipment. Reference Equipment for EST, p. 5-22.

3. Access Service Mode. Reference Service Mode Access, p. 5-1.

4. Verify all CALIBRATION tests under the CALIBRATION tab have passed.

5. Connect air and oxygen to the appropriate inlets.

6. Select the SELF TESTS tab from the horizontal banner at the top of the monitoring
screen.

7. Select the EST tab from the left-hand menu options.

Figure 5-8.  Self Tests Menu: EST

8. Select RUN ALL to run all tests in sequence or select the desired individual test.

9. Select ACCEPT.

10. When prompted, remove the inspiratory filter and connect the gold standard circuit.

11. Select ACCEPT.

12. Follow prompts to complete EST. The EST tests require operator intervention, and
will pause indefinitely for a response. Reference EST Sequence, p. 5-22.

13. If a particular test fails, either repeat the test or perform the next test.Test results
post by the respective listed test.

Service Manual 5-23

Service Mode

14. Select EXIT.

15. Select ACCEPT.

Table 5-5.  EST Test Sequence

EST Test step Function Required Interaction

Zero Offset Tests inspiratory and expiratory pressure transducers Disconnect gases.
and flow sensors at ambient pressure.

Leak Test Determines ability of system to hold pressure, checking Connect gases. Block and
for system leaks. unblock “To Patient” port.

Mix Leak Verifies integrity of the mix system and leaks are within Disconnect gases.
the specified allowable limits.

Mix PSOL Verifies mix PSOL liftoff current is within range. Connect gases.

Mix Accumulator Verifies mix accumulator pressure sensor and overpres- None.
sure switch function.

Circuit Pressure Checks inspiratory and expiratory offsets using the None.
auto-zero solenoids, Cross-checks safety valve, inspira-
tory and expiratory pressure transducers at various pres-
sures.Verifies the auto-zero solenoids function.

Flow Sensor Cross Verifies all flow sensors/ PSOLs at specified gas flow None.
Check volumes and performs delivery PSOL liftoff calibration.

Delivery PSOL Verifies delivery PSOL current sensor and commanded None.
PSOL current.

Exhalation Valve (EV) Verifies exhalation valve current and loopback current None.
Loopback are within a maximum range from each other.

Exhalation Valve (EV) Verifies exhalation valve seal and poppet friction are None.
Pressure Accuracy acceptable.

Exhalation Valve (EV) Verifies current versus pressure values in flash memory None.
Performance correspond with actual installed exhalation valve .

Exhalation Valve Verifies the velocity transducer is sending a signal and None.
Velocity Transducer the control circuit recognizes it. It does not verify the
quality of the signal.

Safety System Tests safety valve operation. None.

Backup Ventilation Verifies backup ventilation systems: mix, inspiratory, None.

and exhalation.

Communication Verifies GUI communication ports function, both serial None.

and Ethernet.

Internal Storage Verifies internal storage device function. None.

5-24 Service Manual

 Self Tests

Table 5-5.  EST Test Sequence (Continued)

EST Test step Function Required Interaction

LCD Backlight Verifies GUI LCD backlight intensity function. None.

Status Display Verifies status display and LCD function, as well as com- None.
municating with the BD CPU, power distribution
module, and compressor, if installed.

GUI Audio Tests GUI visual and audio alarm indicators, cycling Verify light and sound.
through each alarm status indication.

BD Audio Verifies BD audio alarm is functional. Also verifies Verify sound.

power fail capacitor can operate loss-of-power alarm.

Rotary Knob Test Verifies knob rotation function. Rotate knob in both direc-
tions.

Off-screen Key Test Verifies GUI off-screen keys function, both by contact Press off-screen keys, verify
with each icon and by viewing the backlight. light.

Ventilator Battery Tests ventilator battery and power distribution tem- Eject and install battery.
perature, voltage, and additional functional tests. Unplug AC power.

Run only if compressor installed

Compressor Battery Tests compressor battery function, as well as compres- Eject and install battery.
sor power system and fan function. Unplug AC power.

Compressor Verifies overall compressor operation: pressure trans- Disconnect air.

ducer, fan, motor, and pressure relief valve. Cross-
checks pressure transducer against the air inlet pressure
transducer.

Compressor Leak Checks compressor system for leaks. None.

Compressor Perfor- Tests compressor operational performance under load. None.

mance

EST Results

EST reports results for each individual test.

Table 5-6.  Individual EST Results

Test status Meaning Response

PASS Individual EST test passed No need to do anything, unless

prompted by the ventilator.

Service Manual 5-25

Service Mode

Table 5-6.  Individual EST Results (Continued)

Test status Meaning Response

ALERT The test result is not ideal, but is not critical. When the system prompts, select:
If EST is in progress, it halts further testing and prompts REPEAT TEST,
for decision. NEXT TEST, or
STOP,
then press ACCEPT.

FAIL The ventilator has detected a critical problem, but will Select:
not prevent users from continuing with other EST tests. REPEAT TEST,
EST will not successfully complete until all individual tests NEXT TEST, or
pass. STOP,
then press ACCEPT.

NEVER RUN Test still requires successful PASS. Run all EST tests.

EST Outcomes

When EST completes all tests, analyze and respond to the final EST outcome.

Table 5-7.  Overall EST Outcomes

Final Outcome Meaning Response

PASS All EST tests passed. EST successfully completed. Select

other SERVICE MODE functions or
prepare for SST tests prior to returning
the ventilator for patient usage.

ALERT The ventilator detected one or more faults. The When the system prompts, select:
test result is not ideal, but is not critical. REPEAT TEST,
NEXT TEST, or
STOP,
then press ACCEPT.

FAIL One or more critical faults were detected. The Check the patient circuit to determine
ventilator enters the SVO state and cannot be the problem or restart SST with a dif-
used for normal ventilation until EST passes. ferent patient circuit. Select:
Service is required. REPEAT TEST,
NEXT TEST, or
STOP,
then press ACCEPT.

OVERRIDDEN ALERT status1 overridden by user. Select next desired test.

1. Users may override an ALERT status, but may not override a FAIL status.

Selecting OVERRIDE EST results in the following warning:

5-26 Service Manual

 Self Tests

 WARNING:
Choose to override the ALERT status and authorize ventilation only when
absolutely certain this cannot create a patient hazard or add to risks arising
from other hazards.

5.8.3 Manual Tests

Table 5-8.  Manual Test Functions

Manual Test Function Required User

Interaction

Nurse Call Verifies the functionality of the remote alarm relay. Check hardware
function.

External Ports Verifies the functionality of the two external USB ports using Insert USB flash
flash drives of 1GB or greater capacity. Reference External drive devices into
Ports Test, p. 7-7. USB slots.

Vent In-Op Verifies the ability to trigger a “vent inoperative” state. Ref- None.
erence Vent In-Op Test, p. 7-6.

Manual PVT Flow sensors should be within the product specifications. Select ACCEPT for
Flow1 each flow rate.

Manual PVT Pressure sensors should be within the product specifications. Select ACCEPT for
Pressure1 each pressure rate.

PSOL Step Manually checks air and O2 inlet pressure, checks BD and air Connect patient
flows, mix flow, and triggers current to drive the air and O2 circuit with blocked
PSOL limits. wye or gold test cir-
cuit.

Analog Data Provides a means of taking manual control of the ventilator. Adjust the oxygen
It does not have a PASS/FAIL criteria, but allows changes to percentage, deliv-
oxygen saturation in the mix subsystem and also manually ery PSOL, or exha-
triggers current to drive either the deliver PSOL or the exha- lation valve mA
lation valve. values.
1. Manual PVT tests provide a means to generate specific flows and pressures for the purpose of testing the ventilator's output using
an external pneumatic analyzer.

To select a manual test

1. Access Service Mode. Reference Service Mode Access, p. 5-1.

2. Select SELF TESTS.

3. Select MANUAL.

Service Manual 5-27

Service Mode

Figure 5-9.  Self Tests Menu: Manual Tests

4. Select the desired manual self test.

5. Follow all prompts, such as ACCEPT or CANCEL.

To perform a nurse call test

1. Select the MANUAL TEST option. Reference To select a manual test, p. 5-27.

2. Select NURSE CALL.

3. Check the external nurse call response.

4. Select START TEST.

5. Select ACCEPT.

To perform an external ports test

1. Select the MANUAL TEST option. Reference To select a manual test, p. 5-27.

2. Select EXTERNAL PORTS.

3. Insert flash drives of 1GB or greater capacity into both USB port 1 and 2.

4. Select START TEST.

5. Select ACCEPT.

5-28 Service Manual

 Self Tests

To perform a Vent Inop test

1. Select the MANUAL TEST option. Reference To select a manual test, p. 5-27.

2. Select VENT INOP.

3. Select START TEST.

4. Select ACCEPT.

To perform a Manual PVT test

1. Select the MANUAL TEST option. Reference To select a manual test, p. 5-27.

2. Select the desired Manual PVT test: flow or pressure.

3. Select START TEST.

4. ACCEPT until the test completes. It cycles through the test twice.

To perform a PSOL Step test

1. Select the MANUAL TEST option. Reference To select a manual test, p. 5-27.

2. Select PSOL STEP.

3. Select START TEST.

4. Select START TEST.

5. Select ACCEPT.

To perform an Analog Data test

1. Select the MANUAL TEST option. Reference To select a manual test, p. 5-27.

2. Select ANALOG DATA.

3. Select the first or second page of data, depending on the desired change.

4. Select the desired value for any of the three available parameters: Oxygen % used
by the mix subsystem, the current driving the delivery PSOL, or the current driving
the exhalation valve. Default values are: 21% oxygen, 0 mA for the delivery PSOL,
and 0 mA for the exhalation valve.These selected parameters take effect immedi-
ately.

 Note:
The ventilator software will apply any change made to the listed parameters to an
EST test. There are no START, STOP, or APPLY selections.

Service Manual 5-29

Service Mode

5. Select CLOSE after evaluating and completing any changes.

5.8.4 Short Self Test (SST)

 WARNING:
SST checks the patient circuit (including tubing, humidification device, and
filters) for leaks, measures the circuit compliance, and checks filter and circuit
resistance. To prevent inaccurate results, always run SST with the patient
system configured exactly as it will be used on the patient (for example, same
tubing and accessories). Do not change the circuit type or add accessories to
the patient circuit after running SST.

 WARNING:
To ensure ventilation that correctly compensates for circuit resistance and
compliance, do not exit SST and begin normal ventilation until the entire SST
has been successfully completed with the circuit to be used attached.

 WARNING:
Incorrectly specifying the patient circuit type or humidification type (or
changing patient circuit type after running SST) can affect the accuracy of
compliance calculation and delivered and measured exhaled tidal volume.

 WARNING:
When changing any accessories in the patient circuit or changing the patient
circuit itself, run SST to check for leaks and to ensure the correct circuit
compliance and resistance values are used in ventilator calculations.

SST is a short and simple sequence of tests that takes about five minutes and
verifies proper operation of breath delivery hardware (including pressure and
flow sensors, checks the patient circuit (including tubing, humidification
device, and filters) for leaks, and measures the circuit compliance and resis-
tance. SST also checks the resistance of the expiratory filter. SST, in normal
mode, can only be performed at start up, prior to initiation of ventilation.
Perform SST during any of the listed circumstances.
• Prior to initial installation of a new ventilator

• Every 15 days

5-30 Service Manual

 Self Tests

• With each new patient between patients

• When changing the patient circuit configuration

– Changing the humidifier type

– Adding or removing an in-line water trap

– Using a different type or style of patient circuit

– Installing a new or sterilized exhalation filter

• Following ventilator service or repair

The ventilator does not allow access to SST if it senses a patient is connected.
During SST, the ventilator displays the current SST status, including the test cur-
rently in progress, results of completed tests, and measured data (where appli-
cable). The ventilator logs SST results, and that information is available following
a power failure. The ventilator disables several off-screen keys located on the
bezel of the GUI during SST.
• Alarm silence

• Alarm reset

• Manual inspiration

• Inspiratory pause

• Expiratory pause

Equipment for SST

1. Collect the appropriate equipment required to run SST.

• Proposed patient circuit for patient ventilation

• Accessories (water traps, etc.)

• Adult/pediatric expiratory filter and condensate vial

• Humidifier, if applicable

2. Collect all other necessary items.

• A stopper (No. 1) to block the patient airway at the patient wye

Service Manual 5-31

Service Mode

• Two gas sources (air and oxygen) connected to the ventilator) at a pressure
between 35 psi and 87 psi (241.3 kPa and 599.8 kPa).

 Note:
If using Air Liquide™*, Dräger™*, and SIS air/oxygen hose assemblies, certain SST
tests may fail when using supply pressures less than 50 psi (345 kPa), based on
excessive hose restriction.

SST Sequence

During troubleshooting, run tests either as a group or as single tests. Prior to

returning the ventilator to clinical use, however, all tests must be in run the
order described without interruption by using RUN ALL. All tests must com-
plete with no failures. The service technician may choose to OVERRIDE an
ALERT.
To perform SST
1. Review and perform all self test prerequisites. Reference Self Test Prerequisites, p. 5-20.

2. Collect the appropriate equipment. Reference Equipment for SST, p. 5-31.

 Note:
If the ventilator has not reached normal operating temperature from recent usage,
allow it to warm up for at least 15 minutes in service mode prior to running EST
to ensure accurate testing.

3. Access Service Mode. Reference Service Mode Access, p. 5-1.

4. Connect air and oxygen to the appropriate inlets.

5. Verify all CALIBRATION tests under the CALIBRATION tab have passed.

6. Select SELF TEST.

7. Ensure patient wye is unblocked.

8. Select SST.

5-32 Service Manual

 Self Tests

Figure 5-10.  Self Tests Menu: SST

9. Select the patient circuit and humidification type, then select ACCEPT. If not using
a humidifier, select HME.

 Note:
To ensure accurate circuit resistance measurement, ensure circuit is not
obstructed and is properly connected to the ventilator.

10. Follow additional on-screen prompts to run SST.

11. Reference Troubleshooting, p. 8-1, for a description of results and suggested

responses to outcomes or if an SST test fails.

Table 5-9.  SST Test Sequence

SST Test Function User Interaction

Flow Sensor Cross Check Test Tests O2 and Air Flow Sensors Connect patient circuit and
block wye. Add humidifier if
used.

Exhalation Valve (EV) Perfor- Tests the exhalation valve None.

mance

Service Manual 5-33

Service Mode

Table 5-9.  SST Test Sequence

SST Test Function User Interaction

Circuit Pressure Exercises delivery PSOL. None.

Checks inspiratory and expira-
tory auto-zero solenoids.
Cross-checks inspiratory and
expiratory pressure transducers
at various pressures.

Leak Test Displays drop in circuit pressure None.

in 10 s. Determines ability of
circuit to hold pressure.

Exhalation Filter Test Checks for expiratory filter Connect and disconnect circuit.
occlusion.

Circuit Resistance Checks for inspiratory and expi- Unblock the wye.
ratory limb occlusions, and cal-
culates and stores the
inspiratory and expiratory limb
resistance parameters.

Compliance Calibration Calculates the attached patient Block the wye. Water in humidi-
circuit compliance. fier if used. Unblock wye.

Proximal Flow Subsystem Test Verifies functionality of Proxi- None.

(Prox SST)1 (when installed) mal Flow Subsystem

1. A failure of this test does not prevent return to normal ventilation.

SST Results

SST reports results for each individual test.

Table 5-10.  Individual SST Results

Test Status Meaning Response

PASS Individual SST test passed. No need to do anything, unless

prompted by the ventilator.

ALERT The test result is not ideal, but is not crit- When the system prompts, select:
ical. If SST is in progress, it halts further REPEAT TEST,
testing and prompts for decision. NEXT TEST, or
EXIT SST.

FAIL The ventilator has detected a critical Eliminate leaks in the ventilator
problem and SST cannot complete until breathing system and re-run SST. Oth-
the ventilator passes the failed test. erwise, service the ventilator and re-
run SST.

5-34 Service Manual

 Self Tests

SST Outcomes

When SST completes all tests, analyze and respond to the final SST outcome.

Table 5-11.  Overall SST Outcomes

Final Outcome Meaning Response

PASS All SST tests passed. Touch Patient Setup to set up the
patient for ventilation.

ALERT The ventilator detected one or more To override the ALERT, select:
faults. Choose to override the ALERT OVERRIDE SST,
status and authorize ventilation only then ACCEPT.
when absolutely certain this cannot To exit SST, select EXIT SST.
create a patient hazard or add to risks
arising from other hazards.

FAIL One or more critical faults were Check the patient circuit to determine
detected. The ventilator enters the the problem or restart SST with a dif-
SVO state and cannot be used for ferent patient circuit.
normal ventilation until SST passes. Select:
REPEAT TEST,
RUN ALL SST, or
EXIT SST,
then ACCEPT.

Selecting OVERRIDE SST results in the following warning:

 WARNING:
Choose to override the ALERT status and authorize ventilation only when
absolutely certain this cannot create a patient hazard or add to risks arising
from other hazards.
Run any SST test individually, but the full suite of SST tests must successfully
pass before the ventilator can be used on a patient.
If a complete SST is interrupted and ventilation was allowed before starting
SST, normal ventilation is allowed if:
• SST did not detect any failures or alerts before the interruption, and

• no other errors that would prevent ventilation occurred, and

• there were no changes to the circuit type at the start of the interrupted SST.

During SST, the ventilator displays the current SST status, including the test
currently in progress, and results of completed tests. Test data are available in

Service Manual 5-35

Service Mode

Service Mode where applicable or are displayed on the screen. The ventilator
logs SST results, and that information is available following power loss. The
alarm silence and alarm reset keys are disabled during SST, as well as the
Manual Inspiration, Inspiratory Pause, and Expiratory Pause keys.

5-36 Service Manual

6 Preventive Maintenance

6.1 Overview
This chapter contains methods for inspecting, properly cleaning, and perform-
ing preventive maintenance on the Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Ventilator.
Perform preventive maintenance according to the schedule listed below and
also contained in the Operator’s Manual. Reference Periodic Service Preventive
Maintenance, p. 6-2.

6.2 Ventilator Operational Time

The ventilator contains an hour meter that records the number of operational
hours since the ventilator was manufactured. An additional hour meter counts
down the number of hours until the next preventive maintenance is due. This
second hour meter is visible on the status display only in Service Mode.

6.3 Cleaning
Clean GUI and BDU surfaces periodically.

 WARNING:
Always use personal protective equipment when handling ventilator
components. This is particularly important when handling contaminated
bacterial filters or other patient accessories to prevent disease transmission.

 Caution:
Do not soak any portion of the ventilator in solvent, alcohol, or any other
cleaning agent. Soaking ventilator components may damage the ventilator.

To clean the GUI or BDU

1. Moisten a soft cloth with a mild soap solution or an approved cleaner/disinfectant.

6- 1
Preventive Maintenance

2. Wipe the GUI and BDU removing any dirt or foreign substances.

3. Dry all components thoroughly.

4. If necessary, vacuum the cooling vents on GUI and BDU with an electrostatic dis-
charge (ESD)-safe vacuum to remove any dust.

6.4 Inspection
Ventilator inspection should be performed by Covidien factory-trained service
technicians when following the scheduled service preventive maintenance
activities at the specified intervals.
To inspect the ventilator
1. Inspect both air and external water trap assemblies, cleaning and replacing.

2. Inspect the exterior for worn, loose, or broken components, repairing as needed.

3. Inspect wiring, tubing, and connectors, repairing as needed.

6.5 Periodic Service Preventive Maintenance

 WARNING:
To ensure proper performance of the ventilator, follow the preventive
maintenance schedule listed in this manual.

Only Covidien factory-trained service technicians should perform service pre-

ventive maintenance activities. For operation preventive maintenance intervals,
reference the Operator’s Manual.

Table 6-1.  Service Preventive Maintenance Procedure and Frequency

Frequency Part Maintenance

Every 6 months Entire ventilator Run Extended Self Test (EST).

Primary and extended batteries Perform battery test (as part of EST
test in Service mode).

Annual Entire ventilator Electrical safety test.

6-2 Service Manual

 Service Kits

Table 6-1.  Service Preventive Maintenance Procedure and Frequency (Continued)

Frequency Part Maintenance

When ventilator location changes Atmospheric pressure transducer Perform atmospheric pressure trans-
by 1000 feet of altitude ducer calibration.

Every 3 years, or when battery test Primary battery Replace primary battery. Actual
fails, or when EST indicates battery life depends on the history
battery life has been exhausted of use and ambient conditions.

Every 3 years, or when battery test Extended batteries Replace extended batteries. Actual
fails, or when EST indicates battery life depends on the history
battery life has been exhausted of use and ambient conditions.

Every 10,000 hours BDU 10 K hour kit Install. Follow kit instructions.

Compressor 10 K hour kit Install. Follow kit instructions.

Every year from time of installa- Oxygen sensor Replace the oxygen sensor as
tion or sooner needed.1
1. Actual sensor life depends on operating environment. Operation at higher temperature or O2% levels will result in shorter sensor life.

6.6 Service Kits

• BDU 10,000 hour preventive maintenance kit — Follow kit instructions and
run the performance verification test (PVT). Reference Supplies, p. 10-3.

• Compressor 10,000 hour preventive maintenance kit — Follow kit instruc-

tions and run the performance verification test (PVT). Reference Supplies, p. 10-3.

6.7 Storage for Extended Periods

To store the ventilator
1. Clean the unit thoroughly.

2. Remove any batteries and accessories.

To return the ventilator to clinical usage

1. Replace batteries.

2. Recharge batteries prior to patient ventilation. If batteries are older than three (3)
years, use new batteries.

3. Perform EST and SST prior to patient ventilation.

Service Manual 6-3

Preventive Maintenance

Page Left Intentionally Blank

6-4 Service Manual

7 Performance Verification

7.1 Overview
This chapter provides information for verifying the operational performance of the
Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Ventilator. The content of this chapter pertains
whenever the ventilator requires servicing and also on a periodic basis per hospital
requirements.
Before returning the ventilator to clinical use, perform all in-depth testing,
EST, and SST tests with passing results. These steps verify operation. Ref-
erence In-Depth Testing, p. 7-5, for the electrical safety test, vent inoperative
test, and external port testing procedures. Reference Self Tests, p. 5-20, for EST
and SST test procedures.

7.2 Required Service Materials

• Appropriate accessories, such as patient circuit

• Compressed air and oxygen gas supplies

• Multimeter

• External pneumatic analyzer

• Electrical safety analyzer

• External barometer

• USB extension cables (2)

• USB flash drives (2) of 1GB or greater capacity

7.3 Preliminary Setup

To set up for performance verification testing
1. Install expiratory filter and collector vial.

7- 1
Performance Verification

2. Connect to compressed air and oxygen gas supplies (35 to 87 psi).

3. Connect to an AC power source.

4. Ensure power indicator illuminates.

5. Check primary battery installation for both ventilator and compressor.

7.4 Testing
Adhere to all recommendations in this chapter before returning the ventilator
to clinical use.

Calibrations

Atmospheric pressure calibration Reference Atmospheric Pressure Calibration, p. 5-10.

Touchscreen calibration Reference Touch Screen Calibration, p. 5-11.

Flow sensor calibration Reference Flow Sensor Calibration, p. 5-13.

Exhalation valve calibration Reference Exhalation Valve Calibration, p. 5-14.

Oxygen sensor calibration Reference Oxygen Sensor Calibration, p. 5-16.

Self Tests

Extended self test (EST) Reference Extended Self Test (EST), p. 5-21.

Short self test (SST) Reference Short Self Test (SST), p. 5-30.

In-depth Testing

Electrical safety test Reference Electrical Safety Test, p. 7-5.

Vent inop test Reference Vent In-Op Test, p. 7-6.

External ports test Reference External Ports Test, p. 7-7.

After completion of any ventilator repair, always perform the following proce-
dures before returning the ventilator to clinical use.
1. Visually verify the proper installation and secure connection of all pneumatic and
electrical parts. Listen for any uncharacteristic sounds (pneumatic leaking, vibra-
tions, grinding, squeaking, or others).

2. Perform the additional service, testing, and calibration activities listed in the
Sequence of Testing and Calibration Requirements table. The numbers in the
columns indicate the sequence in which to perform these activities.

7-2 Service Manual

 Testing

3. Keep a maintenance log of all repairs. Complete all service records and other doc-
umentation.

Table 7-1.  Sequence of Testing and Calibration Requirements

Ventilator Warm-up Cycle1

Performance Verification
Extended Self Test (EST)

Touchscreen Calibration
Flow Sensor Calibration

Transducer Calibration
Atmospheric Pressure

Electrical Safety Test

Software Download

Short Self Test (SST)

Oxygen Sensor (OS)

External Ports Test

Expiratory Valve

Vent Inop Test

Calibration

Calibration

Test (PVT)
Type of Service

Ventilator installation 1 — 6 7 5 8 4 9 10 — 3 2

Six-month ventilator check 1 — — — — 4 — 5 6 — — 3 2

Annual ventilator check 1 — 6 7 5 8 4 9 10 — — 3 2

10,000-hour preventive mainte- 1 — 6 7 5 8 4 9 10 — 11 3 2

nance

Software download 3 1 6 7 5 8 4 9 10 — — 2 —

Data key update/option installa- — — — — — — — 1 — — — —

tion without software download

Touchscreen/LCD assembly, and 1 — — — — 4 — 5 — — — 3 2

the following PCBAs: user inter-
face, touchscreen controller,
backlight inverter, and encoder

The following PCBAs: BDU CPU 3 1 7 8 6 9 5 10 11 — 12 2 4

or GUI CPU

The following PCBAs: Communi- 1 — — — — 3 — 4 — 2 — — —

cations backplane, line interface
1 and line interface 2

Service Manual 7-3

Performance Verification

Table 7-1.  Sequence of Testing and Calibration Requirements (Continued)

Ventilator Warm-up Cycle1

Performance Verification
Extended Self Test (EST)

Touchscreen Calibration
Flow Sensor Calibration

Transducer Calibration
Atmospheric Pressure

Electrical Safety Test

Software Download

Short Self Test (SST)

Oxygen Sensor (OS)

External Ports Test

Expiratory Valve

Vent Inop Test

Calibration

Calibration

Test (PVT)
Type of Service

Filtered restrictor, any solenoids, 1 — — — — 3 — 4 — — — — 2

pressure tap coupler, BDU status
display assembly, speaker, BD
audio alarm assembly, internal
inspiratory filter, GUI to BDU
cable, and the following PCBAs:
alarm LED, battery backplane,
BDU power distribution. In addi-
tion, the AC power module, BDU
power controller/distribution
assembly and BDU power supply.

Compressor power supply and 1 — — — — 3 — 4 — — — — 2

compressor power distribution/
controller assembly. The follow-
ing power PCBAs: Compressor
power distribution, compressor
power controller, compressor
interface.

Any mix and delivery PSOL, mix and 1 — 5 6 4 7 3 8 9 — 10 — 2

delivery flow sensors, exhalation
valve assembly, safety valve, and
the following PCBAs: exhalation
sensor, inspiratory flow module,
gas supply sensor, main backplane,
options backplane, pneumatics
interface, DC-DC converter, and
mix controller

Oxygen sensor 1 — — — — 3 4 2 — — — —

Exhalation valve flow sensor, 1 — 5 6 4 7 3 8 9 — — — 2

exhalation cable, and exhalation
valve module chassis
1. Required: Perform ventilator varm-up in service mode.

7-4 Service Manual

 In-Depth Testing

7.5 In-Depth Testing

Normal ventilation may not resume without successful completion of all tests.

7.5.1 Electrical Safety Test

 WARNING:
If the ventilator fails an electrical safety test, an electrocution hazard may
exist. Do not proceed to the next electrical safety test without correcting the
problem and retesting the ventilator.

This test verifies ground continuity and leakage current are within the limits
stated in the Product Specification section.

Table 7-2.  Test Specifications

Ground Integrity Test Limit

Ground Resistance <0.2 

Earth Leakage Current (AC + DC)

Condition AC Line Polarity Line Neutral Test Limit

Normal Closed Closed 300 μA

Normal
Single Fault Closed Open 1000 μA

Normal Closed Closed 300 μA

Reversed
Single Fault Closed Open 1000 μA

 Note:
Prior to performing any electrical safety test, check the connections and functionality
of all accessories. This would also pertain to the integrated compressor, if installed.
To perform an electrical safety test
1. Follow the performance verification setup procedure. Reference Preliminary
Setup, p. 7-1.

2. Ensure the power switch is OFF.

Service Manual 7-5

Performance Verification

3. Verify ground resistance is less than <0.20 Ohms.

4. Flip the power switch to ON, allowing a 15 minute warm-up.

5. Allow the ventilator to perform POST.

6. For ventilators with an integrated compressor, complete the remaining tasks.

a. Disconnect the external air supply from the outlet. This will release any existing
pressure to the outlet.
b. Verify pressure does not exist in the hose.
c. Ensure the integrated compressor is active.
d. Ensure leakage currents match those listed.
7. Flip the power switch to OFF.

8. Reconnect the external air supply to the outlet.

7.5.2 Vent In-Op Test

This is part of the Manual Test suite in Service Mode. It verifies the ventilator’s
ability to trigger a “vent inoperative” state.
To perform a Vent Inoperative test
1. Follow the performance verification setup procedure. Reference Preliminary Setup,
p. 7-1.

2. Access Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

3. Select SELF TEST.

4. Select MANUAL.

5. Select VENT INOP.

6. Select START TEST.

7. Select ACCEPT to launch the test.

8. Respond as prompted, observing audio and visual alarms.

9. Ensure successful completion of the test. Should it fail, power the ventilator off
and back on, repeating the steps above. Should it still fail, the ventilator requires
further troubleshooting.

7-6 Service Manual

 Calibration

7.5.3 External Ports Test

This is part of the Manual Test suite in Service Mode. It verifies the functionality
of the two external USB ports using flash drives of 1GB or greater capacity.
To perform a External Ports test
1. Follow the performance verification setup procedure. Reference Preliminary Setup,
p. 7-1.

2. Access Service Mode. Reference To access Service Mode, p. 5-1.

3. Select SELF TEST.

4. Select MANUAL.

5. Select EXTERNAL PORTS.

6. Select START TEST.

7. Select ACCEPT to launch the test.

8. Respond as prompted, inserting the USB extension cables into the two USB slots
on the rear of the BDU.

9. Select ACCEPT.

10. Ensure successful completion of the test. Should it fail, use alternate known good
USB flash drives, repeating the steps above. Should it still fail, the ventilator
requires further troubleshooting.

7.6 Calibration
Reference Calibrations, p. 5-9, for details. Complete all four calibrations listed.
1. Atmospheric Pressure calibration

2. Flow sensor calibration

3. Exhalation valve calibration

4. Touch Screen calibration

Service Manual 7-7

Performance Verification

7.7 Log Entry

Reference To add an entry to the service log, p. 5-19, for assistance in adding
performance verification entries into the service log.

7-8 Service Manual

8 Troubleshooting

8.1 Overview
This chapter provides assistance in the interpretation of diagnostic and status
logs and methods for troubleshooting the Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Venti-
lator.

8.2 Troubleshooting Basics

Prior to repair or replacement of ventilator parts, perform a complete check of
ventilator.
1. Verify secure connections of cables and ventilator modules.

2. Check for system leaks, particularly the expiratory filter. Ensure the expiratory filter
collector vial is secure and the drain port capped.

3. Before running SST or EST, ensure the unit has been warmed up for at least 15
minutes in ambient temperature. Failure to warm up the ventilator may result in
false flow sensor or pressure transducer failures.

4. If possible, run full EST, bypassing any failures or faults that may occur, to further
diagnose a problem.

5. When troubleshooting SST or EST, always use a known good patient circuit or
gold standard circuit and filter(s) and ensure a secure attachment to both ports.

6. Replace primary printed circuit board assemblies (PCBAs) only after all other rem-
edies have failed. Contact Covidien Technical Support for further assistance.

8.3 Fault Categories

When the ventilator encounters a fault condition, it posts a diagnostic code
and logs the fault to the System Diagnostic Log, if possible. Faults fall into two
categories: minor and major faults. Minor faults do not require immediate

8- 1
Troubleshooting

intervention and will not interrupt normal ventilation. Major faults require
intervention and correction.
1. Minor faults — Minor faults are not critical to ventilation, so do not affect ven-
tilation or patient safety checks and will not interrupt the POST sequence. Minor
faults result in a DEVICE ALERT alarm.

2. Major faults — Major faults are critical to ventilation and patient safety checks.
The ventilator does not permit normal ventilation while a major fault exists. Major
faults result in a HIGH PRIORITY alarm. During VENT INOP, the safety valve and
exhalation valve remain open to allow the patient to breathe room air.

8.4 Audible Alarms

The ventilator audibly annunciates an alarm in a series of tones, based on the
priority of the alarm. Audible alarms, if not acknowledged, may escalate in
volume.
1. Immediate priority audible alarm — Continuous tone alarm sounding for at
least 120 seconds.

2. High priority audible alarm — A sequence of five rising tones that repeats
twice, pauses, then repeats again.

3. Medium priority audible alarm — A repeating sequence of three tones.

4. Low priority audible alarm — A non-repeating, two-tone sequence.

8.5 Visual Alarms

The ventilator audibly annunciates an alarm in a series of tones. It visually
annunciates alarms by flashing at a frequency and in a color corresponding to
the alarm priority from the 360 omni-directional alarm indicator at the top of
the GUI. An alarm banner appears on the GUI touchscreen. In the event of
multiple alarms with varying priority levels, the 360 omni-directional alarm
remains steadily lit and may display more than one color, while the two highest
priority active alarms appear on the GUI touchscreen.
Touch the individual alarm to obtain an expanded explanation, which contains
analysis and remedy messages, and may contain a link to the alarm log or the
alarms settings screen. To access a listed link, simply touch it. It will display any
related information.

8-2 Service Manual

 Visual Alarms

1. Primary alarms — This is an initial alarm. It consists of three types of messages:

base, analysis, and remedy messages. Primary alarms may result in dependent
alarms.

a. Base message — This message describes the primary alarm.

b. Analysis message — This message describes the likely cause of the alarm
and any dependent (augmentation) alarms.

c. Remedy message — This message provides guidance for correcting the

alarm condition.

2. Dependent alarms — The secondary alarm, also known as augmentation,

resulting from conditions that led to the primary alarm. Any subsequent alarm
related to the cause of an initial alarm augments the initial alarm instead of
appearing on the GUI as a new alarm. The ventilator system updates the analysis
message of each primary alarm with any related dependent alarm information,
and the Alarm Log Event column shows the initial alarm as Augmented.

The following rules define how alarm messages appear:

• Primary alarms precede any dependent alarms.

• The ventilator system adds dependent alarms to the analysis messages of each
active primary alarm with which they are associated. If a dependent alarm resets,
the system removes it from the analysis message of the primary alarm.

• The priority level of a primary alarm is equal to or greater than the priority level of
any of its active dependent alarms.

• An alarm cannot be a dependent alarm of any alarm that occurs subsequently.

• If a primary alarm resets, any active dependent alarms become primary unless they
are also dependent alarms of another active primary alarm. This is due to different
reset criteria for primary and dependent alarms.

• The system applies the new alarm limit to alarm calculations from the moment a
change to an alarm limit is accepted.

• The priority level of a dependent alarm is based solely on its detection conditions,
not the priority of any associated alarms.

• When an alarm causes the ventilator to enter occlusion status cycling (OSC), the
values in the patient data banner are replaced with a banner containing the text
Severe Occlusion. The elapsed time without ventilatory support appears on the

Service Manual 8-3

Troubleshooting

GUI screen. If the alarm causing OSC is auto-reset, the ventilator resets all patient
data and associated alarm detection algorithms.

8.5.1 Alarm Priority

The ventilator system classifies alarms by urgency level and determines how the
ventilator responds. It also prioritizes them from the most serious to the least
serious alarm condition. A ventilator setting or patient condition may trigger
an alarm during the usual course of patient care. In other instances, the venti-
lator’s built-in background checks may trigger a DEVICE ALERT alarm, which
indicates the ventilator requires service. When the ventilator system declares a
DEVICE ALERT, it not only displays a message and writes to the alarm log, but
also places an associated diagnostic code into the System Diagnostic Log.

 Note:
The ventilator system clears the alarm log after running EST or completion of a new
patient setup.

Table 8-1.  Alarm Prioritization

Priority Level Visual indicator Audible indicator Autoreset

characteristics

Immediate Specific to alarm condition or Continuous tone alarm None

component failure. sounding for at least
120 s.

Immediate Status display shows the GUI The secondary alarm None
has failed. annunciates a repeat-
ing sequence of single
tones, since the primary
alarm (part of the GUI)
has failed.

High: Immedi- Flashing red 360 omni-direc- High-priority audible Visual alarm does not auto
ate attention tional alarm located on the top alarm (a sequence of reset. Visual alarm indicators
required to of GUI, red alarm banner on GUI five tones that repeats remain steadily illuminated
ensure patient screen, red bar next to alarm twice, pauses, then following an autoreset. Press
safety. setting icon on Alarms screen. repeats again). the alarm reset key to reset
the visual indicator.

8-4 Service Manual

 Visual Alarms

Table 8-1.  Alarm Prioritization (Continued)

Priority Level Visual indicator Audible indicator Autoreset

characteristics

Medium: Flashing yellow 360 omni-direc- Medium-priority LED indicator turns off and
Prompt atten- tional alarm located on the top audible alarm (a repeat- alarm log incurs an autoreset
tion necessary. of GUI, yellow alarm banner on ing sequence of three entry.
GUI screen, and yellow bar next tones).
to alarm setting icon on Alarms
screen.

Low: A Steadily illuminated yellow 360 Low-priority audible LED indicator turns off and
change in the omni-directional alarm locate alarm (two tone, non- alarm log incurs an autoreset
patient-venti- don the top of GUI, yellow repeating). entry.
alarm banner on GUI screen,
lator system
and yellow bar next to alarm
has occurred.
setting icon on Alarms screen.

Normal: Steadily illuminated green 360 None None

Normal venti- omni-directional alarm located
on the top of GUI, no alarm
lator operation
banner, and white values next
to alarm setting icon on Alarms
screen.

8.5.2 Alarm Categories

Alarms fall into two basic categories: non-technical and technical alarms. Addi-
tionally, alarms may be non-lockable, lockable, or latched alarms.
• Non-lockable alarms — Alarms that cancel an active alarm silence period.

• Lockable alarms — All patient data alarms and the CIRCUIT DISCONNECT alarm
are lockable alarms. Lockable alarms do not terminate an active alarm silence
function. When a new lockable alarm occurs, the alarm will not start to sound
audibly if the previous lockable alarm was silenced.

• Latched alarms — The visual alarm indicator located on the sides of the 360
omni-directional alarm remains illuminated after the alarm has auto-reset. To
manually reset a latched alarm, press the alarm reset key. If no alarms are active,
the highest priority latched alarm appears on the 360 omni-directional alarm on
the GUI.

Service Manual 8-5

Troubleshooting

Non-technical Alarms

Non-technical alarms often result from a fault in the patient-ventilator interac-

tion or external fault. Some non-technical alarms relate to conditions the prac-
titioner can correct, such as shifting to an alternate power source or resolving
gas supply issues. Others are patient data alarms associated with an abnormal
condition of the patient’s respiratory status. Reference the Operator’s Manual
for a listing of non-technical alarms.

Technical Alarms

Technical alarms result from a violation of any of the ventilator’s self-monitor-

ing conditions, such as failure of POST or a background check. This includes
faults detected by the ventilator’s background diagnostic system. Technical
alarms cannot be reset by pressing the Alarm Reset key.

Table 8-2.  Technical Alarm Categories

Category Name Priority System Response

1 Vent-Inop High Ventilator goes to safe state

2 Exh BUV High Backup ventilation

3 Insp BUV High Backup ventilation

4 Mix BUV High Backup ventilation

5 Caution High Ventilation continues as set

6 Warning Medium Ventilation continues as set

7 Notification Low Ventilation continues as set

Table 8-3.  Ventilator Technical Alarms

Alarm Message Meaning Response

O2 SENSOR O2 sensor is out of calibration or has failed. Re-calibrate or replace O2 sensor.

DEVICE ALERT Various. Technical alarm category is Follow remedy message displayed
described. More information for the partic- on GUI.
ular technical alarm can be found in the
System diagnostic log.

8-6 Service Manual

 Ventilator Logs

8.6 Ventilator Logs

The ventilator uses various logs to store event information for later retrieval.
Some logs are accessible during ventilation and some logs are only available to
Covidien personnel in Service Mode. Touching or selection of an entry allows
users to hyperlink to related material within the logs.

 Note:
Selecting NEW PATIENT during ventilator setup clears patient data, ventilator settings,
and alarm logs.
1. Alarms Log — The alarm log records up to 1000 alarms that have occurred,
reset status, priority level, alarm volume setting, ambient volume, and analysis
messages. In normal ventilation mode, an icon appears on the GUI indicating
there are unread items. The alarm log is stored in non-volatile memory (NVRAM)
and may be re-displayed after the ventilator’s power is cycled. The alarm log is
cleared by setting the ventilator up for a new patient. The alarm log is accessible
during normal ventilation and in Service Mode.

2. Settings Log — The settings log records changes to ventilator settings for retro-
spective analysis of ventilator-patient management. The settings log is accessible
in normal ventilation mode and Service Mode.

3. Patient Data Log — This log records every minute (up to 4320 patient data
entries) consisting of date and time of the entry, patient data name, and the
patient data value during ventilator operation. It clears when the ventilator is set
up for a new patient. The patient data log contains three tabs for categorizing the
data. Reference Troubleshooting in the Operator’s Manual for more details. The
settings log is accessible in normal ventilation mode.

4. Diagnostic Log — The Diagnostic Log is accessible during normal ventilation

and Service modes, after the ventilator is put back into service. The diagnostic log
contains three tabs for categorizing the data. They include the system diagnostic
log, the system communication log, and the EST/SST diagnostic log.

5. EST/SST Status Log — The EST and SST status log records data related to status
of both self-tests, but does not contain any diagnostic information, which appears
in the EST/SST diagnostic log.

6. General Event Log — The general event log contains ventilator-related informa-
tion not found in any other logs. It includes date and time of compressor on and
off, changes in alarm volume, when the ventilator entered and exited Stand-By,
GUI key presses, and warning notifications. The General event log can display up
to 256 entries and is not cleared upon new patient setup.

Service Manual 8-7

Troubleshooting

7. Service Log — The service log is accessible during normal ventilation and Service
Mode and contains the nature and type of the service, reference numbers specific
to the service event (for example, sensor and actuator ID numbers), manual and
automatic serial number input, and the time and date when the service event
occurred. It is not cleared upon new patient setup.

Ventilator logs can only be saved by entering Service Mode and downloading
them via the Ethernet port.

8.7 Diagnostic Logs

This log contains three discrete diagnostic logs, available for viewing by select-
ing the appropriate tab.
1. System Diagnostic Log — Reports diagnostic data on events leading to a fault
condition. The ventilator does not clear the system diagnostic log when clinicians
set up the ventilator for a new patient.

2. System Communication Log — Reports diagnostic data generated by the ven-

tilator communication software, including both external serial communications
and internal communications between the breath-delivery and GUI processors.
Also includes system events such as the resetting of the clock.

3. EST/SST Diagnostic Log — Reports diagnostic data related to extended self-

test (EST) and short self-test (SST) events.

8.7.1 System Diagnostic Log (SDL) Interpretation

System diagnostic messages identify events leading to a fault condition. Use

the SDL in combination with any system communication messages in the
System Communication Log for errors occurring during ventilation. Use the
SDL in combination with any diagnostic data provided the EST/SST Diagnostic
Log for errors occurring during self-tests.

SDL Test/Event Column

This column identifies the particular test or event leading to a fault condition.

8-8 Service Manual

 Diagnostic Logs

SDL Diagnostic Codes

The ventilator software logs a six-digit alphanumeric diagnostic code in the

System Diagnostic Log when possible. To interpret the diagnostic code, break
it down into first (a), second (b), and final (nnnnn) positions.

a b nnnnn

Class Type Identifier

1. Class — The first value in a diagnostic code identifies the module (BD or GUI)
where the software detected the fault. See the first three class, system, and
description columns in the following table.

2. Type — The second value indicates where the fault occurred in software. See the
type and definition columns in the following table.

3. Identifier — The final values provide any additional error code information. See
the final identifier column in the following table.

Table 8-4.  Interpreting SDL Diagnostic Codes

Class System Diagnostic Class Description Type Definition Identifier

BDU or S SST
A Major failure during SST or EST 2-digit test number
GUI E EST

T Exception 3-digit vector number

D BD Problem resulted in soft reset
-- Software Test 2-digit subsystem ID

E BD SYSTEM_EVENT_DIAG -- -- 5-digit system event ID

BDU or S SST
F Major failure during SST or EST 2-digit test number
GUI E EST

Nonmaskable
H BD NMI_DIAG N 3-digit NMI source ID
interrupt

Communications
C 4-digit comm fault ID
test
K BD Major fault caused SVO
P POST 3-digit startup fault ID

B Background check 4-digit test number

Service Manual 8-9

Troubleshooting

Table 8-4.  Interpreting SDL Diagnostic Codes (Continued)

Class System Diagnostic Class Description Type Definition Identifier

Communications
C 4-digit comm fault ID
test
L BD Minor fault
P POST 3-digit startup fault ID

B Background check 4-digit test number

S GUI SYSTEM_EVENT_DIAG -- -- 5-digit system event ID

T Exception 3-digit vector number

U GUI Problem resulted in soft reset
-- Software Test 2-digit subsystem ID

Nonmaskable
V GUI NMI_DIAG N 3-digit NMI source ID
interrupt

Communications
C 4-digit comm fault ID
test
X GUI Major fault caused SVO
P POST 3-digit startup fault ID

B Background check 4-digit test number

Communications
C 4-digit comm fault ID
test
Z GUI Minor fault
P POST 3-digit startup fault ID

B Background check 4-digit test number

Table 8-5.  Ventilator response to a fault condition

Response type Description

ALERT Test result not ideal, but not critical.

--In POST: POST continues to end and ventilation starts. A DEVICE ALERT alarm annunciates.
--In SST/EST: SST/EST continues to end.
--In a background check: Ventilation continues, and a DEVICE ALERT alarm annunciates.

FAILURE Critical problem detected.

--In POST: Ventilator inoperative condition declared.
--In SST/EST: If test does not pass, ventilator inoperative condition declared.
--In a background check: Ventilator inoperative condition declared.

BDU RESET Reset of BDU circuitry; this causes a rerun of BDU POST.
--If POST passes, ventilation continues.
--If POST fails, ventilator generates an alert or failure.

8-10 Service Manual

 Diagnostic Logs

Table 8-5.  Ventilator response to a fault condition

Response type Description

GUI RESET Circuitry in the GUI is reset, which causes GUI POST to be rerun. If POST passes, GUI opera-
tion resumes. If GUI POST does not pass, a GUI INOP condition results.

VENT INOP Software puts ventilator into SVO state, permitting patient to breathe room air.

GUI INOP The BDU alarms, ventilator settings are locked, and a message displays.

STATUS Code/message listed for information only; requires no action.

Service Manual 8-11

Troubleshooting

Page Left Intentionally Blank

8-12 Service Manual

9 Repair

9.1 Overview
This chapter provides Covidien factory-trained service technicians with information
on how to repair the Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Ventilator. Repair procedures
include removal, installation, and adjustment of major sub-assemblies and compo-
nent parts. Reference Periodic Service Preventive Maintenance, p. 6-2, for details
related to preventive maintenance. Reference Cleaning, p. 6-1, for details related
to cleaning the ventilator.

http://www.covidien.com/

9.1 Overview Reference p. 9-1

9.2 Repair Prerequisites and Required Equipment Reference p. 9-2

9.3 General Repair Guidelines Reference p. 9-6

9.4 Specific Repair Guidelines Reference p. 9-7

9.5 Post-service Procedures Reference p. 9-10

9.6 Patient system and accessories Reference p. 9-10

9.7 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly Reference p. 9-11

9.8 Inspiratory Module Reference p. 9-41

9.9 Exhalation Module Reference p. 9-90

9.10 Card Cages and Related BDU PCBAs Reference p. 9-107

9.11 BDU Power Reference p. 9-115

9.12 Graphic User Interface (GUI) Reference p. 9-128

9.13 Base Reference p. 9-153

9- 1
Repair

9.2 Repair Prerequisites and Required Equipment

 WARNING:
To ensure proper servicing and avoid the possibility of physical injury, only
factory-trained service technicians should attempt to service or make
authorized modifications to the ventilator. Only Covidien factory-trained
service technicians should open the chassis, remove and replace components,
or make adjustments. If the medical facility does not have a qualified service
technician, contact Covidien Technical Support or a local Covidien
representative.

 WARNING:
To prevent personal injury or death, do not attempt any ventilator service
while a patient is connected to the ventilator.

 WARNING:
To avoid an electrical shock hazard while servicing the ventilator, be sure to
remove all power to the ventilator by disconnecting the power source and
turning off all ventilator power switches before servicing. Follow accepted
safety practices for electrical equipment when testing or making equipment
adjustments, or repairs.

 WARNING:
Before attempting to open or disassemble, disconnect the power cord to
avoid possible injury.

 WARNING:
To avoid electrocution never touch the ventilator's internal components,
including the battery, and any person simultaneously.

 WARNING:
To prevent possible personal injury, always disconnect the oxygen source
from the ventilator before service.

 WARNING:
To prevent potential injury, lock the front casters prior to installing or
removing ventilator components.

9-2 Service Manual

 Repair Prerequisites and Required Equipment

 WARNING:
To prevent potential injury, refrain from contact with hot surfaces inside the
ventilator.

 WARNING:
When servicing the ventilator, review and adhere to all posted and stated
safety warning and caution labels on the ventilator, its components, and any
service equipment or materials used. Failure to adhere to such warnings and
cautions at all times may result in injury or property damage.

 WARNING:
The LCD panel contains toxic chemicals. Do not touch broken LCD panels.
Physical contact with a broken LCD panel can result in transmission or
ingestion of toxic substances.

 WARNING:
Follow accepted safety procedures for electrical equipment when making
connections, adjustments, or repairs.

 WARNING:
Use personal protective equipment whenever exposure to toxic fumes,
vapor, dust particles, blood pathogens, and other transmittable diseases and
hazardous material can be expected. If in doubt, consult an environmental
health and safety specialist or an industrial hygienist before servicing the
ventilator.

 WARNING:
Use only Covidien-recommended cleaning agents identified in the product-
related documentation. Use all cleaning solutions and products with caution.
Read and follow the instructions associated with the cleaning agents/
disinfectants.

 WARNING:
Do not clean any gas pathway with a liquid cleaner. Use only the allowable
cleaning and disinfecting agents for use on other parts of the ventilator.

Service Manual 9-3

Repair

 WARNING:
Use the test data sheet to ensure the monitoring system passes all safety,
performance, and functional tests prior to use in a clinical setting.

 Caution:
Ensure the work surface is clean and free of debris.

 Caution:
Observe electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions prior to opening the chassis
or handling any internal components.

 Caution:
Do not over-tighten screws. Over-tightening can strip out screw holes,
rendering them useless.

 Note:
Do not dispose of parts by placing in the regular trash. Dispose of parts in accordance
with local guidelines and regulations or contact Covidien to arrange for disposal.
Only a factory-trained service technician may disassemble the ventilator to its
major component parts. The supported replacement level is to the printed
circuit board assembly (PCBA) and major subassembly level. After isolating the
problem to a suspected PCBA, follow the procedures for disassembly, then
replace the original suspect PCBA with a known good PCBA. Verify the
symptom disappears and ensure the ventilator passes all performance tests. If
the symptom persists, swap the known good PCBA with the original suspect
PCBA and continue troubleshooting.
1. Always remove all batteries.

2. Always disconnect the ventilator from AC power until completion of reassembly.

This pertains to the entire ventilator, including the GUI, BDU, and Base.

3. Always disconnect air and oxygen hoses from the ventilator.

4. Prepare a clean, static-free work surface large enough to accommodate the ven-
tilator and its sub-assemblies. A container with cover to retain screws and small
parts is also helpful.

9-4 Service Manual

 Repair Prerequisites and Required Equipment

9.2.1 Required Tools

• Allen wrench,.050

• Allen wrench, 3 mm

• Allen wrench set, 3/32 to 5/32

• Ball-end hex driver, long-handled, 3/32 to 5/32

• Diagonal cutters

• Gloves, Latex or alternate

• Grease, Krytox®

• Nut driver, 3/16-in.

• Nut driver, 5/16-in.

• Nut driver, 11/32-in.

• Pliers, needle-nose

• Screwdriver, flat-blade 1/8 to 1/4 inch

• Screwdriver, Phillips-head P0 to P2

• Screwdriver, Phillips-head P2, ratcheting, right angle

• Static-dissipative field service kit (includes wrist strap, static dissipative mat, and
earth (ground) cord)

• Wrench, adjustable: 12inch/capable of 1.5 inch grip

9.2.2 Required Accessories

Follow all general repair guidelines when repairing any portion of the ventila-
tor. Reference General Repair Guidelines, p. 9-6, and the applicable specific
repair guidelines.
Use the following accessories when performing the extended self test after
completing all ventilator repairs.
1. Gold standard test circuit

Service Manual 9-5

Repair

2. Stopper to block patient wye

9.3 General Repair Guidelines

Follow these general guidelines when servicing the ventilator. The repair sec-
tions assume compressed gas sources, the patient system, flex arm, and
humidifier are already removed from the ventilator.
• Adhere to ESD guidelines when servicing electrostatic discharge (ESD) sensitive
components to prevent any damage to them or the ventilator.

• Use only recommended tools, test equipment, and service materials when servic-
ing the ventilator.

• Perform all applicable cleaning and inspection procedures while repairing the ven-
tilator.

• Visually inspect any removed ventilator parts, including those removed to gain
access to a suspected faulty part. Inspect the exposed area behind the removed
parts as well. Clean removed parts to facilitate further inspection as necessary.

• Investigate and determine the cause of any detected abnormality. Repair the unit or
contact Covidien Technical Services for help in diagnosing unresolved symptoms.

• Replace or repair all parts that are worn, missing, damaged, cracked, corroded,
burnt, warped, bent, disfigured, or broken.

• Do not over-tighten screws during reassembly. Damage to components may occur

due to over-tightening of screws.

• Leak-test pneumatic parts where indicated, following the procedure identified in

this chapter.

• Follow all local governing ordinances and recycling instructions for any ventilator
parts or components.

9.3.1 Safety Checks

Covidien factory-trained service personnel should perform Extended Self Test

(EST) on the ventilator after any servicing of the ventilator.

9-6 Service Manual

 Specific Repair Guidelines

9.3.2 Documentation of Maintenance and Repair

Covidien factory-trained service personnel can manually enter the service date,
time, and nature of repair/preventive maintenance performed into the log
using a keyboard provided on the GUI interface.
To manually document a service or preventive maintenance activity
1. Enter Service mode.

2. Select the Logs tab.

3. Select the Service Log tab.

4. Select Add Entry; using the buttons to the right of each line, complete the entry.

5. Touch Accept when complete.

9.4 Specific Repair Guidelines

9.4.1 Repair-related Cleaning

Cleaning guidelines pertain to parts that require cleaning while servicing the
ventilator. For procedures on periodic cleaning and sterilization of the ventila-
tor and accessories, refer to the Puritan Bennett™ 980 Ventilator Operator’s
Manual. For periodic cleaning and inspection procedures that are required
during a ventilator's performance verification, refer to Chapter 5 in this
manual. Replace all identified parts that cannot be cleaned.
• Clean ventilator exterior surfaces before disassembly with approved cleaning and
disinfecting agents. Use a clean, lint-free cotton cloth. Allow cleaned ventilator
parts and surfaces to air-dry.

• Vacuum the ventilator interior using static-resistive equipment. Do not clean the
ventilator interior or exterior surface with compressed air.

9.4.2 Electrical Cables and Pneumatic Tubing Repair

• To ensure proper reassembly, note or label wire and tube positions before discon-
necting parts.

• To avoid damaging a silicone tube when removing from a fitting, turn the tube
while pulling outward using steady pressure.

Service Manual 9-7

Repair

• Install all tubes, harnesses, or cables using tie wraps as specified. Ensure wiring
does not interfere with and cannot be damaged by hinged or moving ventilator
parts.

9.4.3 Adhesive Usage

 WARNING:
Always replace damaged warning, caution, and identification labels. Failure
to do so may result in personal injury or equipment/property damage.

• First remove any adhesive residue using a suitable scraping tool that won't scratch
the surface of the part or ventilator,then clean the scraped surface thoroughly
with Isopropyl alcohol. Ensure the application area is free of dust and grease; then
apply pressure, ensuring adhesive contact and bonding. Eliminate any trapped air
bubbles.

• Exercise care when using any cleaners and solvents, since they might cause per-
sonal injury or damage to ventilator surfaces. Use in a well-ventilated area.

• Replace any damaged warning and caution labels.

9.4.4 Leak Test

 Caution:
Replacing some ventilator components requires the use of leak detector fluid
to ensure a good gas seal. Use extreme caution when using a leak detector in
the vicinity of electronics. Thoroughly dry all components following the use
of a leak detector.
To perform a leak test
1. Connect compressed gas sources to ventilator.

2. Using small brush, apply leak detector fluid to pneumatic connections.

3. If a connection leaks, repair and retest module.

4. Dry all leak detector fluid from chassis.

9-8 Service Manual

 Specific Repair Guidelines

9.4.5 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Control

Follow ESD controls and precautions whenever performing repairs on the ven-
tilator to prevent ESD damage to the static-sensitive microelectronic compo-
nents and assemblies in the ventilator.
Electrostatic discharge can permanently damage static-sensitive microelectron-
ic components or assemblies during handling, even without direct contact to
the component or assembly. ESD damage might show up at a later time. It can
manifest as a premature catastrophic failure of a component or assembly, or
as an intermittent failure, all of which can be difficult and costly to locate.
• Use a static-dissipative system. Before opening the ventilator or removing its
panels, always wear ESD protection. Properly connect the static-dissipative mat to
a reliable ground.

• Follow correct procedures when using a static-dissipative mat. Place tools, test
equipment, and the static-sensitive device on the static-dissipative mat before
starting repairs. Conduct all work on the static-dissipative mat.

• Keep non-conducting materials away from the work area. Static charges from
non-conducting material, (i.e. plastic containers, foam cups, synthetic clothing,
cellophane tape, etc.) cannot be removed by grounding. These items must be kept
away from the work area when handling static-sensitive devices.

• Handle static-sensitive components properly. Do not handle static-sensitive com-

ponent connection points, connector pins, leads, or terminals.

• Follow correct procedures when using static-shielding bags. Store and transport
all static-sensitive devices in static-shielding bags at all times. Never place more
than one static-sensitive device in a static-shielding bag. Never place static-gener-
ating non-conducting material inside a static-shielding bag with a static-sensitive
device. Place any static-sensitive device in a static-shielding bag immediately after
removal. Close the bag to ensure the shield is effective.

9.4.6 Replacement Part Ordering

Properly identify both the ventilator version and part prior to ordering parts.
Order the next higher assembly for unavailable or out of stock parts. Retain
each defective part and compare it with the replacement part for compatibility.

Service Manual 9-9

Repair

9.5 Post-service Procedures

After completion of any ventilator repair, always perform the required tests
listed in Performance Verification before returning the ventilator to clinical
usage. Reference Testing, p. 7-2.

9.6 Patient system and accessories

 WARNING:
Connectors and tubes with barbed cuff fittings are intended for use only with
like fittings. They are not interchangeable with ISO-standard cone and socket
fittings. Combining these two fitting types may not create a leak-tight
connection. Use adapters to connect barbed cuff fittings with ISO-standard
cone and socket fittings.
For replacement of clinician-replaceable accessories, reference the Accessories
chapter in the Operator’s Manual after reviewing the following list.
1. Exhalation filtration system

2. Inspiratory bacteria filters

3. Patient circuit

4. Test lung

5. Drain bag tubing

6. Wall air water trap, condensate vial and vial parts

7. Humidifier bracket

8. Air hose, flex arm assemblies

9. Rechargeable batteries

9-10 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

9.7 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

 WARNING:
Use extreme care when moving the BDU or GUI. Do not jar or drop them. Lock
the BDU latch to secure the BDU in place on the base.
Follow all general repair guidelines when repairing any portion of the ventilator.
Reference General Repair Guidelines, p. 9-6, and the applicable specific repair
guidelines. Use the following content list to locate the proper area within this
section.

 Note:
For an interactive, 3D model of the Breath Delivery Unit (BDU), select it from the
Service Manual CD.

9.7.1 Overview Reference p. 9-11

9.7.2 BDU Assembly Reference p. 9-12

9.7.3 BDU Right Panel Reference p. 9-14

9.7.4 BDU Left Panel Reference p. 9-15

9.7.5 BDU Rear Panel Reference p. 9-16

9.7.6 BDU Front Panel Reference p. 9-17

9.7.7 BDU Front, Side, and Rear Panel Components Reference p. 9-20

9.7.8 BDU Top Cap Components Reference p. 9-25

9.7.9 BDU Floor and Base Plate Components Reference p. 9-36

9.7.1 Overview

This section addresses removal and replacement of the BDU assembly and its
sub-assemblies and does not require removal or replacement in a particular
sequence. Reference To lift the BDU assembly off the base, p. 9-12, for details
on replacing the entire BDU assembly.

Service Manual 9-11

Repair

Figure 9-1.  BDU Panels

1 BDU left panel 5 BDU top cap

Reference BDU Left Panel, p. 9-15. Reference BDU Top Cap Assembly, p. 9-25.

2 Exhalation module 6 BDU right panel

Reference Exhalation Module, p. 9-90. Reference BDU Right Panel, p. 9-14.

3 BDU front panel 7 BDU rear panel

Reference BDU Front Panel, p. 9-17. Reference BDU Rear Panel, p. 9-16.

4 Inspiratory module 8 BDU batteries

Reference Inspiratory Module, p. 9-41. Reference BDU Power, p. 9-115.

9.7.2 BDU Assembly

 WARNING:
Lifting the BDU assembly off the base requires two (2) people. Request
assistance prior to lifting the BDU assembly.

To lift the BDU assembly off the base

1. Remove the GUI assembly. Reference To remove the GUI assembly from the top
cap, p. 9-129.

2. At the rear of the ventilator, pull out the locking handle below the BDU rear panel.

9-12 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

Figure 9-2.  Locking Clip

3. Lift the BDU assembly away from the base assembly, supporting it securely
without damaging any connections.

4. Lift out the data cable, compressor power cable, and pneumatic tube from the
compressor slot while ensuring the BDU is properly supported.

5. Lift the BDU assembly away from the base.

Figure 9-3.  Lifting the BDU Assembly Off the Base

Service Manual 9-13

Repair

6. Move the BDU assembly to a work surface, ensuring the front feet and cables
extend out over the lip of the surface.

 Note:
Do not set the BDU assembly on a surface that does not allow it to extend just
beyond the surface edge to permit cabling and hoses to dangle undamaged.

To replace the BDU Assembly on the base

1. Lift the BDU assembly off the work surface.

2. Align the BDU assembly to the base.

3. Set the BDU assembly down on the base and push the locking handle until it snaps
into place.

4. Replace the GUI assembly. Reference To replace the GUI assembly on the top cap,
p. 9-130.

9.7.3 BDU Right Panel

To remove the BDU right panel

1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the inspiratory door to the BDU right panel.

2. Loosen the two (2) screws that secure the BDU right panel in place.

9-14 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

Figure 9-4.  BDU Right Panel

3. Remove the BDU right panel.

To replace the BDU right panel

1. Fit the BDU right panel up under the lip of the top cap until the screws align with
the nuts contained in the chassis.

2. Tighten the two (2) screws securing the BDU right panel.

3. Tighten the two (2) screws securing the inspiratory door to the BDU right panel.

9.7.4 BDU Left Panel

To remove the BDU left panel with fan assembly

1. Loosen the two (2) bottom screws securing the BDU left panel.

2. Loosen the screw that secures the middle BDU left panel.

3. Support the panel while disconnecting the fan cable from the P1 connector on the
power distribution PCBA.

Service Manual 9-15

Repair

Figure 9-5.  BDU Left Panel

4. Remove the BDU left panel.

To replace the BDU left panel

1. Reconnect the fan cable to the P1 connector while supporting the BDU left panel.

2. Lift the BDU left panel up under the lip of the top cap until the bottom screws
align with the nuts contained in the chassis.

3. Tighten the screw that secures the middle BDU left panel.

4. Tighten the two (2) remaining bottom screws.

9.7.5 BDU Rear Panel

To remove the BDU rear panel

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the two (2) screws located on either side closest to the bottom of the left and
right panel openings that secure the BDU rear panel.

9-16 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

Figure 9-6.  BDU Rear Panel

4. Remove the central screw located under the cord wrap assembly.

To replace the BDU rear panel

1. Lift the BDU rear panel up under the lip of the top cap until the screws align with
the nuts contained in the chassis.

2. Tighten the central screw located under the cord wrap assembly.

3. Tighten the two (2) bottom screws located on either side closest to the bottom of the
left and right panel openings.

4. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

5. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

9.7.6 BDU Front Panel

To remove the BDU front panel

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the GUI assembly. Reference To remove the GUI assembly from the top
cap, p. 9-129.

5. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

Service Manual 9-17

Repair

6. Remove the exhalation module. Reference To remove the exhalation module, p. 9-95.

7. Remove the top cap assembly. Reference To lift off the BDU top cap assembly, p.
9-26.

8. Remove the options card cage PCBAs, if any populate the options card cage. Ref-
erence Options PCBAs, p. 9-113.

9. Remove the options card cage. Reference Options Card Cage, p. 9-114.

10. Lift the entire BDU assembly off the base. Reference To lift the BDU assembly off
the base, p. 9-12.

11. Move the BDU assembly to a work surface, ensuring the front feet and cables
extend out over the lip of the surface.

12. Disconnect the AC power switch and its components. Reference BDU Front Panel
Components, p. 9-20.

13. Remove the ten (10) screws, five (5) on each side with three (3) along each side of
the spine and two (2) along the bottom of each side, holding the front panel to
the BDU chassis spine.

14. Remove the front three (3) screws holding the front panel to the bottom of the
BDU floor.

Figure 9-7.  Removed Front Panel

9-18 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

15. Remove the AC power switch and its components. Reference To remove the AC
power switch and its components, p. 9-20.

16. Remove the inspiratory door assembly. Reference To remove the BDU inspiratory
door panel and sub-assemblies, p. 9-46.

To replace the BDU front panel

1. Replace the inspiratory door assembly. Reference To replace the inspiratory door panel
and sub-assemblies, p. 9-47.

2. Replace the AC power switch and its components.Reference BDU Front Panel
Components, p. 9-20.

3. Lift the BDU front panel and align it to the BDU chassis.

4. Tighten the top two (2) screws holding the front panel to the BDU chassis spine.

5. Tighten the three (3) bottom screws holding the front panel to the BDU floor.

6. Tighten the eight screws, four (4) on each side, holding the front panel to the BDU
chassis spine.

7. Reconnect the AC power switch and its components. Reference BDU Front Panel
Components, p. 9-20.

8. Replace the BDU assembly on the base. Reference To replace the BDU Assembly
on the base, p. 9-14.

9. Replace the options card cage. Reference Options Card Cage, p. 9-114.

10. Replace the options card cage PCBAs, if any populated the options card cage. Ref-
erence Options PCBAs, p. 9-113.

11. Replace the top cap assembly. Reference To replace the BDU top cap assembly, p.
9-27.

12. Replace the exhalation module. Reference To replace the exhalation module, p. 9-97.

13. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

14. Replace the GUI assembly. Reference To replace the GUI assembly on the top cap,
p. 9-130.

15. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

16. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

Service Manual 9-19

Repair

17. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

9.7.7 BDU Front, Side, and Rear Panel Components

Follow all general repair guidelines when repairing any portion of the BDU field
replaceable units (FRUs) or sub-assemblies. Reference General Repair Guide-
lines, p. 9-6, and the applicable specific repair guidelines.
This section addresses removal and replacement of various sub-assemblies.

BDU Front Panel Components

Figure 9-8.  Exploded View of Front Panel Components

AC Power Switch Components

To remove the AC power switch and its components

1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Remove the exhalation module. Reference To remove the exhalation module, p. 9-95.

3. Remove the AC indicator, if desired. Reference To remove the AC indicator, p. 9-21.

4. Disconnect the AC power switch cable from the AC power switch.

5. Press one (1) of the prongs at the top of the AC power switch cover inward until
it releases from the front panel.

6. Tip outward and downward as both sides release, pulling gently to remove.

9-20 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

7. Pinch inward on all four (4) prongs at the backside of the AC power switch.

8. Push the AC power switch outward through the front panel.

To replace the AC power switch and its components

1. Insert the connector of the AC power switch cable through the opening in the
front panel.

2. Reconnect the connector to the AC power switch.

3. Set the AC power switch with the ON position to the top.

4. Align the AC power switch to the opening in the front panel.

5. Press the AC power switch through the front panel until the prongs snap in place.

6. Press the AC power switch cover upward into its slot until it snaps into place in
front of the AC power switch.

7. Replace the AC indicator, if removed. Reference To replace the AC indicator, p. 9-21.

8. Replace the exhalation module. Reference To replace the exhalation module, p. 9-97.

9. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

AC Indicator

To remove the AC indicator

1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Remove the exhalation module. Reference To remove the exhalation module, p. 9-95.

3. Disconnect the AC power indicator cable by pressing its release latch.

4. Pinch both prongs at the sides of the AC indicator inward.

5. Push the AC indicator out through the front panel.

To replace the AC indicator

1. Insert the power LED cable through the opening in the front panel.

2. Connect the AC power LED connector. Reconnect the power LED cable to the AC
indicator.

3. Align the AC indicator to the opening in the front panel.

Service Manual 9-21

Repair

4. Press the AC indicator in through the front panel until the prongs snap in place.

5. Replace the AC power switch. Reference To replace the AC power switch and its
components, p. 9-21.

6. Replace the exhalation module. Reference To replace the exhalation module, p. 9-97.

7. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

BDU Left Panel Components

 WARNING:
To prevent potential injury, follow the preventive maintenance schedule for
the fan and fan filter.
A minimum replacement schedule for the fan and fan filter is at 10,000 hours
of usage. It is included in the 10,000 hour preventive maintenance (PM) kit.
Reference Sequence of Testing and Calibration Requirements, p. 7-3.
Most BDU repairs require removal of the BDU left panel. Reference BDU Left
Panel, p. 9-15.

Figure 9-9.  Exploded View of Fan Components

1 BDU fan grill 3 Fan grill retainer 5 Washer 7 Fan

2 Fan filter 4 Nut 6 Screen 8 Screws

9-22 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

BDU fan grill and fan filter

To remove the fan grill, fan grill retainer, and fan filter
1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Press upward to release the top retaining prong of the fan grill, while tipping
downward.

3. Swivel the fan grill outward on the two (2) bottom retaining prongs.

4. Remove the fan grill retainer, if desired, by removing the two (2) screws.

5. Remove the fan grill by lifting it away from the BDU left panel.

6. Remove the fan filter.

To replace the fan grill, grill retainer, and fan filter

1. Insert both prongs of the fan grill through the BDU left panel.

2. Replace the fan filter.

3. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

BDU fan screen and fan

To remove the fan screen and fan

1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Remove the BDU fan grill. Reference BDU fan grill and fan filter, p. 9-23.

3. Remove the fan filter. Reference BDU fan grill and fan filter, p. 9-23.

4. Remove the four (4) screws and nuts retaining the fan on the outside and the fan
screen on the inside of the left panel.

 Note:
Confirm the fan cable orientation.

5. Remove the fan screen.

6. Rotate the left panel.

Service Manual 9-23

Repair

7. Remove the fan.

To replace the fan screen and fan

1. Hold the fan against the inside of the left panel with the cable to the top of the
panel and facing outward away from the panel.

2. Replace the four (4) screws of the fan, pressing each through its respective hole.

3. Reach around to the opposite side of the left panel, threading on the fan screen.

4. Tighten the nuts onto the screws.

5. Replace the fan grill and filter. Reference BDU fan grill and fan filter, p. 9-23.

6. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

BDU Right Panel

Many BDU repairs require removal of the BDU right panel. Reference BDU Right
Panel, p. 9-14.

BDU Rear Panel Components

Many BDU repairs require removal of the BDU rear panel. Reference BDU Rear
Panel, p. 9-16. The cord wrap assembly is the only component on the BDU rear
panel.
To remove the cord wrap assembly
1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove two (2) screws from the captive nuts in the BDU rear panel assembly with
a 3/8 driver while supporting the cord wrap assembly.

To replace the cord wrap assembly

1. Align the cord wrap assembly while supporting the BDU rear panel assembly.

2. Tighten the two (2) screws into the captive nuts in the BDU rear panel assembly.

3. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

9-24 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

4. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

5. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

9.7.8 BDU Top Cap Components

Follow all repair guidelines when repairing any portion of the ventilator. Refer-
ence General Repair Guidelines, p. 9-6, and the applicable specific repair
guidelines.
The BDU top cap is the prime interface between the GUI and the BDU assemblies.

BDU Top Cap Assembly

The BDU top cap assembly houses the status display, the GUI rotator assembly,
and also retains the piezo alarm.

Figure 9-10.  Exploded View of BDU Top Cap

1 Top handle 4 Status display LCD panel and bracket

2 Bottom handle assembly 5 Status display PCBA

3 Status display window 6 Top cap shield and piezo alarm

Service Manual 9-25

Repair

BDU Top Cap Assembly

To lift off the BDU top cap assembly

1. Remove the exhalation valve flow sensor assembly. Reference To remove the exhala-
tion valve flow sensor assembly, p. 9-94.

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

4. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

5. Remove the GUI assembly. Reference To remove the GUI assembly from the top
cap, p. 9-129.

6. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

7. Loosen the status display cable screws.

8. Disconnect the status display cable from the J15 connector on the main PCBA
backplane.

Figure 9-11.  J15 Connector Location

9. Remove the GUI Assembly. Reference To remove the GUI assembly from the top
cap, p. 9-129.

10. Remove the screw retaining the BDU top cap to the BDU just above the exhalation
module by reaching through the exhalation module with a long-reach driver.

9-26 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

11. Remove the remaining screws retaining the BDU top cap to the BDU.

12. Support the BDU top cap while disconnecting the two (2) piezo alarm cables from
the spades, noting the positive and negative terminals.

13. Set BDU top cap aside.

To replace the BDU top cap assembly

1. Orient the BDU top cap so the display panel faces the front of the chassis.

2. Insert one (1) of the rear screws and the other forward screw, leaving enough
clearance to use as locating pins during replacement.

3. Align BDU top cap to the chassis.

4. Support the GUI while reconnecting the two (2) piezo alarm cable spades to the proper
positive (+ to red) and negative (- to black) terminals based on the label markings.

Figure 9-12.  Piezo Alarm Cabling

5. Tighten all screws retaining the BDU top cap to the BDU.

6. Connect the alarm status display cable to the J15 connector on the main PCBA backplane.

7. Replace the GUI Assembly. Reference To replace the GUI assembly on the top cap, p. 9-130.

8. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

9. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

10. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

11. Replace the exhalation valve flow sensor assembly. Reference To replace the exhala-
tion valve flow sensor assembly, p. 9-95.

Service Manual 9-27

Repair

BDU Top Cap Handle

To separate the BDU top cap handle

1. Remove all eight screws from the underside of the top cap handle.

2. Pry the handle apart.

Figure 9-13.  Separated Handle

To reattach the BDU top cap handle

1. Align the top handle to the bottom handle.

2. Press firmly downward.

3. Tighten all eight screws in the underside of the top handle.

GUI Rotator Assembly

The GUI rotator assembly retains the GUI post and allows users to swivel the
GUI for easy viewing of the touchscreen.

9-28 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

Figure 9-14.  Exploded View of GUI Rotator Assembly

1 O-ring, conductive 3 GUI post rotation stop

2 O-ring 4 Shoulder screw

To remove and separate components of the GUI rotator assembly

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the GUI Assembly. Reference To remove the GUI assembly from the top
cap, p. 9-129.

5. Remove the top cap assembly. Reference To lift off the BDU top cap assembly, p. 9-26.

6. Rotate the top cap so the top cap shield is accessible.

 Note:
Any inversion of the top cap releases this O-ring at the top of the GUI rotator.
Replace this O-ring prior to replacing the GUI assembly.

7. Remove the two (2) screws at the front corners of the top cap shield.

8. Lift off the top cap shield.

9. Remove all four (4) screws from the GUI rotator assembly.

10. Remove both O-rings, if desired.

Service Manual 9-29

Repair

11. Remove the rotation stop, if desired.

To replace the GUI rotator assembly

1. Tighten the rotation stop into place using the shoulder screw.

2. Orient the GUI rotator assembly so the blue latch button faces the rear of the top
cap, away from the status display.

3. Press through the hole in the housing while supporting the entire top cap.

4. Tighten the four (4) screws.

5. Replace both O-rings, if removed. The first O-ring resides in the groove just under
the lip of the external portion of the rotator assembly. The second, smaller O-ring
simply rests on the top of the assembly in the groove between the internal ridge
and the external ridge

 Note:
Any inversion of the top cap releases the O-ring at the top of the GUI rotator.
Replace this O-ring prior to replacing the GUI assembly.

6. Replace the top cap shield, routing the status display cable through the middle
hole closest to the handle.

7. Replace the top cap assembly. Reference To replace the BDU top cap assembly, p.
9-27.

8. Replace the GUI Assembly. Reference To replace the GUI assembly on the top cap,
p. 9-130.

9. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

10. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

11. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Piezo alarm and alarm cable

To remove the piezo alarm and alarm cable

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

9-30 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

4. Remove the GUI Assembly. Reference To remove the GUI assembly from the top
cap, p. 9-129.

5. Remove the top cap assembly. Reference To lift off the BDU top cap assembly, p.
9-26.

 Note:
To disconnect the other end of the piezo alarm cable requires disconnection from
the BD Power Controller PCBA. Reference Power PCBAs, p. 9-121.

6. Rotate the top cap so the top cap shield is accessible.

7. Remove the two (2) screws at the front corners of the top cap shield.

8. Lift off the top cap shield.

9. Loosen the nut retaining the piezo alarm.

To replace the piezo alarm and alarm cable

1. Insert the piezo alarm through the top cap shield.

2. Tighten the retaining nut.

3. Replace the top cap shield.

4. Tighten the two (2) screws at the front corners of the top cap shield.

5. Replace the top cap assembly. Reference To replace the BDU top cap assembly, p.
9-27.

 Note:
To reconnect the other end of the piezo alarm cable requires reconnection to the
BD Power Controller PCBA. Reference Power PCBAs, p. 9-121.

6. Replace the GUI Assembly. Reference To replace the GUI assembly on the top cap,
p. 9-130.

7. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

8. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

9. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Service Manual 9-31

Repair

Status Display Components

Status Display Interface (SDI) PCBA

To remove the Status Display Interface PCBA

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the GUI Assembly. Reference To remove the GUI assembly from the top
cap, p. 9-129.

5. Remove the top cap assembly. Reference To lift off the BDU top cap assembly, p. 9-26.

6. Rotate the top cap so the top cap shield is accessible.

7. Remove the two (2) screws at the front corners of the top cap shield.

8. Lift off the top cap shield.

9. Remove four (4) screws from the SDI PCBA standoffs.

10. Remove the status display cable from the (J1) connector.

11. Carefully release the ZIF connector from (J3), also releasing the flex-cable connec-
tion.

Figure 9-15.  Status Display Interface ZIF Connector

To replace the Status Display Interface PCBA

1. Align the flex-cable to the (J3) ZIF connector.

2. Fully seat the flex-cable in the (J3) ZIF connector.

3. Evenly press down on both sides of the ZIF connector until it latches in place.

9-32 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

4. Reconnect the status display cable to the (J1) connector.

5. Align the SDI PCBA to the standoffs.

6. Tighten the four (4) screws.

7. Replace the top cap shield.

8. Tighten the two (2) screws at the front corners of the top cap shield.

9. Replace the top cap assembly. Reference To replace the BDU top cap assembly, p.
9-27.

10. Replace the GUI Assembly. Reference To replace the GUI assembly on the top cap,
p. 9-130.

11. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

12. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

13. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Status Display Components

To remove the status display bracket, LCD, and window

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the GUI Assembly. Reference To remove the GUI assembly from the top
cap, p. 9-129.

5. Remove the top cap assembly. Reference To lift off the BDU top cap assembly, p. 9-26.

6. Remove the SDI PCBA. Reference To remove the Status Display Interface PCBA, p.
9-32.

7. Remove the screws, plastic washers, and shoulder washers securing the status
display bracket to the corner standoffs.

Service Manual 9-33

Repair

 Note:
The shoulder washers slide down into the bracket holes. Orient the same way with
the shoulder up during replacement.

Figure 9-16.  Exploded View of Status Display

1 Screw 4 Bracket

2 Plastic washer 5 Plastic washer

3 Shoulder washer

8. Lift off the remaining plastic washers underneath.

9. Separate the status display bracket and LCD from the top cap housing.

10. Remove the window, if required.

To replace the status display bracket, LCD, and window

1. Replace the window, if removed.

2. Peel the screen protector off the status display LCD, if replacing.

9-34 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

3. Pass the flex cable from the status display LCD through the status display bracket.

4. Replace four (4) plastic washers, centering them on the corner standoffs.

5. Align the status display bracket to the window in the top cap housing.

6. Set the status display bracket down on the four (4) plastic washers on the stand-
offs without disturbing the washers.

7. Place the four (4) screws, plastic washers, and shoulder washers on the four (4)
corner standoffs.

8. Gently tighten the four (4) screws.

9. Replace the SDI PCBA. Reference To replace the Status Display Interface PCBA, p. 9-32.

10. Tighten the four (4) screws on the top cap shield.

11. Replace the top cap assembly. Reference To replace the BDU top cap assembly, p. 9-27.

12. Replace the GUI Assembly. Reference To replace the GUI assembly on the top cap,
p. 9-130.

13. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

14. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

15. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Service Manual 9-35

Repair

9.7.9 BDU Floor and Base Plate Components

BDU Floor Components

Figure 9-17.  Pneumatic Interface Components

1 Inspiratory module plug 5 O-ring 9 O-ring

2 O-ring 6 Transfer tube 10 O-ring

3 Pneumatic interface 7 O-Ring 11 O-ring

4 Hose connector 8 BDU adapter tube (9” tubing not shown)

To remove and replace barb tube adapter components

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the options card cage. Reference To remove the options card cage, p. 9-114.

5. Remove the two (2) screws connecting the pneumatic interface to the BDU spine,
closest to the BDU floor.

6. Slide the pneumatic interface off the BDU adapter tube, retaining the O-ring.

9-36 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

7. Remove the options supply tubing and restrictor by pulling on the tubing attached
to the hose connector, if desiring their removal.

 Note:
The restrictor is directional. Locate the arrow on the restrictor and ensure it
remains pointing towards the inspiratory door panel and routes through the
options card cage grommet and connect to the pin within the options card cage.

Figure 9-18.  Options Supply Tubing and Restrictor

8. Remove the two (2) screws connecting the BDU tube adapter to the BDU floor.

9. Slide the BDU tube adapter off the other end of the transfer tube, retaining the
left O-ring.

10. Extract the BDU tube adapter off the hose.

a. Lift the tube adapter above the BDU floor, to access the hose and its wire tie.
b. Cut the wire tie.
c. Pull the hose off the BDU tube adapter barb.
To remove and replace interconnect cables
1. Remove the BDU assembly. Reference To lift the BDU assembly off the base, p. 9-12.

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

4. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

Service Manual 9-37

Repair

5. Remove the options card cage. Reference To remove the options card cage, p. 9-114.

6. Reaching under the front of the BDU floor, remove the two (2) screws of the intercon-
nect retainer plate in the very front center of the floor, catching the lock washers.

7. Remove any of the desired components.

a. Remove the wire tie, disconnecting the tubing from bottom of BDU to inter-
connect plate.
b. Remove the wire tie, disconnecting backplane to power controller cable.
c. Remove the ground strap and wire tie, disconnecting the AC module cable.

Figure 9-19.  Interconnect Retainer Plate Cables and Pneumatic Hose

9-38 Service Manual

 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Assembly

BDU Base Plate Components

Figure 9-20.  BDU Base Plate Components

1 Battery eject spring 4 Rubber foot

2 BDU universal base latch 5 Shoulder screw

3 Spring

To remove and replace BDU assembly rubber feet

1. Lift the BDU assembly off the caster base. Reference To lift the BDU assembly off
the base, p. 9-12.

2. Insert all four (4) screws onto each replacement rubber foot.

3. Tip the BDU assembly slightly backward, ensuring the BDU assembly cannot tip
over, to access two (2) of the feet.

4. Remove each screw.

Service Manual 9-39

Repair

5. Remove the related rubber foot.

6. Tighten the replacement rubber foot into place.

7. Repeat with another replacement rubber foot.

8. Rotate the BDU assembly for access to the last two (2) rubber feet and repeat the
process for the other two (2) screws.

To remove and replace universal base latches

1. Lift the entire BDU assembly off the caster base. Reference To lift the BDU assem-
bly off the base, p. 9-12.

2. Remove the two (2) shoulder screws and springs retaining each of the two (2) uni-
versal base latches from the underside of the base plate of the BDU assembly.

3. Load the two (2) shoulder screws with their respective springs.

4. Tighten the two (2) universal base latches to the underside of the base plate of the
BDU assembly.

5. Replace the entire BDU assembly onto the caster base. Reference To replace the
BDU Assembly on the base, p. 9-14.

To remove a battery eject spring

1. Lift the entire BDU assembly off the base. Reference To lift the BDU assembly off
the base, p. 9-12.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

4. Remove the two (2) screws retaining the battery door panel with a 9/64 driver.

5. Lift both to the right and upwards to remove the battery door panel.

6. Remove the shoulder screws and springs retaining the left universal base latch
from the underside of the base plate of the BDU assembly.

7. Remove the two (2) screws for each desired eject spring from the underside of the
BDU floor.

8. Remove the battery eject spring by reaching in through the battery door panel
opening.

9-40 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

To replace a battery eject spring

1. Replace the battery eject spring aligning the pins on its underside to the holes in
the base.

2. Tighten the two (2) screws for the desired eject spring in through the underside
of the BDU floor.

3. Tighten the shoulder screws and springs retaining the left universal base latch
from the underside of the base plate of the BDU assembly.

4. Slide the battery door panel into its slot.

5. Tighten the two (2) screws retaining the battery door panel.

6. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

7. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

8. Replace the entire BDU assembly onto the base. Reference To replace the BDU
Assembly on the base, p. 9-14.

9.8 Inspiratory Module

Follow all general repair guidelines when repairing any portion of the ventila-
tor. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52, and the applicable
specific repair guidelines. Use the following content list to locate the proper
area within this section.

 Note:
For an interactive, 3D model of the Inspiratory Module, select it from the Service
Manual CD.

9.8.1 Overview Reference p. 9-42

9.8.2 Inspiratory Door Assembly Reference p. 9-42

9.8.3 Inspiratory Module Primary Filters Reference p. 9-47

9.8.4 Inspiratory Module Assembly Reference p. 9-52

9.8.5 Mix Assembly Reference p. 9-55

9.8.6 Delivery Assembly Reference p. 9-62

9.8.7 Inlet Manifold Assembly Reference p. 9-75

Service Manual 9-41

Repair

9.8.8 Inspiratory Module Cabling and Hoses Reference p. 9-82

9.8.9 Inspiratory Module PCBAs Reference p. 9-85

9.8.1 Overview

This section addresses removal and replacement of various major BDU Inspira-
tory Module parts.

Figure 9-21.  Exploded View of Inspiratory Module

1 Delivery assembly 3 Mix assembly

2 Chassis 4 Inlet manifold assembly

9.8.2 Inspiratory Door Assembly

Patient Options Access Door

Patient Options Access Door and Access Door Hinge Rod

To remove the patient options access door and access door hinge rod
1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the inspiratory door to the BDU right panel.

9-42 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

2. Extract the hinge rod by lifting the patient options access door hinge rod upward
until it clears the top of the access door housing and out of the inspiratory door.

Figure 9-22.  Removing the Hinge Rod

3. Remove the patient options access door.

To replace the patient options access door and access door hinge rod
1. Replace the patient options access door.

2. Replace the hinge rod by pressing the patient options access door hinge rod
downward through the inspiratory door and access door housing.

Service Manual 9-43

Repair

Figure 9-23.  Replacing Hinge Rod

1 Hinge rod 2 Patient options access door

3. Tighten the two (2) screws securing the inspiratory door to the BDU right panel.

Patient Options Access Door Catch Spring

To remove the patient options access door catch spring

1. Open the patient options access door.

2. Loosen the screw retaining the patient options access door catch spring.

3. Remove the patient options access door catch spring.

To replace the patient options access door clip

1. Insert the screw through the patient options access door catch spring.

9-44 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

2. Tighten the screw retaining the patient options access door catch spring.

3. Close the patient options access door.

Door Panel Option Components

To remove door panel cover and cover plate option components

1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the inspiratory door to the BDU right panel.

2. Open the patient options access door.

3. Loosen the screws for the appropriate options panel cover plate while holding the
nuts and cover plate on the opposite side.

• Proximal flow patient options cover and panel

• Pulse oximetry/pulse patient options cover and panel

• USB patient options cover and panel

4. Remove the cover plate.

5. To replace an options panel, remove the related screws from the desired panel.

To replace door panel cover and cover plate option components

1. To replace an options panel, replace the desired panel with the related screws.

2. Align the appropriate options panel cover to the patient options slot.

3. Tighten the screws for the appropriate options panel cover while holding the nuts
on the opposite side.

• Proximal flow patient options cover and panel

• Pulse oximetry/pulse patient options cover and panel

• USB patient options cover and panel

4. Tighten the two (2) screws securing the inspiratory door to the BDU right panel.

Service Manual 9-45

Repair

Inspiratory Door Panel

To remove the BDU inspiratory door panel and sub-assemblies

1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

Figure 9-24.  Inspiratory Door Hinge Components

1 Half hinge 3 Clevis pin 5 BDU inspiratory door hinge linkage

2 Headed clevis pin 4 Torsion spring 6 Cotter pin

2. Remove the cotter pins from the clevis pin on each inspiratory door hinge linkage.

3. Remove the bottom headed clevis pin.

4. Retain the included torsion spring.

5. Remove the top headed clevis pin while supporting the door panel.

6. Retain the included torsion spring.

9-46 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

7. Remove the cotter pins from the top and bottom headed clevis pins of each half
hinge.

8. Remove the top clevis pin from the half hinge.

9. Remove the bottom clevis pin from the half hinge.

10. Remove the BDU inspiratory door hinge linkage.

11. Remove the socket head cap screw, retaining each half hinge.

12. Remove each half hinge.

To replace the inspiratory door panel and sub-assemblies

1. Align the bottom half hinge to the BDU inspiratory door hinge linkage.

2. Replace the bottom and top headed clevis pins, connecting the BDU inspiratory
door hinge linkage to the related half hinge.

3. Replace the bottom and top cotter pins.

4. Replace the bottom and top larger clevis pins, connecting the BDU inspiratory
door to the BDU inspiratory door hinge linkage, while replacing a torsion spring
on each clevis pin after insertion through the top of the hinge and prior to the
cotter pin reaching the other end of the hinge.

5. Replace each half hinge.

6. Retain each half hinge with the socket head cap screw.

7. Align the door panel to the door hinge receptacle.

8. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

9. Tighten the two (2) screws securing the inspiratory door to the BDU right panel.

9.8.3 Inspiratory Module Primary Filters

 Note:
For any handling of new filters, wear clean gloves.

Service Manual 9-47

Repair

External Inspiratory Filter

 WARNING:
In order to reduce the risk of infection, always use the ventilator with
inspiratory and expiratory bacteria filters.

 WARNING:
Do not attempt to use inspiratory or expiratory filters designed for use with
ventilators other than the Puritan Bennett 980 Series Ventilator.

 WARNING:
Refer to the filter’s instructions for use for details such as cleaning and
sterilization requirements, filtration efficiency, proper filter usage, and
maximum filter resistance, particularly when using aerosolized medications.

 WARNING:
Refer to the filter instructions for use (IFU) for information on reusable filter
cleaning and sterilization and filter efficiency.

 WARNING:
Do not re-use disposable inspiratory or expiratory filters, and dispose
according to your institution’s policy for discarding contaminated waste.

 Caution:
Ensure both inspiratory and expiratory filters are properly attached to the
ventilator.

To install the inspiratory filter

1. Attach the inspiratory filter to the To Patient port.

2. Ensure the direction of flow arrow is pointing outward, toward the patient cir-
cuit’s inspiratory limb.

Internal Inspiratory Filter Components

To remove the internal inspiratory filter

1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the inspiratory door to the BDU right panel.

9-48 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

2. Open the internal inspiratory filter retainer door by loosening the captive screws
until the door swings open on its hinge.

Figure 9-25.  Opened Retainer Door, Internal Inspiratory Filter Removed

3. Pull outward until it releases from the breath delivery manifold.

To replace the internal inspiratory filter

1. Press inward until fully connecting with the breath delivery manifold.

2. Hold the internal inspiratory filter retainer closed against the filter clip.

3. Hand tighten the captive screw on the inspiratory filter retainer.

4. Tighten the two (2) screws securing the inspiratory door to the BDU right panel.

Air Filter Bowl and Filter Element

A minimum replacement schedule for the filter element is at 10,000 hours of

usage. It is included in the 10,000 hour PM kit. Reference Sequence of Testing
and Calibration Requirements, p. 7-3.

Service Manual 9-49

Repair

Figure 9-26.  Air Filter Bowl and Filter Element

1 O-ring 3 O-ring 5 Spring-loaded drain valve

2 Filter element 4 Air filter bowl

To remove the air filter bowl and filter element

1. Press the spring-loaded drain valve to vent any air in the air filter bowl.

2. Remove the air filter bowl by turning counterclockwise.

3. Grasp the plastic collar closest to the inlet manifold and turn counterclockwise to
remove the filter element and its O-ring. Use care when removing the filter
element so it does not tear.

 Note:
When replacing the filter bowls and filter elements, hand-tighten to avoid damage.
To replace the air filter bowl and filter element
1. Grasp the plastic collar closest to the inlet manifold and turn clockwise to hand-
tighten the filter element on the inlet manifold.

2. Hand-tighten the air filter bowl by turning clockwise.

Oxygen filter bowl and filter element

To remove the oxygen filter bowl and filter element

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

9-50 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

2. Disengage the safety valve vent tube from the inlet manifold to gain access to
oxygen filter bowl.

Figure 9-27.  Oxygen Filter

1 Oxygen filter bowl 3 Filter element 5 Bronze filter

2 O-ring 4 O-ring 6 Spring

3. Disengage the safety valve vent tube from the inlet manifold to gain access to
oxygen filter bowl.

4. Remove the filter bowl by turning counterclockwise.

5. Grasp the plastic collar closest to the inlet manifold and turn counterclockwise to
remove the filter element and its O-ring. Use care when removing the filter
element so it does not tear.

6. Retrieve the bronze filter and spring.

 Note:
When replacing the filter bowls and filter elements, hand-tighten to avoid damage.
To replace the oxygen filter bowl and filter element
1. Replace the filter spring.

Service Manual 9-51

Repair

2. Replace the bronze filter, ensuring the smooth side faces up towards the filter ele-
ment.

3. Grasp the plastic collar closest to the inlet manifold and turn clockwise to hand-
tighten the filter element on the inlet manifold.

4. Hand-tighten the oxygen filter bowl by turning clockwise.

5. Reattach the safety valve vent tube from the inlet manifold just above the oxygen
inlet fitting.

6. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15

9.8.4 Inspiratory Module Assembly

To remove the inspiratory module

1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Loosen the hex screw on the wedge lock to the front of the guide rail by the base
of the card cage. The figure is shown without the inspiratory module for ease of
wedge lock identification.

Figure 9-28.  Wedge Lock and Guide Rail Inset

5. Loosen the three (3) captive screws at the back of the inspiratory module.

9-52 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

Figure 9-29.  Locations of Inspiratory Module Captive Screws

6. Grasp the inspiratory module, supporting the accumulator at the top and the
bottom base.

Figure 9-30.  Inspiratory Module Removal

7. Firmly pull outward, rocking the inspiratory module off the retaining pins in the
chassis housing.

Service Manual 9-53

Repair

 Note:
Removal of the inspiratory module may be difficult since the fit to the retaining
pins is very snug.

8. Slide out the inspiratory module along the bottom guide rail.

9. Place on the static-resistive mat.

To replace the inspiratory module

1. Support the inspiratory module.

2. Align the inspiratory module to the chassis alignment pins.

3. Slide along the bottom guide rail until it rests against the ventilator chassis.

4. Tighten the three (3) captive screws.

5. Tighten the Allen-head screw on the wedge lock,.

6. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

7. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

8. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

9-54 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

9.8.5 Mix Assembly

Figure 9-31.  Mix Assembly

1 Accumulator cylinder 14 Mix flap valve

2 Nylon rod 15 O-ring

3 O-ring 16 Flap check valve manifold

4 Accumulator mix tube 17 O-ring

5 O-ring 18 Mix collector manifold

6 Manifold assembly and 2 sets screws 19 Options port plug and O-ring

7 Hose connector 20 Tygon tubing, hose clamp (not shown)

8 Brass plug 21 Rubber cushion P-clamp and screw

9 Hose connector 22 Pressure relief valve

10 Hose connector 23 Purge solenoid and screws

11 O-ring 24 Options supply solenoid

12 O-ring 25 Swivel elbow fitting

13 Mix manifold chamber 26 Pressure switch

Service Manual 9-55

Repair

To remove the mix assembly

1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

5. Place on the static-resistive mat.

6. Rotate the inspiratory module until the chassis backplane is accessible.

7. Remove the two (2) screws retaining the mix assembly to the inspiratory chassis.

8. Rotate the inspiratory module until the PSOLS are visible.

9. Disconnect any related cables prohibiting removal of the mix assembly, including
sensor and pressure switch cables.

10. Disconnect the related tubing from the nibs on the pressure relief valve.

11. Remove the lock washer and nut from the upper P-clamp.

12. Lift away the mix assembly after rocking the assembly off all flow sensors.

13. Ensure all flow sensors remain on the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA, rather than
coming with the mix assembly. Should any detach from the Inspiratory Flow
Module PCBA, reseat them.

To replace the mix assembly

1. Seat the mix assembly onto all flow sensors, ensuring proper alignment.

2. Tighten the upper P-clamp lock washer and nut.

3. Reconnect the related tubing from the nibs on the pressure relief valve.

4. Reconnect any related cables prohibiting removal of the mix assembly, including
sensor and pressure switch cables.

5. Rotate the inspiratory module until the chassis backplane is accessible.

6. Tighten the two (2) screws to retaining the mix assembly to the inspiratory chassis.

7. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

9-56 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

8. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

9. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

10. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

To remove the accumulator cylinder

1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU front panel, p. 9-17.

4. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

5. Loosen the lock nut from the P-clamp.

6. Remove the nylon rod entirely from its notch on the accumulator manifold.

7. Extract the accumulator cylinder from the accumulator manifold.

To replace the accumulator cylinder

1. Slide the accumulator cylinder over the mix tube and into the accumulator mani-
fold until it cannot be pushed any further.

2. Insert the nylon rod into its notch on the accumulator manifold until it stops.

3. Continuously rotate the accumulator cylinder until the nylon rod completes its
route in its groove and only the initial piece of the nylon rod is visible.

4. Tighten the P-clamp in place with the lock nut.

5. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

6. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

7. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

8. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

Service Manual 9-57

Repair

Manifold Assembly

Options Supply and Accumulator Purge Solenoids

Both solenoids attach to the manifold assembly, readily accessible from the
right side of the inspiratory module.
To remove the options supply or accumulator purge solenoid
1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Disconnect the 4-pin cable from the (P15) connector for the options supply sole-
noid or the 2-pin cable from the (P18) connector for the accumulator purge sole-
noid on the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA.

3. Remove the two (2) screws from the desired solenoid.

 Note:
Retain the solenoid port gasket as part of the solenoid.

To replace the options supply or accumulator purge solenoid

1. Ensure the options supply or accumulator purge solenoid, which ships with both
screws and a gasket, still retains the supplied solenoid port gasket, which seals
against the manifold assembly.

2. Align the replacement solenoid to the holes in the manifold assembly housing.

3. Tighten the two (2) screws on the replacement solenoid.

4. Reconnect the 4-pin cable to the (P15) connector for the options supply solenoid
or the 2-pin cable from the (P18) connector for the accumulator purge solenoid
on the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA.

5. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Pressure switch

To remove the pressure switch

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Disconnect the 3-pin cable from the pressure switch and the (P9) connector for
the pressure switch on the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA.

3. Remove the pressure switch by rotating it counterclockwise, ensuring it retains the

pressure switch O-ring.

9-58 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

To replace the pressure switch

1. Replace the pressure switch O-ring on the pressure switch.

2. Replace the pressure switch by rotating it clockwise until it is against the manifold
assembly.

3. Reconnect the 3-pin cable to the pressure switch and the (P9) connector for the
pressure switch on the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA.

4. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Hose connectors and brass plug

To remove and replace the hose connectors and brass plug

1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

5. Rotate the entire inspiratory module assembly while supporting the mix assembly
until the backplane rests on the static-resistive mat with the PSOLs facing front.

6. Loosen the desired hose connector or brass plug.

7. Tighten the replacement hose connector or brass plug.

8. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

9. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

10. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

11. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

Swivel Elbow Fitting or Accumulator Pressure Relief Valve

To remove the swivel elbow fitting or accumulator pressure relief valve

1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

Service Manual 9-59

Repair

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

5. Remove the accumulator pressure relief valve vent tube from the inlet manifold.

6. Slide the tube clamp off the accumulator pressure relief valve.

7. Loosen the screw from the rubber cushioned P-clamp.

8. Rotate the relief elbow away from the inspiratory module.

9. Remove the accumulator pressure relief valve tube by pulling downward.

10. Remove the accumulator pressure relief valve by pulling downward.

11. Remove the swivel elbow fitting, if desired, by pulling outward.

To replace the swivel elbow fitting or accumulator pressure relief valve

1. Replace the swivel elbow fitting, if removed.

2. Insert the accumulator pressure relief valve into the swivel elbow.

3. Rotate the relief elbow towards the inspiratory module.

4. Slip the rubber cushioned P-clamp into position, tightening the screw.

5. Replace the vent tube, sliding the tube clamp onto the accumulator pressure relief
valve.

6. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

7. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

8. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

9. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

Mix Chamber and Mix Collector Manifolds

Select only the desired component for replacement, but complete all other
instructions, since disassembly of both manifolds occurs in any case.
To remove mix chamber and mix collector manifold components
1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

9-60 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

5. Rotate the entire inspiratory module assembly while supporting the mix assembly
until the chassis rests on the static-resistive mat with the PSOLs facing front.

6. Lift away the safety valve vent tube from the inlet manifold.

7. Loosen both long screws just above hose connectors and both short screws just
below the hose connector and brass plug to release the manifold assembly from
the mix manifold assemblies.

8. Remove both O-rings from the top of the mix manifold chamber.

9. Loosen all four (4) screws securing the mix collector between the mix manifold
chamber and the mix collector manifold.

10. Remove all three (3) O-rings from the top of the mix collector.

11. Remove the mix flap valve and oval seal O-ring from the underside of the mix col-
lector, noting the orientation of the mix flap valve notches.

12. Remove the screw plug and its related O-ring from the mix collector.

To replace mix chamber and mix collector manifold components

1. Replace the screw plug and its related O-ring in the mix collector manifold.

2. Align the mix flap valve notches, matching the original orientation, over the dowel
pins on the mix collector.

3. Replace the oval seal O-ring into the groove on the mix collector.

4. Replace all three (3) O-rings on the top of the mix collector.

5. Tighten all four (4) screws sandwiching the mix collector between the mix mani-
fold chamber and the mix collector manifold.

6. Replace both O-rings on the top of the mix manifold chamber.

7. Tighten both long screws just above hose connectors and both short screws just
below the hose connector and brass plug to attach the manifold assembly to the
mix manifold assemblies.

8. Replace the safety valve vent tube into the inlet manifold.

Service Manual 9-61

Repair

9. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

10. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

11. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

12. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

9.8.6 Delivery Assembly

Figure 9-32.  Delivery Outlet Manifold

1 Delivery PSOL 7 O-ring

2 Delivery manifold 8 BUV solenoid, screws

3 PSOL mix elbow, screws 9 Outlet check valve seat

4 O-ring 10 Outlet checking flap valve

5 Oxygen sensor O-ring 11 Hose fitting

6 Safety valve assembly, screws 12 Delivery outlet manifold, screws

13 O-ring

To remove the delivery assembly

1. Remove the BDU right panel door. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p.
9-14.

9-62 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

2. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

3. Place on the static-resistive mat.

4. Rotate the inspiratory module until the PSOLs are pointed upward.

5. Slide down the hose clamp to remove the large hose from the safety valve.

6. Remove the mix assembly. Reference To remove the mix assembly, p. 9-56

7. Remove all four (4) screws retaining the breath delivery assembly to the chassis.

To replace the delivery assembly

1. Rotate the inspiratory module until the PSOLs are pointed upward.

2. Replace all four (4) screws retaining the delivery assembly to the chassis.

3. Replace the mix assembly.

4. Replace the large hose from the safety valve after sliding the hose clamp until it is
only on the hose.

5. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

6. Replace the BDU right panel door. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Oxygen (O2) Sensor

 WARNING:
To prevent potential injury, follow the preventive maintenance schedule for
the oxygen sensor.
The recommended replacement frequency for the oxygen sensor is one (1) year
from installation or sooner, if necessary.

 Note:
Locate the expiration date on the packaging of the new oxygen sensors. Do not install
if the date of desired installation is past the expiration date on the packaging.
To remove the Oxygen Sensor
1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the inspiratory door to the BDU right panel.

2. Remove the internal inspiratory filter. Reference To remove the internal inspiratory
filter, p. 9-48.

Service Manual 9-63

Repair

Figure 9-33.  Oxygen (O2) Sensor

3. Disconnect the oxygen cable.

4. Rotate the oxygen sensor counterclockwise until completely removed.

To replace the Oxygen Sensor

1. Ensure the O-ring is present on the oxygen sensor.

2. Rotate the oxygen sensor clockwise until completely seated without over-tighten-
ing.

3. Reconnect the oxygen cable.

4. Secure the inspiratory door panel.

Delivery Outlet Manifold

Inspiratory filter retainer and filter clip

To remove the internal inspiratory filter retainer and filter clip

1. Remove the internal inspiratory filter. Reference To remove the internal inspiratory
filter, p. 9-48.

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

4. Place on the static-resistive mat.

5. Remove the two (2) screws from the filter clip, if desired.

6. Remove the two (2) screws from the filter retainer, if desired.

9-64 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

Figure 9-34.  Filter retainer (left) and filter clip (right)

To replace the internal inspiratory filter retainer and filter clip

1. Tighten the two (2) screws for the filter retainer, if removed.

2. Tighten the two (2) screws for the filter clip, if removed.

3. Replace the internal inspiratory filter. Reference To replace the internal inspiratory
filter, p. 9-49.

4. Rotate the inspiratory module until the PSOLs are visible.

5. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

6. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

7. Replace the internal inspiratory filter. Reference To replace the internal inspiratory
filter, p. 9-49.

Safety valve assembly

To remove the safety valve assembly

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p.

9-52.

3. Place on the static-resistive mat.

4. Rotate the inspiratory module until the accumulator is visible.

5. Release the safety valve vent tube from its hole in the inlet manifold.

6. Remove the mix assembly. Reference To remove the mix assembly, p. 9-56.

Service Manual 9-65

Repair

7. Release the safety valve vent tube hose clamp from the vent tubing, sliding the
hose clamp down the tubing until it rests only on the tube and is off the safety
valve.

8. Pull outward until the vent tubing is free from the safety valve.

9. Remove the three (3) screws holding the safety valve assembly onto the breath
delivery manifold.

10. Retain or replace the O-ring, as required.

To replace the safety valve assembly

1. Replace or reinstall the O-ring to the breath delivery manifold.

2. Align the safety valve to the three (3) screw holes machined into the housing.

3. Tighten the three (3) screws.

4. Rotate the inspiratory module until the PSOLs are visible.

5. Replace the mix assembly. Reference To replace the mix assembly, p. 9-56.

6. Reconnect the vent tubing.

7. Slide the hose clamp back up the vent tubing until it clamps it securely onto the
safety valve.

8. Rotate the inspiratory module until the accumulator is visible.

9. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

10. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Delivery manifold

To remove and replace the delivery manifold O-ring

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

3. Rotate the inspiratory module until the safety valve is visible.

4. Place on the static-resistive mat.

5. Remove the two (2) screws from the PSOL elbow.

9-66 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

6. Remove the O-ring between the PSOL elbow and the delivery manifold.

7. Replace the new O-ring in the groove on the delivery manifold.

8. Tighten the two (2) screws from the PSOL elbow.

9. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

10. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

To remove the BUV solenoid

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Disconnect the 4-pin cable from the (P6) connector on the Inspiratory Flow
Module PCBA.

3. Remove the two (2) screws from the BUV solenoid.

Figure 9-35.  BUV Solenoid

4. Examine the delivery manifold for solenoid O-rings, which should remain with the
solenoid.

To replace the BUV solenoid

1. Ensure the BUV solenoid retains its supplied solenoid O-rings.

2. Align the BUV solenoid to the holes in the housing.

3. Tighten the two (2) supplied screws on the BUV solenoid.

4. Reconnect the 4-pin cable to the (P6) connector on the Inspiratory Sensor Module
PCBA.

Service Manual 9-67

Repair

5. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

To remove the check valve outlet seat and outlet checking flap valve

1. Remove the internal inspiratory filter. Reference To remove the internal inspiratory
filter, p. 9-48.

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

4. Set on the static-resistive mat.

5. Remove the delivery assembly. Reference To remove the delivery assembly, p. 9-62.

6. Rotate the delivery assembly so the outlet manifold is up, the filter retainer open.

7. Remove the four (4) screws connecting the outlet manifold assembly to the deliv-
ery manifold assembly.

8. Remove both the check valve outlet seat and outlet checking flap valve, noting the
orientation of both.

To replace the check valve outlet seat and outlet checking flap valve
1. With the outlet manifold up, replace the check valve outlet seat in the delivery
manifold, orienting it so the flap opens upward.

2. Replace the outlet checking flap valve on top of the check valve outlet seat into
the delivery manifold, orienting it so the ribs are up and the flap opens upward,
fitting it tightly into the manifold groove.

3. Tighten the four (4) screws connecting the outlet manifold assembly to the deliv-
ery manifold assembly.

4. Replace the delivery assembly. Reference To replace the delivery assembly, p. 9-63.

5. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

6. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Proportional Solenoid (PSOL) Valves and Flow Sensors

Proportional Solenoid (PSOL) valves meter the flow of gas to achieve the
desired mix in the Mix Module. The flow through each PSOL is monitored by
separate flow sensors to ensure the accuracy of the mix.

9-68 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

Figure 9-36.  PSOL Locations

1 Delivery PSOL 3 Air PSOL 5 Air flow sensor

2 Delivery flow sensor 4 Oxygen PSOL 6 Oxygen flow sensor

Figure 9-37.  PSOL and Flow sensor cable connections

P2 10-pin air flow sensor P10 3-pin safety valve P13 3-pin air PSOL

P6 4-pin BUV solenoid valve P11 3-pin delivery PSOL P17 3-pin oxygen PSOL

P8 10-pin oxygen flow sensor P12 10-pin delivery flow sensor

Air Mix (Air) PSOL

To remove the Air PSOL

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

Service Manual 9-69

Repair

2. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

3. Place on the static-resistive mat.

4. Release the safety valve vent tube from the inlet manifold.

5. Remove the air filter. Reference To remove the air filter bowl and filter element,
p. 9-50.

6. Disconnect the 3-pin air PSOL wire from the (P13) connector on the Inspiratory
Flow Module PCBA.

7. Extract the nylon rod that secures the PSOL.

Figure 9-38.  Air PSOL and Nylon Rod

8. Extract the air PSOL and its related O-rings from the manifold using a non-marring
tool.

To replace the Air PSOL

1. Press inward on the air PSOL and its related O-rings until fully seated in the PSOL
manifold.

2. Insert the nylon rod that secures the air PSOL until reaching its original position.

3. Reconnect the 3-pin air PSOL wire to the (P13) connector on the Inspiratory Flow
Module PCBA.

4. Replace the air filter. Reference To replace the air filter bowl and filter element, p. 9-50.

5. Replace the safety valve vent tube in the inlet manifold.

6. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

9-70 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

7. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Oxygen Mix (Oxygen) PSOL

To remove the Oxygen PSOL

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

3. Place on the static-resistive mat.

4. Release the large safety valve vent tube from the inlet manifold.

5. Disconnect the 3-pin oxygen PSOL wire from the (P17) connector on the Inspira-
tory Flow Module PCBA.

6. Extract the nylon rod that secures the oxygen PSOL.

Figure 9-39.  Oxygen PSOL and Nylon Rod

7. Extract the oxygen PSOL and its related O-rings from the manifold using a non-
marring tool.

To replace the Oxygen PSOL

1. Press inward on the oxygen PSOL and its related O-rings until fully seated into the
manifold.

2. Insert the nylon rod that secures the oxygen PSOL until reaching its original posi-
tion.

3. Reconnect the 3-pin oxygen PSOL wire to the (P17) connector on the Inspiratory
Flow Module PCBA.

Service Manual 9-71

Repair

4. Replace the safety valve vent tube in the inlet manifold.

5. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

6. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Delivery PSOL

To remove the Delivery PSOL

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

3. Place on the static-resistive mat.

4. Release the safety valve vent tube from the inlet manifold.

5. Disconnect the 4-pin delivery PSOL wire from the (P11) connector on the Inspira-
tory Flow Module PCBA.

6. Extract the nylon rod that locked the delivery PSOL into place.

Figure 9-40.  Front and Rear Access to Delivery PSOL and Nylon Rod

7. Extract the delivery PSOL and its related O-rings from the manifold using a non-
marring tool.

To replace the Delivery PSOL

1. Press inward on the delivery PSOL and its related O-rings until fully seated into the
manifold.

2. Continue pushing the nylon rod that locks the delivery PSOL into place until reach-
ing its original position.

9-72 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

3. Reconnect the 4-pin delivery PSOL wire to the (P11) connector on the Inspiratory
Flow Module PCBA.

4. Replace the safety valve vent tube in the inlet manifold.

5. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

6. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Flow Sensors

Figure 9-41.  PSOL and Flow Sensor Cable Connections

P2 10-pin air flow sensor P10 3-pin safety valve P13 3-pin air PSOL

P6 4-pin BUV solenoid valve P11 3-pin delivery PSOL P17 3-pin oxygen PSOL

P8 10-pin oxygen flow sensor P12 10-pin delivery flow sensor

To remove the Delivery, Oxygen, or Air Flow Sensor

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

3. Set on the static-resistive mat.

4. Release the large safety valve vent tube from the inlet manifold.

5. Remove two (2) screws from the inspiratory module chassis retaining the mix
assembly.

6. Loosen the lock nut from the P-clamp.

Service Manual 9-73

Repair

7. Slide the mix assembly away from the inspiratory module, ensuring all flow
sensors remain attached to the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA.

8. Detach the flow sensor cable connection for the desired flow sensor from the
Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA.

9. Extract the flow sensor.

To replace the Delivery, Oxygen, or Air Flow Sensor

1. Orient the desired flow sensor, ensuring the flow direction arrow points in the
proper flow direction and both O-rings are properly positioned.

Figure 9-42.  Proper Flow Direction Orientation and O-ring Placement

2. Press the flow sensor all the way into the orifice.

3. Connect the flow sensor cable to the appropriate connector on the Inspiratory
Flow Module PCBA.

4. Slide the mix assembly into the P-clamp on the inspiratory module, ensuring all
flow sensors align and mate properly on both sides.

5. Tighten the lock nut on the P-clamp.

6. Tighten the two (2) screws retaining the mix assembly on the inspiratory module
chassis.

7. Reinsert the safety valve vent tube in the inlet manifold.

8. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

9. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

9-74 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

9.8.7 Inlet Manifold Assembly

Figure 9-43.  Upper Inlet Manifold

1 PSOL manifolds 6 O-ring 11 Air inlet flap valve

2 O-ring 7 Check valve manifold 12 Check valve air inlet seat

3 Transfer tubes 8 O-ring 13 O-ring

4 Plug, O-ring 9 HF Option port plug 14 O-ring

5 Mix PSOL elbow 10 O-ring 15 Hose connector

Service Manual 9-75

Repair

Figure 9-44.  Lower Inlet Manifold

1 Fitting retainer, screws 4 Air inlet fitting assembly, O-ring

2 Deflector retainer, screws 5 Oxygen deflector plug

3 Oxygen inlet fitting assembly, O-ring 6 Inlet manifold

Inspiratory Module Chassis

To remove the inspiratory module chassis from the inlet manifold

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

3. Set on the static-resistive mat.

4. Remove the mix assembly. Reference To remove the mix assembly, p. 9-56.

5. Remove the air and oxygen flow sensors. Reference To remove the Delivery,
Oxygen, or Air Flow Sensor, p. 9-73.

6. Remove the safety valve assembly. Reference To remove the safety valve assembly, p.
9-65.

7. Remove the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA. Reference To remove the Inspiratory
Flow Module PCBA, p. 9-85.

8. Remove the Gas Supply Sensor PCBA. Reference To remove the Gas Supply Sensor
PCBA and pressure tap couplers, p. 9-88.

9-76 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

9. Remove the four (4) screws retaining the chassis to the inlet manifold assembly.

10. Lift the chassis assembly still containing the mix PSOL manifold assemblies off the
transfer tubes.

Figure 9-45.  Lifting Chassis Assembly from Inlet Manifold Assembly

11. Remove the transfer tubes.

To reconnect the inspiratory module chassis to the inlet manifold

1. Apply Krytox grease to either end of each transfer tube.

2. Replace the O-rings and transfer tubes in the appropriate location on the inlet
manifold assembly.

3. Place the inspiratory module chassis assembly still containing the mix PSOL mani-
fold back onto the transfer tubes.

4. Tighten the four (4) screws to secure the chassis to the inlet manifold assembly.

5. Replace the Gas Supply Sensor PCBA. Reference To replace the Gas Supply Sensor
PCBA, p. 9-90.

6. Replace the Inspiratory Flow Sensor PCBA. Reference To replace the Inspiratory
Flow Module PCBA, p. 9-87.

7. Replace the safety valve assembly. Reference To replace the safety valve assembly, p. 9-66.

Service Manual 9-77

Repair

8. Replace the air and oxygen flow sensors. Reference To replace the Delivery,
Oxygen, or Air Flow Sensor, p. 9-74.

9. Replace the mix assembly. Reference To replace the mix assembly, p. 9-56.

10. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

11. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

PSOL manifold

Reference To remove the options supply or accumulator purge solenoid, p. 9-

58, for instructions on either mix PSOL removal.
To remove the mix PSOL elbow or transfer tube
1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

3. Set on the static-resistive mat.

4. Remove the mix assembly. Reference To remove the mix assembly, p. 9-56.

5. Remove the air and oxygen flow sensors. Reference To remove the Delivery,
Oxygen, or Air Flow Sensor, p. 9-73.

6. Remove the safety valve assembly. Reference To remove the safety valve assembly, p.
9-65.

7. Remove the Inspiratory Flow Sensor PCBA. Reference To remove the Inspiratory
Flow Module PCBA, p. 9-85.

8. Remove the Gas Supply PCBA. Reference To remove the Gas Supply Sensor PCBA
and pressure tap couplers, p. 9-88.

9. Remove the two (2) screws related to the desired mix PSOL.

10. Remove the two (2) screws to the manifold elbow.

11. Remove the O-ring from the PSOL manifold.

12. Remove the transfer tube from the PSOL manifold.

To replace the mix PSOL elbow or transfer tube

1. Replace the transfer tube into the PSOL manifold and inlet manifold assembly, if
removed.

9-78 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

2. Apply Krytox grease to the end(s) of the related transfer tube.

3. Replace the O-ring and transfer tube in the appropriate location on the inlet man-
ifold assembly.

4. Place the chassis assembly still containing the mix PSOL manifold assemblies back
onto the transfer tube.

5. Press the O-ring back into the groove in the PSOL manifold.

6. Tighten the two (2) screws to the manifold elbow.

7. Tighten the two (2) screws related to the desired mix PSOL.

8. Replace the Gas Supply Sensor PCBA. Reference To replace the Gas Supply Sensor
PCBA, p. 9-90.

9. Replace the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA. Reference To replace the Inspiratory
Flow Module PCBA, p. 9-87.

10. Replace the safety valve assembly. Reference To replace the safety valve assembly, p.
9-66.

11. Replace the air and oxygen flow sensors. Reference To replace the Delivery,
Oxygen, or Air Flow Sensor, p. 9-74.

12. Replace the mix assembly. Reference To replace the mix assembly, p. 9-56.

13. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

14. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Check valve manifold

To remove the air inlet flap valve and check valve seat
1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

5. Set on the static-resistive mat.

Service Manual 9-79

Repair

6. Remove the chassis. Reference To remove the inspiratory module chassis from the
inlet manifold, p. 9-76.

7. Remove the screw retaining the manifold plug assembly to the inlet manifold
assembly.

8. Remove both silicon check valve assemblies, which includes the air inlet flap valve,
the check valve seat, and both O-rings, noting the nib in the air inlet check valve
seat and where it mates to the hole in the inlet manifold assembly.

To replace the air inlet flap valve and check valve seat
1. Replace both silicon check valve assemblies, which includes the air inlet flap valve,
the check valve seat, and both O-rings, locating the nib in the air inlet check valve
seat in the inlet manifold assembly hole.

2. Tighten the screw retaining the manifold plug assembly to the inlet manifold
assembly.

3. Replace the chassis. Reference To reconnect the inspiratory module chassis to the inlet
manifold, p. 9-77.

4. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

5. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

6. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

7. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

Inlet manifold

To remove and replace the HF option port plug and hose connection
1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

5. Set on the static-resistive mat.

6. Remove the chassis. Reference To remove the inspiratory module chassis from the
inlet manifold, p. 9-76.

9-80 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

7. Remove the screw retaining the option port plug assembly, ensuring the O-ring is
still attached.

8. Remove the hose connection just behind the manifold plug assembly, if desired,

9. Tighten the new hose connection onto the inlet manifold assembly, if removed,

10. Place the O-ring on the new HF option port plug.

11. Tighten the screw retaining the option port plug assembly.

12. Replace the chassis. Reference To reconnect the inspiratory module chassis to the inlet
manifold, p. 9-77.

13. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

14. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

15. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

16. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

To remove and replace the inlet assembly fittings or oxygen deflector plug
1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

5. Set on the static-resistive mat.

6. Remove the inspiratory module chassis. Reference To remove the inspiratory module
chassis from the inlet manifold, p. 9-76.

7. Remove the two (2) retainers screws for the desired fitting or plug.

8. Extract the desired fitting or plug.

9. Slide the retainer around the collar of the replacement fitting or plug.

10. Tighten the two (2) retainers screws.

11. Replace the chassis. Reference To reconnect the inspiratory module chassis to the inlet
manifold, p. 9-77.

Service Manual 9-81

Repair

12. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

13. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

14. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

15. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

9.8.8 Inspiratory Module Cabling and Hoses

To remove inspiratory module cabling

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

3. Place on the static-resistive mat.

4. Rotate the inspiratory module until the appropriate cable is accessible.

5. Remove from the desired cable from the listed connector on the Inspiratory Flow Module
PCBA. Reference Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA, p. 9-85.

6. For flow sensor cables, follow the steps listed below.

• Lift out or remove the vent tube above the air filter bowl.

• Remove the desired cable from the connector.

7. For the oxygen sensor cable, follow the steps listed below.

• Remove the cable from the (P7) connector on the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA.

• Remove the tubing from the nib on the accumulator manifold.

• Insert tubing through the rubber grommet to allow for the cable connector.

• Insert the cable through the rubber grommet.

8. For the pressure switch cable, remove from the cable from the (P9) connector on
the Inspiratory Sensor PCBA and from the spades on the pressure switch.

9. For the gas supply sensor cable, follow the steps listed below.

• Remove the cable from the (P16) connector on the Inspiratory Flow Module
PCBA.

9-82 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

• Remove the cable from the (P1) connector on the Gas Supply Sensor PCBA.

To replace inspiratory module cabling

1. For the gas supply sensor cable, follow the steps listed below.

• Replace the cable from the (P1) connector on the Gas Supply Sensor PCBA.

• Replace the cable from the (P16) connector on the Inspiratory Flow Module
PCBA. Reference Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA, p. 9-85.

2. For the pressure switch cable, replace from the cable from the (P9) connector on
the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA and the two (2) spade connectors on the pres-
sure switch.

3. For the oxygen sensor cable, follow the steps listed below.

• Insert the cable through the rubber grommet.

• Insert tubing through the rubber grommet to allow for the cable connector.

• Replace the tubing from the nib on the accumulator.

• Replace the other end of the cable from the oxygen sensor.

• Replace the cable from the (P7) connector on the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA.

4. For flow sensor cables, follow the steps listed below.

• Replace the desired cable from the connector.

• Replace the vent tube above the air filter bowl.

5. Replace from the desired cable from the listed connector on the Inspiratory Flow Module
PCBA. Reference Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA, p. 9-85.

6. Replace the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA. Reference To replace the Inspiratory
Flow Module PCBA, p. 9-87.

7. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

8. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

To remove inspiratory module hoses and tubing

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

Service Manual 9-83

Repair

3. Place on the static-resistive mat.

4. Rotate the inspiratory module until the appropriate hoses are accessible.

5. For inlet manifold hose, follow the steps listed below.

• Remove the 11.5” long tubing from the nib closest to the accumulator con-
nector on the accumulator manifold assembly.

• Follow the tubing down to the hose connector barb on the inlet manifold
assembly to gently remove the 11.5” long hose off the hose connector just
behind the manifold plug assembly.

6. For the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA tubing, follow the steps listed below.

• Remove the 7” long tubing from the nib on the (PS2) connector on the Inspi-
ratory Flow Module PCBA.

• Remove the 7” long tubing from the nib on the (S01) connector on the Inspi-
ratory Flow Module PCBA.

• Remove both ends of the 7” long tubing from the barbs on the outlet mani-
fold assembly pneumatic fittings.

• Insert both tubes out through the outside rubber grommet above the Inspira-
tory Flow Module PCBA.

• Remove the 9” long tubing from the nib on the (PS4) connector on the Inspi-
ratory Flow Module PCBA.

• Remove the other end of the 9” long tubing from the pneumatic fitting barbs
on the accumulator manifold assembly.

• Insert the tubing out through the inside rubber grommet above the Inspiratory
Flow Module PCBA.

• Remove the tubing between the (PS1) and (S01) nibs on the Inspiratory Flow
Module PCBA.

7. For the vent hoses, follow the steps listed below.

• Remove the larger vent tube from the safety valve by releasing the hose clamp
and lifting the other end out of the inlet manifold assembly.

9-84 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

Figure 9-46.  Vent Tube

• Remove the other end of the 10.25” long tubing from the related pneumatic
fitting barb on the accumulator manifold assembly.

• Remove the smaller vent hose by releasing the hose clamp from the accumulator
pressure relief valve and lifting the other end out of the inlet manifold assembly.

8. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

9. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

9.8.9 Inspiratory Module PCBAs

Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA

To remove the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

3. Place on the static-resistive mat.

4. Rotate the inspiratory module until the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA is visible.

5. Disconnect the following cables from the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA.

Service Manual 9-85

Repair

Figure 9-47.  Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA Connections1

P2 10-pin air flow sensor P13 3-pin air PSOL

P6 4-pin BUV solenoid valve P15 4-pin options gas supply solenoid

P7 4-pin oxygen sensor P16 8-pin gas supply sensor

P8 10-pin oxygen flow sensor P17 3-pin oxygen PSOL

P9 3-pin pressure switch P18 2-pin accumulator purge solenoid

P10 3-pin safety valve PS2 Outlet manifold tube

P11 3-pin delivery PSOL SO1 PS1 to S01 tube

P12 10-pin delivery flow sensor PS4 Accumulator manifold tube

6. Rotate the inspiratory module until the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA is visible.

7. Loosen the four (4) screws.

 Note:
Retain all washers, springs and screws.

1. The P3, P4, P5, and P13 slots are not in use at this time, nor is the PS3.

9-86 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

Figure 9-48.  Removing the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA

8. Carefully remove all four (4) screws, retaining the washers and springs beneath
each screw.

9. Place on the static-resistive mat.

10. Ensure the remaining four (4) springs and retaining washers beneath the Inspira-
tory Flow Module PCBA remain on the standouts.

11. Remove the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA, noting the routing of the three (3)
tubes for reassembly.

12. Disconnect the two (2) tubes connected to the delivery manifold from the Inspira-
tory Flow Module PCBA.

13. Disconnect the tube connected to the accumulator manifold from the Inspiratory
Flow Module PCBA.

To replace the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA

1. Fully insert the tubing onto the appropriate transducer body.

Service Manual 9-87

Repair

Figure 9-49.  Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA Tubing Connections (4)

1 PS1 to S01 3 PS2 to outlet manifold assembly

2 S01 to outlet manifold assembly 4 PS4 to accumulator manifold assembly

2. Ensure the large end of each of the four (4) springs face the PCBA above the
retaining washers on the standouts.

3. Place onto the four (4) standouts.

4. Replace the remaining four (4) springs, ensuring the large end of the spiral faces
the PCBA on each standout.

5. Replace a washer and then screw on each standout.

6. Tighten the four (4) screws.

7. Reconnect the following cables to the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA.

8. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

9. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Gas Supply Sensor PCBA Components

To remove the Gas Supply Sensor PCBA and pressure tap couplers
1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

9-88 Service Manual

 Inspiratory Module

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

5. Disconnect the 8-pin Gas Supply Sensor PCBA cable from the (P1) connector on
the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA.

6. Place on the static-resistive mat.

7. Remove the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA. Reference To remove the Inspiratory
Flow Module PCBA, p. 9-85.

8. Place on the static-resistive mat.

9. Remove the six (6) screws.

Figure 9-50.  Removing Gas Supply Sensor PCBA, Pressure Tap Couplers

10. Pull gently to release the Gas Supply Sensor PCBA.

 Note:
The Gas Supply Sensor PCBA retains pressure tap couplers surrounded on either side
by O-rings. These connect solidly with the PSOLs through the module housing.

11. Extract the pressure tap couplers from the Gas Supply Sensor PCBA pressure trans-
ducers.

Service Manual 9-89

Repair

To replace the Gas Supply Sensor PCBA

1. Place the Gas Supply Sensor PCBA on the static-resistive mat.

2. Press the pressure tap couplers onto the Gas Supply Sensor PCBA pressure transducers.

3. Align the PCBA to the top row of pass-through holes in the inspiratory module chassis.

4. Press the pressure tap couplers on the Gas Supply Sensor PCBA pressure transduc-
ers until they connect with the metal housing insets behind the PSOLs.

5. Tighten the six (6) screws.

6. Replace the Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA. Reference To replace the Inspiratory
Flow Module PCBA, p. 9-87.

7. Reconnect the 8-pin Gas Supply Sensor PCBA cable to the (P1) connector on the
Inspiratory Flow Module PCBA.

8. Replace the inspiratory module. Reference To replace the inspiratory module, p. 9-54.

9. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

10. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

11. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

9.9 Exhalation Module

 WARNING:
Damaging the hot film wire or thermistor in the exhalation valve flow
sensor’s center port can cause the ventilator’s spirometry system to
malfunction.

 Caution:
To avoid damage to the exhalation valve flow sensor element:
• Do not touch the hot film wire or thermistor in the exhalation valve flow
sensor’s center port.

• Do not vigorously swish fluid through the exhalation valve flow sensor’s
center port while immersed.

9-90 Service Manual

 Exhalation Module

• Do not forcefully blow compressed air or any fluid into the exhalation
valve flow sensor’s center cavity.

• Do not drop the exhalation valve flow sensor assembly or handle roughly
during disinfection or storage.

Follow all general repair guidelines when repairing any portion of the ventila-
tor. Reference General Repair Guidelines, p. 9-6, and the applicable specific
repair guidelines. Use the following content list to locate the proper area
within this section.

 Note:
For an interactive, 3D model of the Exhalation Module, select it from the Service
Manual CD.

9.9.1 Overview Reference p. 9-91

9.9.2 Exhalation Consumable Components Reference p. 9-92

9.9.3 Exhalation Module Reference p. 9-95

9.9.4 Exhalation Module Bezel and Filter Door Reference p. 9-93

9.9.5 Exhalation Valve Assembly Reference p. 9-99

9.9.6 Exhalation Module Chassis Reference p. 9-105

9.9.1 Overview

This section addresses removal and replacement of various major BDU Exhala-
tion Module sub-assemblies.

Service Manual 9-91

Repair

Figure 9-51.  Exhalation Module

1 Exhalation module chassis 5 Lift lever a Lift lever pivot

2 Exhalation valve assembly 6 Exhalation filter door b Filter door pivot

3 Upper rear bezel 7 Exhalation valve flow sensor c Clip-on finger

4 Upper front bezel 8 Expiratory filter d Finger spacer

9.9.2 Exhalation Consumable Components

Expiratory Filter

 WARNING:
In order to reduce the risk of infection, always use the ventilator with
inspiratory and exhalation bacteria filters.

 WARNING:
Do not attempt to use inspiratory or expiratory filters designed for use with
ventilators other than the Puritan Bennett 980 Series Ventilator.

 WARNING:
Refer to the filter’s instructions for use for details such as cleaning and
sterilization requirements, filtration efficiency, proper filter usage, and
maximum filter resistance, particularly when using aerosolized medications.

9-92 Service Manual

 Exhalation Module

 WARNING:
Refer to the filter Instructions For Use (IFU) for information on reusable filter
cleaning and sterilization and filter efficiency.

 WARNING:
Do not re-use disposable inspiratory or expiratory filters, and dispose
according to your institution’s policy for discarding contaminated waste.

 Caution:
Ensure both inspiratory and expiratory filters are properly attached to the
ventilator.

To replace the Adult/Pediatric expiratory filter

1. If necessary, remove the exhalation limb of patient circuit from the expiratory
filter.

2. Raise the exhalation filter latch to unlock. This raises the exhalation valve assembly
and allows the filter door to swing away from the ventilator.

3. Open the exhalation filter door.

4. Remove the existing expiratory filter.

5. Insert the new expiratory filter by sliding it along the tracks in the door. Ensure the
From Patient port aligns with the cutout in the door and points away from the
ventilator.

6. Close the exhalation filter door.

7. Lock the expiratory filter latch to secure the expiratory filter.

Exhalation Valve Flow Sensor Assembly

 WARNING:
Damaging the hot film wire or thermistor in the exhalation valve flow
sensor’s center port can cause the ventilator’s spirometry system to
malfunction.

Service Manual 9-93

Repair

 Caution:
To avoid damage to the exhalation valve flow sensor element:
• Do not touch the hot film wire or thermistor in the exhalation valve flow
sensor’s center port

• Do not vigorously swish fluid through the exhalation valve flow sensor
center port while immersed.

• Do not forcefully blow compressed air or any fluid into the exhalation
valve flow sensor’s center cavity.

• Do not drop the exhalation valve flow sensor assembly or handle roughly
during disinfection or storage.

The exhalation valve flow sensor assembly contains the exhalation valve body,
exhalation valve flow sensor, exhalation valve diaphragm, exhalation filter seal,
and pressure sensor filter. The expected service life for the exhalation valve
flow sensor assembly is 25 disinfection cycles.

Figure 9-52.  Exhalation Valve Flow Sensor Assembly (top and bottom)

To remove the exhalation valve flow sensor assembly

1. Raise the exhalation filter latch to unlock. This raises the exhalation valve assembly
and allows the filter door to swing away from the ventilator.

2. Open the exhalation filter door.

3. With thumb inserted into the plastic exhalation port and four (4) fingers under the
exhalation valve flow sensor assembly, pull down until it snaps out. To avoid
damaging the hot wire element, do not insert fingers into the center port.

9-94 Service Manual

 Exhalation Module

Figure 9-53.  Exhalation Valve Flow Sensor Removal

To replace the exhalation valve flow sensor assembly

1. With thumb inserted into the plastic exhalation port and four (4) fingers under the
exhalation valve flow sensor assembly press inward until it snaps in place.

2. Close the filter door.

3. Lock the exhalation filter latch.

9.9.3 Exhalation Module

To remove the exhalation module

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Rotate the ventilator to access the right side, since the screws retaining the exha-
lation module extend through the chassis spine from the inspiratory module side.

5. Loosen the two (2) screws until free of the exhalation module.

Service Manual 9-95

Repair

 Note:
Leaving the screws in the chassis spine makes replacement of the exhalation
module easier.

Figure 9-54.  Screws Location for Exhalation Module Release

6. Rotate the ventilator to access the left side.

7. Compress the spring clips on the cable connector to release the exhalation sensor
cable from the (J13) connector on the backplane.

8. Pull the exhalation module to the front while also exerting outward pressure.

9-96 Service Manual

 Exhalation Module

Figure 9-55.  Removal of Exhalation Module

To replace the exhalation module

1. Connect the exhalation module cable to the (J13) connector on the backplane
while supporting the exhalation module.

2. Align the exhalation module to the opening in the chassis on the left side of ven-
tilator, ensuring a solid fit after aligning it flush with outer edge of the chassis.

3. Exert an inward pressure on the exhalation module.

4. Ensure a solid fit after aligning it flush with the outer chassis of the ventilator.

5. Support the exhalation module on the right side of the ventilator while tightening
the two (2) screws on the right side of the ventilator.

6. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

7. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

8. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Service Manual 9-97

Repair

9.9.4 Exhalation Module Bezel and Filter Door

To remove the exhalation bezels

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the exhalation module. Reference To remove the exhalation module, p. 9-95.

5. Remove the exhalation valve flow sensor. Reference To remove the exhalation
valve flow sensor assembly, p. 9-94.

6. Remove the exhalation module cable. Reference To remove the exhalation

module cable, p. 9-104.

7. Remove the two (2) screws that connect the upper front and rear bezels.

Figure 9-56.  Upper Front and Rear Bezel Removal

9-98 Service Manual

 Exhalation Module

8. To separate the upper front and rear bezels, remove the screw, washer, and lock
washer connecting them.

To replace the exhalation bezels

1. To connect the upper front and rear bezels, replace the screw, washer, and lock
washer connecting them.

2. Tighten the two (2) screws that retain the upper front and rear bezel.

3. Replace the exhalation module cable. Reference To replace the exhalation module cable, p.
9-104.

4. Replace the exhalation valve flow sensor. Reference To remove the exhalation
valve flow sensor assembly, p. 9-94.

5. Replace the exhalation module.Reference To replace the exhalation module, p. 9-97.

6. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

7. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

8. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

To remove and replace the filter door

1. Raise the exhalation filter latch to unlock. This raises the exhalation valve assembly
and allows the filter door to swing away from the ventilator.

2. Open the exhalation filter door.

3. Remove the expiratory filter.

4. Remove the filter door by lifting it off the filter pivot.

5. Replace the filter door by sliding it back on the filter pivot.

6. Replace the expiratory filter.

7. Close the expiratory filter door.

8. Lock the exhalation filter latch to secure the expiratory filter.

9.9.5 Exhalation Valve Assembly

To remove the exhalation valve assembly

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

Service Manual 9-99

Repair

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the exhalation module.Reference To remove the exhalation module, p. 9-95.

4. Remove the exhalation valve flow sensor. Reference To remove the exhalation
valve flow sensor assembly, p. 9-94.

5. Remove the exhalation module cable. Reference To remove the exhalation

module cable, p. 9-104.

6. Remove the door holder bracket and its angled spacer and screw.

7. Remove the exhalation bezels. Reference To remove the exhalation bezels, p. 9-

98.

8. Remove the screw located above the latch mechanism.

Figure 9-57.  Location of Exhalation Valve Assembly Screws

9. Remove the two (2) screws until the exhalation valve assembly comes free.

To replace the exhalation valve assembly

1. Align the exhalation valve assembly to the backplane of the housing.

2. Replace the door holder bracket, retaining the angled spacer in proper orienta-
tion, while tightening the screw.

3. Tighten the screw located above the latch mechanism while supporting the exha-
lation valve assembly.

9-100 Service Manual

 Exhalation Module

4. Replace the exhalation bezels. Reference To replace the exhalation bezels, p. 9-99.

5. Replace the exhalation module cable. Reference To replace the exhalation module
cable, p. 9-104.

6. Replace the exhalation valve flow sensor. Reference To remove the exhalation
valve flow sensor assembly, p. 9-94.

7. Replace the exhalation module. Reference To replace the exhalation module, p. 9-

97.

8. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

9. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Exhalation Sensor PCBA

To remove the exhalation sensor PCBA

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the exhalation module. Reference To remove the exhalation module, p.

9-95

5. Remove the exhalation valve flow sensor. Reference To remove the exhalation
valve flow sensor assembly, p. 9-94.

6. Remove the exhalation module cable. Reference To remove the exhalation

module cable, p. 9-104.

7. Remove the exhalation valve assembly. Reference To remove the exhalation valve
assembly, p. 9-99.

8. Disconnect the pressure tap from the pressure port nib.

Service Manual 9-101

Repair

Figure 9-58.  Pressure Tap and Pressure Port Nib

9. Place PCBA-side up on a static-resistive mat.

10. Remove all metal tape surrounding the bottom of the assembly.

11. Remove the two (2) screws retaining the housing door.

Figure 9-59.  Exhalation Valve Assembly

1 Exhalation valve housing door 3 Exhalation sensor PCBA housing

2 Exhalation Sensor PCBA 4 Exhalation valve

12. Set aside on a static-resistive mat.

13. Carefully release the flex cable from the (J3) ZIF connector.

14. Remove the longer and shorter screws retaining the exhalation sensor PCBA.

9-102 Service Manual

 Exhalation Module

15. Ensuring the cable connection points straight downward, pull the exhalation
sensor PCBA off the snap fit (J2) connector.

 Note:
Retain the upper assembly on the housing, if possible. If not, insert the flex cable
and fixed PCBA through their respective openings.

16. Set aside on a static-resistive mat.

To replace the exhalation sensor PCBA

1. Properly orient the exhalation sensor PCBA to the holes and housing.

2. Insert the flex cable and the fixed PCBA through the slots.

3. Gently and firmly press inward to connect the exhalation sensor PCBA to the (J2)
connector on exhalation valve assembly. DO NOT force the connection.

4. Fully seat the flex cable into the (J3) ZIF connector.

5. Press the (J3) ZIF connector evenly closed.

6. Replace the short screw closest to the ZIF connector, partially tightening it.

7. Replace the long screws closest to the edge of the plate, partially tightening them.

8. Tighten all three (3) screws.

9. Replace the housing door.

10. Tighten the two (2) screws.

11. Replace the metal tape, ensuring all surfaces are properly sealed.

12. Reconnect the pressure tap to the pressure port nib.

13. Align the exhalation valve housing door to the remainder of the module.

14. Place PCBA-side up on a static-resistive mat.

15. Tighten the two (2) screws on the slider.

16. Reconnect the exhalation module cable to the exhalation valve assembly.

17. Replace the exhalation valve assembly. Reference To replace the exhalation valve
assembly, p. 9-100.

Service Manual 9-103

Repair

18. Replace the exhalation module cable. Reference To replace the exhalation module
cable, p. 9-104.

19. Replace the exhalation valve flow sensor. Reference To remove the exhalation
valve flow sensor assembly, p. 9-94.

20. Replace the exhalation module.Reference To replace the exhalation module, p. 9-97.

21. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

22. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

Exhalation module cable

To remove the exhalation module cable

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove exhalation module. Reference To remove the exhalation module, p. 9-95.

4. Remove the exhalation door, expiratory filter, and exhalation valve flow sensor.

5. Remove the exhalation bezels. Reference To remove the exhalation bezels, p. 9-98.

6. Compress the spring clips to release the (J1) connector.

7. Pull outward to remove the exhalation module cable.

Figure 9-60.  Exhalation Module Cable Removal

To replace the exhalation module cable

1. Ensure proper orientation and alignment of the angled connector of the exhala-
tion module cable.

9-104 Service Manual

 Exhalation Module

2. Press the connector inward until it completely connects to the (J1) connector on
the exhalation valve assembly.

3. Replace the exhalation door and expiratory filter.

4. Replace the exhalation bezels. Reference To replace the exhalation bezels, p. 9-99.

5. Replace exhalation module. Reference To replace the exhalation module, p. 9-97.

6. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

7. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

9.9.6 Exhalation Module Chassis

To remove the exhalation module chassis

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the exhalation module. Reference To remove the exhalation module, p.

9-95.

4. Remove the expiratory filter. Reference External Inspiratory Filter, p. 9-48.

5. Remove the exhalation valve flow sensor. Reference To remove the exhalation
valve flow sensor assembly, p. 9-94.

6. Remove the exhalation module cable. Reference To remove the exhalation

module cable, p. 9-104.

7. Remove the exhalation valve assembly. Reference To remove the exhalation valve
assembly, p. 9-99.

8. Remove the two (2) screws connecting the upper front and rear bezel.

9. Rotate the exhalation chassis so the latching mechanism to the right of the lift
handle is visible.

10. Remove the screw, washer, and lock washer retaining the upper front and rear
bezel.

11. Slide the lift handle off its shaft after identifying its orientation.

Service Manual 9-105

Repair

To replace the exhalation module chassis

1. Align the exhalation module chassis to the inner wall of the BDU chassis.

2. Slide the lift handle on its shaft, ensuring it is in the same position as at removal.

3. Replace the screw, washer, and lock washer connecting the upper and lower
bezel.

4. Rotate the exhalation chassis so the latching mechanism to the right of the door
latch is visible.

5. Replace the two screws retaining the upper front and rear bezel.

6. Replace the exhalation valve assembly. Reference To replace the exhalation valve
assembly, p. 9-100.

7. Replace the exhalation module cable. Reference To replace the exhalation module
cable, p. 9-104.

8. Replace the exhalation valve flow sensor. Reference To remove the exhalation
valve flow sensor assembly, p. 9-94.

9. Replace the expiratory filter. Reference To replace the Adult/Pediatric expiratory

filter, p. 9-93.

10. Replace the exhalation module. Reference To replace the exhalation module, p. 9-
97.

11. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

12. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

9-106 Service Manual

 Card Cages and Related BDU PCBAs

9.10 Card Cages and Related BDU PCBAs

 WARNING:
To prevent electrostatic discharge (ESD) and potential fire hazard, do not use
anti-static or electrically conductive hoses or tubing in or near the ventilator
breathing system.

 Caution:
To prevent damage to electrostatic discharge ESD-sensitive components,
always follow ESD guidelines when servicing the ventilator. Adhere to ESD
control techniques when repairing ESD sensitive components.

Follow all general repair guidelines when repairing any portion of the ventila-
tor. Reference General Repair Guidelines, p. 9-6, and the applicable specific
repair guidelines. Use the following content list to locate the proper area
within this section.

9.10.1 Overview Reference p. 9-107

9.10.2 Communications PCBAs Reference p. 9-109

9.10.3 Main PCBAs Reference p. 9-109

9.10.4 BDU Card Cage Reference p. 9-110

9.10.5 Main Backplane PCBA Reference p. 9-110

9.10.6 Communications Backplane PCBA Reference p. 9-113

9.10.7 Options PCBAs Reference p. 9-113

9.10.8 Options Card Cage Reference p. 9-114

9.10.9 Options Backplane PCBA Reference p. 9-115

9.10.1 Overview

This section addresses removal and replacement of various card cage and card
cage printed circuit board assemblies (PCBAs). Access to the PCBAs is quite
simple. Access to PCBA backplanes requires removal of the relevant card
cage(s).

Service Manual 9-107

Repair

Figure 9-61.  BDU Card Cage PCBAs

1 Line 1 Interface PCBA 5 Pneumatics Interface PCBA

2 Line 2 Interface PCBA 6 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) CPU PCBA

3 Communications Backplane PCBA 7 Graphical User Interface (GUI) CPU PCBA

4 Mix Controller PCBA 8 DC-DC Converter PCBA

Figure 9-62.  Options Card Cage

1 Options Host I PCBA 2 Proximal Flow PCBA

9-108 Service Manual

 Card Cages and Related BDU PCBAs

9.10.2 Communications PCBAs

To remove the Communications PCBAs

1. Rotate the cord wrap assembly on the rear panel away from the Input/Output (I/O)
cover panel.

2. Remove the eight screws retaining the I/O cover panel.

 Note:
Remove Line Interface PCBAs left to right.

3. Extract each PCBA from its slot.

4. Set each aside in a static-resistive bag.

To replace the Communications PCBAs

1. Align each PCBA to each respective slot in the card cage.

 Note:
Reinstall Line Interface PCBAs from right to left.

2. Insert each PCBA in its slot, connector-side down, proceeding from the right to left.

3. Align the I/O cover panel to the opening in the rear panel.

4. Tighten the eight screws retaining the I/O cover panel.

5. Rotate the cord wrap assembly on the rear panel back to the upward position.

9.10.3 Main PCBAs

To remove the Main PCBAs

1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. For each PCBA, press the card ejectors to release each card from the backplane.

3. Set each aside in a static-resistive bag.

To replace the Main PCBAs

1. Insert each PCBA to each respective slot in the BDU Card Cage.

Service Manual 9-109

Repair

2. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

9.10.4 BDU Card Cage

To remove the BDU Card Cage

1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the BDU card cage PCBAs. Reference To remove the Communications
PCBAs and To remove the Main PCBAs.

5. Loosen the four (4) captive screws.

6. Slide the card cage assembly off the two alignment pins on the BDU chassis spine.

To replace the BDU Card Cage

1. Align to the two alignment pins on the BDU chassis spine.

2. Tighten the four (4) captive screws.

3. Replace the BDU card cage PCBAs. Reference To replace the Communications
PCBAs and To replace the Main PCBAs.

4. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

5. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

6. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

9.10.5 Main Backplane PCBA

To remove the Main Backplane PCBA

1. Remove the Line Interface PCBAs. Reference To remove the Communications
PCBAs, p. 9-109.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

9-110 Service Manual

 Card Cages and Related BDU PCBAs

4. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

5. Disconnect the following cables from the listed connectors with the exception of
the BD power controller backplane ribbon cable on the (J18) connector.

Figure 9-63.  Main Card Cage Connections

J13 Exhalation Module cable J16 AC Module power distribution cable

J14 GUI User Interface (UI) cable J17 Power controller compressor backplane cable

J15 Status Display cable J18 BD power controller backplane ribbon cable

6. Remove the Communications Backplane PCBA. Reference To remove the Com-

munications Backplane PCBA, p. 9-113.

7. Remove the Main PCBAs. Reference To remove the Main PCBAs, p. 9-109.

8. Loosen the five (5) captive screws that secure the BDU Card Cage to the BDU
chassis spine.

9. Remove the BDU Card Cage and the attached Main Backplane PCBA assembly by
rocking it gently off the pneumatics connectors extending through the BDU
chassis spine.

10. While supporting the card cage and backplane assembly, remove the Power Dis-
tribution to BD Backplane cable from the (J18) connector on the backplane.

Service Manual 9-111

Repair

11. Place on a static-resistive mat.

12. Remove the eight screws that secure the Main Backplane PCBA to the BDU Card Cage.

13. Set the Main Backplane PCBA aside in a static-resistive bag.

To replace the Main Backplane PCBA

1. Align the Main Backplane PCBA to the holes in the BDU Card Cage.

2. Tighten the eight screws securing the Main Backplane PCBA to the BDU Card Cage.

3. While supporting the card cage and backplane assembly, replace the Power Distribu-
tion to BD Backplane cable onto the (J18) connector on the Main Backplane PCBA.

4. Replace the Main PCBAs. Reference To replace the Main PCBAs, p. 9-109.

5. Replace the Main Backplane PCBA. Reference To replace the Communications

Backplane PCBA, p. 9-113.

6. Loosen the five (5) captive screws that secure the BDU Card Cage to the BDU
chassis spine.

7. Reconnect the remaining cables from the listed connectors.

J13 Exhalation Module cable J16 AC Module power distribution cable

J14 GUI User Interface (UI) cable J17 Power controller compressor backplane cable

J15 Status Display cable

8. Firmly seat the BDU Card Cage and the attached Main Backplane PCBA assembly
on the pneumatics connectors extending through the BDU chassis spine.

9. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

10. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

11. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

12. Replace the Line Interface PCBAs. Reference To replace the Communications
PCBAs, p. 9-109.

9-112 Service Manual

 Card Cages and Related BDU PCBAs

9.10.6 Communications Backplane PCBA

To remove the Communications Backplane PCBA

1. Remove the Line Interface PCBAs. Reference To remove the Communications
PCBAs, p. 9-109.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

4. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

5. Pull outward to disconnect the Communications Backplane PCBA from the Main
Backplane PCBA.

6. Set the Communications Backplane PCBA aside in a static-resistive bag.

To replace the Communications Backplane PCBA

1. Align the Communications Backplane PCBA to the far right slot in the upper
portion of the BDU card cage.

2. Slide it into the slot along the guide rail.

3. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

4. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

5. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

6. Replace the Line Interface PCBAs. Reference To replace the Communications

PCBAs, p. 9-109.

9.10.7 Options PCBAs

To remove an options PCBA

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the four (4) screws on the options card cage cover.

3. Pull outward on the PCBA.

Service Manual 9-113

Repair

 Note:
If removing the Proximal Flow PCBA, disconnect the options gas supply sensor
tube and all other applicable wiring to the options door panel.

4. Set each options PCBA aside in a static-resistive bag.

To replace an options PCBA

1. Orient the options PCBA, ensuring it is aligned to the proper connector.

2. Press into place.

3. Reconnect the options gas supply tubing and all applicable wiring after reinserting
the Proximal Flow PCBA, if removed.

4. Replace the options card cage cover.

5. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

9.10.8 Options Card Cage

To remove the options card cage

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Loosen the four (4) screws from the options cover.

3. Remove all options PCBAs contained in the options card cage. Reference Options
PCBAs, p. 9-113.

4. Loosen the four (4) captive screws at the back of the options cage.

5. Pull outward off the guide pins.

To replace the options card cage

1. Press the card cage inward onto the guide pins.

2. Hand-tighten the four (4) captive screws at the back of the options cage.

3. Replace options PCBAs. Reference Options PCBAs, p. 9-113.

4. Tighten the four (4) screws of the options cover.

5. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

9-114 Service Manual

 BDU Power

9.10.9 Options Backplane PCBA

To remove the options backplane PCBA

1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the inspiratory module. Reference To remove the inspiratory module, p. 9-52.

5. Remove the Options Card Cage. Reference To remove the options card cage, p. 9-114.

6. Remove the five (5) screws securing the Options Backplane PCBA to the BDU
chassis spine.

7. Pull outward off the connector extending through the BDU chassis spine.

8. Set the Options Backplane PCBA aside in a static-resistive bag.

To replace the options backplane PCBA

1. Align the PCBA to the connector extending through the BDU chassis spine.

2. Press into place.

3. Replace the five (5) screws securing the Options Backplane PCBA.

4. Replace the Options Card Cage. Reference To remove the options card cage, p. 9-114.

5. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

6. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

7. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

9.11 BDU Power

Follow all general repair guidelines when repairing any portion of the ventila-
tor. Reference General Repair Guidelines, p. 9-6, and the applicable specific
repair guidelines. Use the following content list to locate the proper area
within this section.

Service Manual 9-115

Repair

9.11.1 Overview Reference p. 9-116

9.11.2 Battery Pack Reference p. 9-117

9.11.3 BDU Battery Door Panel Assembly Reference p. 9-118

9.11.4 Power PCBAs Reference p. 9-121

9.11.5 Power Module Assembly Reference p. 9-124

9.11.1 Overview

Access to BDU power requires access to either side, or to both sides, depend-
ing on the items slated for repair.

Figure 9-64.  BDU Power Components, left side

1 Battery door slider latch 6 Captive thumb screw

2 Battery panel 7 Extension spring

3 Slider latch retainer 8 Battery cover plate door

4 Torsion spring 9 Battery pack

5 Door spring pivot pin

9-116 Service Manual

 BDU Power

Figure 9-65.  BDU Power Components, right side

1 Bracket screws 5 BD Power Controller PCBA

2 Retaining screws 6 Bracket

3 Bracket 7 BD Battery Backplane PCBA

4 BD Power Distribution PCBA 8 Pan-head Phillips screw

9.11.2 Battery Pack

To remove a battery pack

1. Ensure the battery panel door slider latch is unlocked. If it is locked, loosen the
thumb screw to release it.

2. Press the slider latch to the left, flipping open the battery panel door and partially
ejecting the battery pack.

3. Withdraw the battery pack while grasping top and bottom.

 Note:
The battery pack is long and heavy, so plan on using both hands to support the
battery pack after withdrawing it from the ventilator.

Service Manual 9-117

Repair

Figure 9-66.  Battery Pack

To replace a battery pack

1. Ensure the battery panel door slider latch is unlocked.

2. Press the battery pack inward through the battery panel door until it locks in place.

9.11.3 BDU Battery Door Panel Assembly

To remove the BDU battery door panel assembly

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the top two (2) screws from the battery panel door assembly.

9-118 Service Manual

 BDU Power

Figure 9-67.  Battery Door Panel Screw Locations

3. Slide right while lifting upward to release the assembly from the left retaining
groove and base slots in the chassis.

To replace the battery door panel assembly

1. Slide the battery door panel assembly down and to the left into the retaining
groove and base slots of the chassis.

Service Manual 9-119

Repair

Figure 9-68.  Battery Door Panel Alignment

2. Tighten the top two (2) screws down into the battery panel door assembly.

3. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

To remove the BDU battery door panel components

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU battery door panel assembly. Reference To remove the BDU
battery door panel assembly, p. 9-118.

3. Place the battery door panel assembly on its face.

4. Follow the listed steps for replacing the battery cover slider latch.

a. Remove the two (2) screws from the battery cover slider latch retainer, while
retaining the slider latch on the opposite.
b. Lift off the battery cover slider latch retainer.
c. Detach the extension spring from the battery cover slider latch.
d. Remove the battery cover slider latch.
e. Replace the battery cover slider latch.
f. Attach the extension spring from the battery cover slider latch.
g. Place the battery cover slider latch retainer.

9-120 Service Manual

 BDU Power

h. Replace the two (2) screws from the battery cover slider latch retainer, while
retaining the slider latch on the opposite.
5. Follow the listed steps for replacing the captive thumb screw.

a. Remove the retaining ring by pushing the ring off the thumb screw.
b. Replace the thumb screw, pressing it through the battery cover plate door.
c. Replace the retaining ring by pushing the ring onto the thumb screw.
To replace battery door panel components
1. Slide the battery door panel assembly against the front panel while ensuring com-
plete alignment of edges.

2. Tighten the top two (2) screws down into the battery panel door assembly.

3. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

9.11.4 Power PCBAs

Figure 9-69.  Power PCBAs

1 Phillips screws (5) 4 Power Distribution PCBA 7 Battery Backplane PCBA

2 Phillips screws (4) 5 BD Power Controller PCBA 8 Phillips screws (2)

3 BDU Power Distribution bracket 6 Battery Backplane bracket 9 Phillips screws (2)

To remove the BD Power Controller and BD Power Distribution PCBAs/

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

Service Manual 9-121

Repair

3. Remove the BDU power controller assembly. Reference To remove the BDU power
module assembly, p. 9-124.

4. Loosen the four (4) screws retaining the BD Power Controller and BD Power Dis-
tribution PCBAs.

5. Label and remove all seven (7) cable connections to the BD Power Controller and
BD Power Distribution PCBAs.

1 BD Power Distribution to BD Power Supply 4 BD Power Distribution to Secondary Alarm

2 BD Power Distribution to Battery Backplane 5 BD Power Controller to Power Switch

3 BD Power Distribution to Battery Backplane 6 BD Power Controller to Battery Backplane

7 BD Power Controller to Battery Backplane

6. Place on a static-resistive mat.

7. To remove just the BD Power Controller PCBA, loosen the five (5) screws from
their standoffs.

8. To remove just the BD Power Distribution PCBA, first remove the Power Controller
PCBA.

9. Remove the five (5) screws retaining the BD Power Distribution PCBA.

To replace the BD Power Controller and BD Power Distribution PCBAs

1. To replace just the BD Power Controller PCBA, tighten the five (5) Phillips-head
screws from their standoffs.

2. Align the bracket to the BD Power Distribution PCBA standoffs, if removed.

3. Tighten the five (5) screws retaining the BD Power Distribution PCBA, if removed.

4. To replace the BD Power Distribution PCBA.

5. Reconnect all seven (7) cable connections to the BD Power Controller and Power
Distribution PCBAs.

6. Tighten the four (4) screws retaining the BD Power Controller and Power Distribu-
tion PCBAs.

7. Tuck cables back in position.

8. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

9-122 Service Manual

 BDU Power

To remove the Battery Backplane PCBA

1. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Remove the BD Power Controller and BD Power Distribution PCBAs. Reference

Power PCBAs, p. 9-121.

3. Disconnect the remaining cables.

a. Power Distribution/Battery Backplane BD Cable

b. Battery Backplane Cable

4. Loosen the top two (2) screws retaining the Battery Backplane.

5. Lift out of its slot in the BDU base plate.

To replace the Battery Backplane PCBA

1. Align the Battery Backplane PCBA to its slot so it is flush with the BDU base plate.

2. Slide the Battery Backplane PCBA into place.

3. Reconnect the appropriate cables.

4. Tighten the top two (2) screws retaining the Battery Backplane.

5. Replace the BD Power Controller and BD Power Distribution PCBAs. Reference

Power PCBAs, p. 9-121.

6. Tuck all cables back in position.

7. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

Service Manual 9-123

Repair

9.11.5 Power Module Assembly

Figure 9-70.  Power Module Assembly

1 BDU power supply 4 AC power module assembly

2 Power supply mounting plate 5 Screws

3 Cable protection bracket 6 AC module cable protection bracket

To remove and replace the power cord

1. Remove the two screws from the AC module cable protection bracket.

2. Remove the power cord.

3. Replace the power cord.

4. Tighten the two screws to secure the AC module cable protection bracket.

To remove the BDU power module assembly

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. From the right side of the ventilator, remove the two (2) screws from the chassis
wall near the power inlet.

9-124 Service Manual

 BDU Power

5. From the rear of the ventilator, remove the screw from the rear spine of the BDU
chassis at the top of the power module assembly.

6. Disconnect the compressor power cable and BDU Power Supply and AC Module
cable from the power module.

To replace the BDU power module assembly

1. Align the entire power module assembly to the chassis.

2. Reconnect the compressor power cable and BDU Power Supply and AC Module
cable to the power module.

3. Slide the cables into position between the assembly and the BDU chassis.

4. Loosely tighten all three (3) screws to align the power module assembly; two (2)
through the chassis wall on the left side of the ventilator. and one (1) on the rear
spine of the ventilator.

5. Tighten down all screws.

6. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

7. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

8. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

BDU power supply

To remove the power supply mounting plate

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the BDU power controller assembly. Reference To remove the BDU power
module assembly, p. 9-124.

5. Remove the two (2)screws from the cable protection bracket.

6. Remove the four (4) screws from the power supply mounting plate backplane.

7. Disconnect the cable connecting the power supply to the AC power inlet assem-
bly.

Service Manual 9-125

Repair

8. Remove the four (4) screws connecting the power supply mounting plate to the
AC power inlet assembly.

To replace the power supply mounting plate

1. Tighten the four (4) screws connecting the power supply mounting plate to the
AC power inlet assembly.

2. Reconnect the cable connecting the power supply to the AC power inlet assembly.

3. Tighten the four (4) screws of the power supply mounting plate backplane.

4. Tighten the two (2) screws of the cable protection bracket.

5. Replace the BDU power controller assembly. Reference To replace the BDU power
module assembly, p. 9-125.

6. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

7. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

8. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

To remove the power supply

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the BDU power supply assembly. Reference To remove the BDU power
module assembly, p. 9-124.

5. Disconnect the BDU power cables.

6. Remove the four (4) screws to the power supply bracket.

To replace the power supply

1. Reconnect the BDU power cables.

2. Tighten the four (4) screws on the power supply bracket.

3. Replace the BDU power supply assembly. Reference To replace the BDU power
module assembly, p. 9-125.

4. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

9-126 Service Manual

 BDU Power

5. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

6. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

AC power module

To remove the AC Power Module

1. Remove the BDU right panel. Reference To remove the BDU right panel, p. 9-14.

2. Remove the BDU left panel. Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

3. Remove the BDU rear panel. Reference To remove the BDU rear panel, p. 9-16.

4. Remove the power supply assembly. Reference To remove the BDU power module
assembly, p. 9-124.

5. Remove the AC/DC power supply module.

6. Loosen the two (2) screws retaining the AC module cable protection bracket.

7. Remove the AC module cable protection bracket.

8. Remove the four (4) screws holding the AC power module to the BD power supply
and the power supply mounting plate.

9. Disconnect the power supply harness guard and compressor power cable.

10. Remove the four (4) screws that attach the AC power module to the power supply
bracket.

To replace the AC Power Module

1. Align the AC power module to the power supply bracket.

 Note:
The power supply bracket extends towards the back beyond the AC power
module by design. The hole for the harness connector centers the power supply
bracket to the AC power module.

2. Press AC power module to the BD power supply connector.

3. Tighten the four (4) screws securing the AC power module.

4. Replace the AC module cable protection bracket.

Service Manual 9-127

Repair

5. Tighten the two (2) screws retaining the AC module cable protection bracket.

6. Connect the power supply harness.

7. If removed, align the power supply harness guard to the outside of the BD power
controller assembly.

8. If removed, replace the two (2) screws of the power supply harness guard, tight-
ening.

9. Properly orient with the BDU power controller assembly facing the inner wall of
the chassis.

10. Tighten the four (4) screws to secure the BDU power controller assembly.

11. Replace the BDU power supply assembly. Reference To replace the BDU power
module assembly, p. 9-125.

12. Replace the BDU rear panel. Reference To replace the BDU rear panel, p. 9-17.

13. Replace the BDU left panel. Reference To replace the BDU left panel, p. 9-16.

14. Replace the BDU right panel. Reference To replace the BDU right panel, p. 9-15.

9.12 Graphic User Interface (GUI)

 WARNING:
The monitoring screen contains toxic chemicals. Do not touch a broken
monitoring screen. Physical contact with a broken monitoring screen can
result in transmission or ingestion of toxic substances.

Follow all general repair guidelines when repairing any portion of the ventila-
tor. Reference General Repair Guidelines, p. 9-6, and the applicable specific
repair guidelines. Use the following content list to locate the proper area
within this section.

 Note:
For an interactive, 3D model of the Graphic User Interface (GUI), select it from the
Service Manual CD.

9-128 Service Manual

 Graphic User Interface (GUI)

9.12.1 Overview Reference p. 9-129

9.12.2 GUI Touchscreen Components Reference p. 9-131

9.12.3 GUI Rear Housing Components Reference p. 9-143

9.12.1 Overview

This section addresses removal and replacement of various major Graphical

User Interface (GUI) sub-assemblies.

Figure 9-71.  GUI Separation: Touchscreen and Rear Housing

To remove the GUI assembly from the top cap

1. Remove the BDU left panel.Reference To remove the BDU left panel with fan
assembly, p. 9-15.

2. Loosen the GUI cable.

3. Pull outward to disconnect the GUI cable from the (J14) connector on the Main
PCBA backplane.

4. Firmly grasp GUI post beneath the touchscreen.

5. Press blue release latch at the base of the GUI post.

Service Manual 9-129

Repair

Figure 9-72.  Blue Release Latch

6. Lift the GUI post out its base in the top cap.

7. Support the GUI assembly.

8. Route the GUI cable up through ventilator top cap.

9. Place the GUI assembly face down on a pad taller than the button and placed on
a cleared static-resistive mat.

To replace the GUI assembly on the top cap

1. Grasp the GUI assembly.

2. Position the GUI above the post hole in the top cap.

3. Route the GUI cable down through the top cap until the GUI cable connector runs
straight outside the chassis.

4. Lower the GUI assembly into the post hole in the top cap, keeping hands and
fingers clear.

5. Rotate the GUI assembly on the top cap until the blue release latch engages.

6. Connect the GUI cable to the (J14) connector on the Main Backplane in the BDU
card cage.

9-130 Service Manual

 Graphic User Interface (GUI)

9.12.2 GUI Touchscreen Components

Figure 9-73.  GUI PCBAs

1 Touchscreen Controller PCBA

2 User Interface PCBA

3 Encoder PCBA (located under GUI back chassis)

4 Backlight Inverter PCBA

Service Manual 9-131

Repair

Figure 9-74.  GUI Cabling Connections

P1 Backlight Inverter PCBA to J1 Touchscreen flex cable to

User Interface PCBA Touchscreen Controller PCBA

P2 Alarm LED PCBA to J2 Touchscreen to

User Interface PCBA User Interface PCBA

P3 Touchscreen Controller PCBA to J3 Alarm Speaker to

User Interface PCBA User Interface PCBA

P8 Microphone to J5 Button sensor flex cable to

User Interface PCBA User Interface PCBA

J6 Encoder PCBA to
User Interface PCBA

Pink LCD cables; Touchscreen to J9 Alarm LED PCBA to

Backlight Inverter PCBA User Interface PCBA

Blue LCD cables; Touchscreen to JP1 Touchscreen Controller PCBA to

Backlight Inverter PCBA User Interface PCBA

To remove the GUI touchscreen assembly

1. Remove the GUI assembly. Reference To remove the GUI assembly from the top
cap, p. 9-129.

2. Remove the GUI rear housing. Reference To disassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-144.

3. Disconnect the remaining six (6) cable connections still attached to the User Inter-
face PCBA.

4. Remove the blue and pink cables from either end of the Backlight Inverter PCBA.

9-132 Service Manual

 Graphic User Interface (GUI)

5. Clip all wire ties securing cables to the GUI back chassis.

6. Remove the four (4) screws securing the GUI back chassis to the touchscreen.

7. Remove the ground strap screw from the GUI back chassis, retaining the washer
underneath the ground lug.

8. Disconnect all cables listed for the touchscreen controller PCBA.

a. Disconnect connector (J1) on touch screen controller PCBA.

b. Disconnect the backlight connectors, and (J5) on UI PCBA.
c. Disconnect encoder cable from encoder PCBA.
To replace the GUI touchscreen assembly
1. Insert the seven cables from the touchscreen through the shield.

2. Lower GUI back chassis onto the touchscreen assembly.

3. Reconnect all cables.

4. Adhere black foam tape to the top of the flex-cable to match tape already on the
GUI back chassis.

5. Tighten the four (4) screws on the corners of the GUI back chassis.

6. Reconnect the seven cables to the touchscreen through the GUI back chassis.

User Interface PCBA

To remove the User Interface (UI) PCBA

1. Remove the GUI rear housing. Reference To disassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-144.

2. Disconnect the following cables from the UI PCBA.

10-pin Backlight Inverter cable from the (P1) con- 4-pin cable from the (J3) connector (already dis-
nector connected during separation)

5-pin touchscreen controller cable from the (P3) 8-pin encoder cable from the (J6) connector
connector

40-pin touchscreen cable from the (J2) connector Touchscreen flex-cable from the (J5) ZIF connector

D-shell cable from the (J9) connector (already dis- 2-pin microphone cable from the (P8) connector
connected during separation)

Service Manual 9-133

Repair

3. Remove the six (6) screws from the UI PCBA.

To replace the User Interface (UI) PCBA

1. Align the UI PCBA to its standoffs.

2. Tighten the six (6) screws.

3. Reconnect the following cables to the UI PCBA.

Figure 9-75.  User Interface (UI) PCBA Connections

P1 Inverter cable J6 Encoder to UI cable

P8 Microphone cable J5 Button Sensor Flex cable

P3 Touchscreen Controller to UI Cable J2 LCD to UI cable

4. Replace the GUI rear housing. Reference To reassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-145.

5. Replace the GUI assembly. Reference To replace the GUI assembly on the top cap,
p. 9-130.

Backlight Inverter PCBA

To remove the Backlight Inverter PCBA

1. Remove the GUI rear housing. Reference To disassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-144.

2. Remove the two (2) screws securing the black insulator.

9-134 Service Manual

 Graphic User Interface (GUI)

3. Remove the two (2) nylon screws securing the Backlight Inverter PCBA to the GUI
back chassis.

4. Remove the nylon spacers between the Backlight Inverter PCBA and GUI back
chassis.

5. Lift off the Backlight Inverter PCBA.

Figure 9-76.  Removal of Backlight Inverter PCBA

To replace the Backlight Inverter PCBA

1. Place the nylon spacers between the Backlight Inverter PCBA and GUI back chassis.

2. Align the Backlight Inverter PCBA to the holes.

3. Tighten the two (2) nylon screws.

4. Reconnect the underside gray and blue cables at either end of the PCBA, then the
topside gray and pink cables at either end of the PCBA.

5. Reconnect the UI interface cable to the Backlight Inverter PCBA.

6. Tighten the two (2) screws securing the black insulator.

7. Replace the GUI rear housing. Reference To reassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-145.

Service Manual 9-135

Repair

Touchscreen Controller PCBA

Figure 9-77.  Touchscreen Controller PCBA Removal

1 Screws 5 Touchscreen controller plate

2 Spacers 6 Controller to UI Cable Shield and Screws

3 Touchscreen controller PCBA 7 Touchscreen Controller Cable

4 Adhesive insulator 8 Insulator shield

To remove the Touchscreen Controller PCBA

1. Remove the GUI rear housing. Reference To disassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-144.

2. Remove the screw securing the Controller to UI Cable Shield to the GUI back chassis.

3. Remove the two (2) screws retaining the Controller to UI Cable Shield.

 Caution:
Carefully lift up the right side of connector to release the touchscreen
display flex cable.

4. Disconnect the touchscreen display flex cable from the (J1) connector and the
related adhesive foam strips.

5. Remove the two (2) screws securing the Touchscreen Controller PCBA to the GUI
back chassis.

6. Remove four (4) screws to open the GUI back chassis.

9-136 Service Manual

 Graphic User Interface (GUI)

Figure 9-78.  Opening the GUI Back Chassis

7. Disconnect the touchscreen controller to UI cable from the (JP1) connector.

8. Remove the four (4) nylon screws.

9. Carefully remove the nylon spacers between PCBA and the touchscreen controller
plate.

10. Lift off the Touchscreen Controller PCBA.

To replace the Touchscreen Controller PCBA

1. Replace the nylon spacers between the PCBA and the platform.

2. Align the Touchscreen Controller PCBA to the holes.

3. Gently tighten the four (4) nylon screws.

4. Reconnect the touchscreen controller to UI cable to the (JP1) connector.

5. Tighten the four (4) screws to secure the GUI back chassis to the touchscreen.

6. Loosely replace the two (2) screws securing the Touchscreen Controller PCBA to
the GUI back chassis.

Service Manual 9-137

Repair

7. Fully seat the touchscreen display flex cable in the (J1) connector, locking the flex
connector down onto the flex cable.

8. Allow the touchscreen flex cable to properly align itself.

9. Completely tighten the two (2) screws securing the Touchscreen Controller PCBA
to the GUI back chassis.

10. Replace the adhesive pads.

11. Replace the Controller to UI Cable Shield over the Touchscreen Controller PCBA.

12. Tighten the screw securing the Controller to UI Cable Shield to the GUI back chassis.

13. Replace the GUI rear housing. Reference To reassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-145.

Encoder PCBA

To remove the Encoder PCBA

1. Remove the GUI rear housing. Reference To disassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-144.

2. Follow all the directions for removing the touchscreen assembly. Reference To
remove the GUI touchscreen assembly, p. 9-132.

3. Remove four (4) screws to open the GUI back chassis without removing the touch-
screen flex cable connection.

9-138 Service Manual

 Graphic User Interface (GUI)

Figure 9-79.  Opening the GUI Back Chassis

4. Remove the encoder cable, setting it aside.

5. Close the GUI back chassis without pinching any of the wires.

6. Rotate the touchscreen on its back while keeping the GUI back chassis and the
touchscreen together.

7. Release the setscrew on the knob, turning only one (1) or two (2) turns, since this
is a short set screw.

Service Manual 9-139

Repair

Figure 9-80.  Setscrew and Knob Components

1 GUI knob 3 Dust shield adhesive pad

2 GUI knob dust shield 4 Setscrew

8. Remove the rotary knob by rocking it back and forth. Do not exert too much pres-
sure.

9. Lift off the dust cover.

10. Remove the dust shield adhesive pad.

11. Clean all adhesive residue from the touchscreen and allow the touchscreen time to dry.

12. Remove the encoder nut.

13. Rotate the touchscreen on its face again while keeping the GUI back chassis and
the touchscreen together.

14. Lift the GUI back chassis, resting on an adjacent surface.

15. Remove the encoder PCBA.

To replace the Encoder PCBA

1. Pass the encoder PCBA through the touchscreen assembly.

2. Align so the notch rests on the location pin between the two (2) closest standoffs.

9-140 Service Manual

 Graphic User Interface (GUI)

Figure 9-81.  Notch Location Over Standoff

1 Encoder PCBA 3 Retaining bar

2 Chassis location pin 4 GUI encoder cable

3. Tighten the encoder nut onto the encoder prong.

4. Close the GUI back chassis without pinching any of the wires.

5. Reconnect the encoder cable to the (P1) connector.

6. Reconnect the seven cables to the touchscreen through the GUI back chassis.

10-pin Backlight Inverter cable from (P1) 4-pin cable from (J3)
(disconnected during separation)

5-pin touchscreen controller cable from (P3) 8-pin encoder cable from (J6)

40-pin touchscreen cable from (J2) Touchscreen flex-cable from (J5) ZIF

D-shell cable from (J9) 2-pin microphone cable from (P8)

(disconnected during separation)

7. Tighten the four (4) screws on the corners of the GUI back chassis.

8. Tighten the five (5) screws around the edges of the GUI back chassis.

9. Adhere black foam tape to the top of the flex-cable to match tape already on the
GUI back chassis.

10. Rotate the touchscreen on its back while keeping the GUI back chassis and the
touchscreen together.

11. Tighten the encoder nut.

12. Dry the touchscreen surface surrounding the encoder nut, ensuring it is free of oil
and dirt.

Service Manual 9-141

Repair

13. Place a new dust shield adhesive pad over the encoder nut, exposed adhesive side
down.

14. Press downward to ensure complete contact with the touchscreen.

15. Peel back the protective cover to expose the top adhesive layer.

16. Align the dust cover directly over the encoder nut and adhesive.

17. Press downward to ensure complete contact with the adhesive.

18. Align the rotary knob so the setscrew contacts the flat surface of the shaft.

19. Press the rotary knob down onto the shaft.

20. Tighten the rotary knob setscrew to secure in place. Do not over-tighten.

21. Replace the GUI rear housing. Reference To reassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-145.

22. Replace the GUI assembly. Reference To replace the GUI assembly on the top cap,
p. 9-130.

GUI Microphone Assembly

To remove the microphone assembly

1. Disassemble the GUI assembly chassis.Reference To remove the GUI assembly
from the top cap, p. 9-129.

2. Remove all six (6) connectors.

3. Remove the GUI back chassis.

4. Route the microphone cable down through the inner grommet.

9-142 Service Manual

 Graphic User Interface (GUI)

Figure 9-82.  Microphone and Cable Routing

1 Screws, bracket 3 Washer

2 Microphone 4 Grommet

5. Rotate the GUI back chassis onto its face.

6. Remove the black foam tape from the underside of the housing.

7. Extract the microphone from the outer grommet.

To replace the microphone assembly

1. Remove the protective cover from the microphone assembly.

2. Route the microphone cable through the outer grommet.

3. Gently draw the microphone head through to the top of the outer grommet.

4. Route the microphone cable through the inner grommet.

5. Rotate the GUI back chassis onto its face.

6. Place a strip of black foam tape over the microphone wire between the grommets.

9.12.3 GUI Rear Housing Components

The following section includes the listed components.

1. Reference p. 9-150 for GUI Post.

Service Manual 9-143

Repair

a. Reference p. 9-150 for GUI Hinge Assembly.

b. Reference p. 9-151 for Graphical User Interface (GUI) to BDU Cable.

2. See the following references for GUI audio.

a. Reference p. 9-149 for Speaker.

b. Reference p. 9-142 for GUI Microphone Assembly.

Figure 9-83.  Rear Housing Components

1 GUI rear housing 4 LCD to UI GUI cable assembly

2 360 omni-directional alarm assembly 5 GUI hinge assembly

3 Front GUI post 6 Rear GUI post

To disassemble the GUI assembly rear housing

1. Remove the GUI assembly. Reference To remove the GUI assembly from the top
cap, p. 9-129

2. Remove the three (3) shorter upper screws and four (4) longer lower screws on
the rear of the GUI housing.

3. Separate the touch screen assembly from the rear GUI housing using a suitable
tool to gently push against the front panel through lower screw hole.

4. Lift and support the lower rear GUI housing.

9-144 Service Manual

 Graphic User Interface (GUI)

5. Disconnect the following cables from the UI PCBA, removing any tie wraps used
to secure cables to the housing.

a. (J3) connector on the UI PCBA from the speaker cable

b. (J9) connector on the UI PCBA from the GUI cable
c. (P2) connector on the Alarm LED PCBA from the Alarm LED cable
6. Place the GUI rear housing on a static-resistive mat.

7. Place the touchscreen on a raised surface, keeping the knob free from pressure.

To reassemble the GUI assembly rear housing

1. Install the 360 omni-directional alarm assembly, if removed. Reference To replace
the Alarm Assembly, p. 9-148.

2. Install the speaker, if removed. Reference To remove the speaker, p. 9-149.

3. Reinstall the GUI guide post, the GUI cable, and the GUI hinge assembly.

4. Position the GUI assembly at an angle.

5. Lower the rear housing to reconnect the two-wire alarm cable, the GUI cable, and
the speaker cable to the UI PCBA.

6. Reconnect the following cables to the UI PCBA, replacing any tie wraps used to
secure cables to the housing.

a. (J3) connector on the UI PCBA to the speaker cable

b. (J9) connector on the UI PCBA to the GUI cable
c. (P2) connector on the Alarm LED PCBA to the Alarm LED cable
7. Secure the GUI cable to the inner shield using three (3) cable ties.

Service Manual 9-145

Repair

Figure 9-84.  GUI Cable Ties

8. Reinstall the touchscreen assembly into the front chassis housing.

 Note:
Ensure the touchscreen gasket is fully inserted into the channel of the alarm status
display assembly.

Figure 9-85.  Touchscreen Gasket Replacement

a. Holding the entire assembly together, turn onto rear housing, lift bottom
portion of touchscreen assembly.
b. Ensure gasket remains in place, and working from the top, push the touch
screen into rear housing.

9-146 Service Manual

 Graphic User Interface (GUI)

9. Holding the entire assembly together, rotate onto the static-resistive mat.

10. Replace the three (3) upper screws and lightly tighten.

11. Replace the four (4) lower screws and lightly tighten.

12. Tighten all screws on the GUI assembly.

360 Omni-directional Alarm (Alarm) Assembly

To remove and separate the Alarm Assembly

1. Remove the GUI assembly. Reference To remove the GUI assembly from the top
cap, p. 9-129.

2. Disassemble the GUI chassis. Reference To disassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-144.

3. Set aside the front GUI assembly.

4. Disconnect the 12-pin straight cable from the (P1) connector.

5. Remove the outermost two (2) screws from the alarm assembly.

Figure 9-86.  Separation of Alarm Assembly from Rear Housing

6. After removing from the rear housing, remove the two (2) remaining screws from
the alarm assembly.

Service Manual 9-147

Repair

Figure 9-87.  Exploded view of the alarm assembly

1 360-degree alarm lens 3 360-degree alarm reflector

2 360-degree alarm gasket 4 Alarm LED PCBA and 360-degree alarm insulator

7. Set aside on a static-resistive mat.

To replace the Alarm Assembly

1. Align the 360-degree alarm gasket to the edge of the rear housing.

 Note:
When reinstalling, ensure the 360-degree alarm gasket remains in the gasket
retaining groove.

2. Assemble the components of the alarm assembly: the alarm lens, reflector, insu-
lator and Alarm LED PCBA.

3. Center the alarm assembly to the cutout in the rear housing.

4. Tighten the two (2) upper screws.

5. Tighten the two (2) lower screws to secure the alarm assembly.

6. Replace the GUI rear housing. Reference To reassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-145.

9-148 Service Manual

 Graphic User Interface (GUI)

 Note:
Ensure the touchscreen gasket is cleanly inserted into the channel of the alarm
status display assembly.

7. Replace the GUI assembly. Reference To replace the GUI assembly on the top cap,
p. 9-130.

Speaker

To remove the speaker

1. Disassemble the GUI assembly chassis.Reference To remove the GUI assembly
from the top cap, p. 9-129

2. Remove both screws holding the speaker brackets in place.

3. Retain the left bracket’s grommet. This grommet protects the speaker cable when
it passes under the bracket.

Figure 9-88.  Speaker, Brackets, and Gasket

1 Speaker brackets 3 Speaker gasket

2 Speaker

4. Remove the speaker and gasket.

To replace the speaker

1. Reattach the protective grommet onto the left bracket, if removed.

2. Align the speaker wire harness to the left.

Service Manual 9-149

Repair

3. Set the speaker and gasket face down inside the top and bottom alignment chan-
nels.

4. Route the speaker cable to the left and place left bracket with its protective
grommet over the cable and against the outside of the speaker.

5. Tighten the left screw, ensuring cable remains free.

6. Set the right bracket on the outside of the speaker.

7. Tighten the right screw.

GUI Post

GUI Hinge Assembly

To remove the GUI hinge assembly

1. Remove the GUI assembly from the top cap. Reference To remove the GUI assem-
bly from the top cap, p. 9-129.

2. Disassemble the GUI chassis. Reference To disassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-144.

3. Set aside the front GUI assembly.

4. Remove the two (2) screws that secure the ground straps to the GUI post and
hinge assembly.

5. Remove the four (4) screws from the hinge assembly.

 Note:
The position of the hinge assembly is critical to the proper removal and re-
installation of the GUI post and GUI cable.

6. Remove the hinge assembly from the GUI post containing the GUI cable.

To replace the GUI hinge assembly

1. Route cable through rear GUI chassis.

2. Ensure the GUI post is firmly against the upper wall of the opening in the rear
housing.

3. Insert hinge assembly and rotate into position.

9-150 Service Manual

 Graphic User Interface (GUI)

4. Ensure the GUI cable routes neatly over the hinge assembly.

5. Slide the hinge assembly inward along the slots in the hinge assembly.

 Note:
The position of the hinge assembly is critical to the proper removal and re-
installation of the GUI post and GUI cable.

6. Replace the two (2) ground straps on top of the top standouts of the hinge assem-
bly.

7. Tighten the four (4) screws to hold the ground straps and hinge assembly in place.

8. Align the GUI post containing the GUI cable to the hinge assembly.

9. Tighten the two (2) screws on other end of the ground strap onto the GUI post
and hinge assembly.

10. Reassemble the GUI rear housing. Reference To reassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-145.

11. Replace the GUI assembly. Reference To replace the GUI assembly on the top cap,
p. 9-130.

Graphical User Interface (GUI) to BDU Cable

To remove the Graphical User Interface (GUI) to BDU cable

1. Remove the GUI assembly. Reference To remove the GUI assembly from the top
cap, p. 9-129.

2. Remove the GUI rear housing. Reference To disassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-144.

3. Remove the GUI post.

4. Separate the front and rear GUI post halves.

Service Manual 9-151

Repair

Figure 9-89.  GUI Post Housings

5. Remove the GUI cable.

To replace the User Interface (GUI) cable

1. Place the GUI cable into the front housing of the GUI post.

2. Tighten the four (4) screws.

3. Insert the GUI post assembly through the opening in the rear housing.

4. Ensure the GUI cable folds neatly over the hinge assembly.

5. Secure the GUI post to the hinge assembly using the two (2) screws.

 Note:
The position of the hinge assembly is critical to the proper removal and re-
installation of the GUI post and GUI cable.

6. Replace the GUI rear housing. Reference To reassemble the GUI assembly rear
housing, p. 9-145.

7. Replace the GUI assembly. Reference To replace the GUI assembly on the top cap,
p. 9-130.

9-152 Service Manual

 Base

9.13 Base
Follow all general repair guidelines when repairing any portion of the ventila-
tor. Reference General Repair Guidelines, p. 9-6, and the applicable specific
repair guidelines. Use the following content list to locate the proper area
within this section.

 Note:
For an interactive, 3D model of the Base, select it from the Service Manual CD.

9.13.1 Overview Reference p. 9-153

9.13.2 Base Reference p. 9-153

9.13.3 Universal Base Plate Reference p. 9-155

9.13.4 Base Front Cover Reference p. 9-156

9.13.5 Base Bottom Cover Assembly Reference p. 9-156

9.13.6 Caster Base Reference p. 9-157

9.13.1 Overview

This section addresses removal and replacement of base parts.

9.13.2 Base

To separate the base from the BDU

1. Lock the ventilator casters.

2. Remove the BDU assembly to separate the base from the BDU. Reference To lift
the BDU assembly off the base, p. 9-12.

To replace the BDU on the base

1. Replace the BDU assembly to separate the base from the BDU. Reference To
replace the BDU Assembly on the base, p. 9-14.

2. Unlock the ventilator casters.

Service Manual 9-153

Repair

9.13.3 Universal Base Plate

Figure 9-90.  Universal Base Plate

1 Screws 5 Universal base wear strip

2 Shoulder washers 6 Ball nose spring plunger

3 Flat washers 7 Universal base plate

4 Universal slide plate

To remove the universal base plate

1. Separate the base from the BDU. Reference To separate the base from the BDU, p. 9-153.

2. Remove the universal base slide plate. Reference Universal Base Slide Plate and
Wear Strip, p. 9-155.

3. Remove the four (4) screws and washers retaining the universal base slide plate to
the caster base.

4. Retain the foam directly below the universal base plate.

5. Retain the inlet filter, located against the metal back stop inside the base.

To replace the universal base slide plate

1. Replace the foam directly below the universal base plate in precisely the same
order and same configuration.

9-154 Service Manual

 Base

2. Tighten the four (4) screws and washers retaining the universal base slide plate to
the base.

3. Replace the universal base slide plate. Reference To remove the universal base
plate, p. 9-154.

4. Replace the BDU on the base. Reference To replace the BDU on the base, p. 9-153.

Universal Base Slide Plate and Wear Strip

To remove the universal base slide plate and wear strip

1. Separate the base from the BDU. Reference To separate the base from the BDU, p. 9-153.

2. Remove the four (4) screws and washers retaining the universal base slide plate
and wear strip to the base.

 Note:
Retain all washers and spacers located on each screw with that screw to ensure
proper sequence.

3. Remove the universal base slide plate and wear strip.

To replace the universal base slide plate and wear strip

1. Replace the universal base wear strip, aligning with the cutaway in the universal
base slide plate.

2. Replace the universal base slide plate, also aligning with the cutaway.

3. Hand-secure all washers and standoffs located on each screw in the proper
sequence on each screw.

4. Tighten the four (4) screws retaining the universal base slide plate to the base.

5. Replace the BDU on the base. Reference To replace the BDU on the base, p. 9-153.

6. Unlock the casters.

Ball nose spring plunger

To remove and replace the ball nose spring plunger

1. Separate the base from the BDU. Reference To separate the base from the BDU,
p. 9-153.

Service Manual 9-155

Repair

2. Remove the universal base slide plate. Reference To remove the universal base
plate, p. 9-154.

3. Retain the foam directly below the universal base.

4. Retain the inlet filter, located against the metal back stop inside the universal base.

5. Remove the ball nose spring plunger located in the center of the universal base
plate assembly.

6. Replace the ball nose spring plunger.

7. Replace the inlet filter, located against the metal back stop inside the universal base.

8. Replace the foam directly below the universal base.

9. Replace the universal base slide plate. Reference To replace the universal base slide
plate, p. 9-154.

10. Replace the BDU on the base. Reference To replace the BDU on the base, p. 9-153.

9.13.4 Base Front Cover

To remove and replace the base front cover

1. Separate the base from the BDU. Reference To separate the base from the BDU, p. 9-153.

2. Remove the universal base slide plate. Reference To remove the universal base
plate, p. 9-154.

3. Remove the two (2) screws retaining the base front cover of the base.

4. Slide the base front cover back into place on the universal base assembly.

5. Tighten the two (2) screws retaining the base front cover of the base.

6. Replace the universal base slide plate. Reference To replace the universal base slide
plate, p. 9-154.

7. Replace the BDU on the base. Reference To replace the BDU on the base, p. 9-153.

9.13.5 Base Bottom Cover Assembly

To remove the base bottom cover assembly

1. Separate the base from the BDU. Reference To separate the base from the BDU, p. 9-153.

9-156 Service Manual

 Base

2. Rotate the base onto its side.

3. Remove all four (4) screws and washers retaining the bottom cover to the base.

4. Remove the dampening sheets and foam from the base bottom cover assembly.

To replace the base bottom cover assembly

1. Replace the dampening sheets and foam to the base bottom cover assembly.

2. Replace each washer located on each screw.

3. Tighten all four (4) screws securing the base bottom cover to the universal base
assembly.

4. Rotate the base onto its casters.

5. Replace the BDU on the base. Reference To replace the BDU on the base, p. 9-153.

9.13.6 Caster Base

To remove the caster base

1. Separate the base from the BDU. Reference To separate the base from the BDU, p. 9-153.

2. Rotate the base onto its side.

3. Remove all nine (9) screws and washers retaining the caster base to the chassis
base.

Service Manual 9-157

Repair

Figure 9-91.  Caster Base Washer and Screw Removal

To replace the caster base

1. Replace each washer located on each screw.

2. Tighten all nine (9) screws retaining the caster base assembly to the chassis base.

3. Rotate back onto its casters.

4. Replace the BDU on the base. Reference To replace the BDU on the base, p. 9-153.

9-158 Service Manual

10 Part Numbers

10.1 Overview
This chapter provides Covidien factory-trained service technicians with explod-
ed views and parts listings for the Puritan Bennett™ 980 Series Ventilator. Use
this chapter as a reference for ordering replacement parts for both the patient
system, ventilator system, and accessories.

 WARNING:
Avoid ingress of particles and filter damage when replacing any filters.

 Note:
Occasionally, part numbers change. If in doubt about a part number, contact your
local Covidien representative.

10.2 Replacement Part Ordering

Properly identify both the ventilator version and part prior to ordering parts.
Order the next higher assembly for unavailable or out of stock parts. Retain
each defective part and compare it with the replacement part for compatibility.

10.3 Patient System and Accessories

Table 10-1.  Patient System and Accessories List

Item # Description

10063031 Condensate vial

4-074613-00 Drain cap, collector vial

10043551 Filter, expiratory bacteria, carton of 12

10063033 Filter, expiratory bacteria, reusable

10- 1
Part Numbers

Table 10-1.  Patient System and Accessories List (Continued)

Item # Description

4-074600-00 Filter, inspiratory, reusable (Re/Flex)

4-074601-00 Filter, inspiratory, single-patient use (D/Flex)

4-032006-00 Flex arm assembly

G-061208-SP Patient circuit, adult (reusable)

Hoses, air and oxgen

4-074696-00 Air hose assembly; Norway, Sweden, Finland, Denmark, Greece, France

4-074712-00 Air hose assembly; Australia, New Zealand

4-074709-00 Air hose assembly; Canada

4-074706-00 Air hose assembly; Italy, Switzerland, Spain, Belarus, Kazakhstan

10001777 Air hose assembly; Japan, Israel

4-074703-00 Air hose assembly; Poland, Portugal, South Africa

4-074707-00 Air hose assembly; Switzerland

4-006541-00 Air hose assembly; United States, Latin America

4-074714-00 Air hose assembly; Germany, Luxembourg, Austria, Netherlands, Bel-

gium, Croatia, Turkey, Russia, Slovenia, Serbia, Bulgaria, Romania

4-074713-00 Air hose assembly; United Kingdom, Ireland, Switzerland, Hungary,

Slovakia, Czech

4-074697-00 Oxygen hose assembly; Norway, Sweden, Finland, Denmark, Greece,

France

4-074710-00 Oxygen hose assembly; Canada

4-074705-00 Oxygen hose assembly, Italy, Switzerland, Spain, Belarus, Kazakhstan

10001766 Oxygen hose assembly; Japan, Israel

4-074705-00 Oxygen hose assembly; Poland, Portugal, South Africa

4-074708-00 Oxygen hose assembly; Switzerland

4-001474-00 Oxygen hose assembly; United States, Latin America

4-074715-00 Oxygen hose assembly; Germany, Luxembourg, Austria, Netherlands,

Belgium, Croatia, Turkey, Russia, Slovenia, Serbia, Bulgaria, Romania

4-074698-00 Oxygen hose assembly; United Kingdom, Ireland, Switzerland, Hunga-

ry, Slovakia, Czech

For countries not identified, contact your local Covidien representative

for the proper air and oxygen hose part numbers.

10-2 Service Manual

 Supplies

Table 10-1.  Patient System and Accessories List (Continued)

Item # Description

7441-452, Patient circuit, neonatal (disposable)

Allegiance Healthcare

G-061223-00 Patient circuit, pediatric (reusable, without water trap or heated wire)

Power cords

10081056 Power cord, IEC, 10A, right-angle, hosp grade

10087151 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Australia, medical

10087160 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Brazilian

10087153 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, China

10087155 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Europe

10087156 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Israel

10087152 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Old British, India, South Africa

10087154 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Switzerland

10087159 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, UK/Ireland

10087157 Power cord, 12A, Japan

For countries not identified, contact your local Covidien representative

for the proper power cord part numbers.

4-000338-00 Wye, patient circuit

10.4 Supplies

Table 10-2.  Supplies Parts List

Item # Description

Local supplier Gloves, Latex or alternate

4-732130-00 Grease, Krytox®

4-004489-00 Leak detector fluid

10097275 Preventive Maintenance Kit, BDU 10,000 hour

10097258 Preventive Maintenance Kit, Compressor 10,000 hour

4-018149-00 Static-dissipative field service kit (includes wrist strap, static dissipative mat, and
earth (ground) cord)

Service Manual 10-3

Part Numbers

Table 10-2.  Supplies Parts List (Continued)

Item # Description

4-009523-00 Stopper, No. 1

G-061574-00 Stopper, No. 2

4-018506-00 Test circuit, gold standard (21.0 in. or 53.4 cm)

LNG800P Test lung, 1L

N-3800006 Test lung, 3L

4-075578-00 Test lung, 4L

759107 Ty wrap, 8", white

10.5 Labels

Table 10-3.  Labels List

Item # Description

10095755 980, BDU, Adult/pediatric

10079637 980, BDU, Neonatal

10079635 980,BDU, Universal Ventilator

10079163 AC Panel

10082021 Base, Compressor, Top

10079639 Base, Standard, Top

10079640 Battery Product label

10082022 BDU to base, Lock

10100977 BDU, Bottom data label

10079162 BDU, bottom, English1

10079156 Com ports 1

10079633 Covidien logo

10078214 Exhaust port, Do not block, English1

10079164 Expiratory filter release

10079632 Expiratory filter, From patient

10-4 Service Manual

 Labels

Table 10-3.  Labels List (Continued)

Item # Description

10078083 Gas Connection, English1

10079162 Gas Inlet, English1

10077894 GUI

10079155 GUI, data label, 15" touchscreen

10099802 GUI, Do Not Push

10080369 GUI, Serial number

10079154 GUI, Touchkey legend

10079165 Inspiratory filter, To patient

10078197 Vent openings, Do not obstruct - block, English1

1. For translations, contact local representative

Service Manual 10-5

Part Numbers

10.6 Ventilator System

Figure 10-1.  Primary BDU components

1 Graphical User Interface (GUI)

2 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU)

3 Base

10-6 Service Manual

 Ventilator System

10.6.1 Graphical User Interface (GUI)

Table 10-4.  GUI Parts List

Item # Description Area/Type

759107 Ty wrap, 8", white GUI

10005783 Screw, 8-32 X .375, SHCS, SS GUI

10043730 Screw, 4-20 X 3/8, SS GUI

10043842 Knob GUI

10043880 GUI post, rear GUI

10043881 GUI post, front GUI

10043925 Adhesive pad, dust shield GUI

10043931 Bracket, speaker GUI

10043932 Gasket, speaker, GUI GUI

10043943 Button overlay GUI

10043949 Gasket, GUI GUI

10043959 Cable assembly, GUI, LCD to UI GUI

10043960 Cable, backlight inverter/UI GUI

10043962 Cable, GUI, alarm LED to UI GUI

10043963 Cable, touchscreen controller GUI

10043987 Dust shield, knob, GUI GUI

10062997 Cable, encoder, GUI GUI

10077529 Washer, flat, #4, nylon GUI

10077530 Screw, 4-40 X 0.25, nylon GUI

10077549 Screw, 8-32 X .500, SHCS, SS GUI

10077551 Screw, 6-32 X .313, SHCS, nylon GUI

10077553 Spacer, nylon GUI

10080907 Grommet, 0.25 ID x .375 hole x 0.5 OD GUI

10081116 Washer, .438 OD x 0.19 ID, Viton, black GUI

10087090 Cable, GUI, ground strap GUI

10087265 Plate, controller PCBA mounting GUI

Service Manual 10-7

Part Numbers

Table 10-4.  GUI Parts List (Continued)

Item # Description Area/Type

10087266 Insulator, controller to plate GUI

10092488 Lens, 360 degree alarm GUI

10092489 Gasket, 360 degree alarm GUI

10092491 Reflector, 360 degree alarm GUI

10092492 Insulator, 360 degree alarm GUI

10093957 Screw, M4X16, SHCS, 18-8 SS GUI

10093958 Shield, inverter GUI

10093959 Insulator, shield GUI

10093979 Shield, controller to UI cable GUI

10096121 980, housing, rear, GUI GUI

10096122 980, cable, GUI to BDU GUI

10096124 980, assembly, touchscreen/LCD GUI

10096125 980, PCBA, touchscreen controller GUI

10096126 980, PCBA, backlight inverter GUI

10096127 980, PCBA, user interface GUI

10096128 980, PCBA, alarm LED GUI

10096129 980, PCBA, encoder GUI

10096131 980, speaker GUI

10096132 980, assembly, hinge, GUI GUI

10096133 980, microphone GUI

10103865 Kit, foam, 1/8" EPDM, black GUI

10103883 Mount, Microphone, Lower GUI

10103884 Mount, Microphone, Middle GUI

10103885 Mount, Microphone, Upper GUI

4-075234-00 Screw, 4-40 X 0.312 GUI

4-076658-00 Screw, 6-32 X 1/4 PH GUI

4-076722-00 Grommet, edge GUI

G-060978-00 Screw, M4X8 GUI

10-8 Service Manual

 Ventilator System

10.6.2 Breath Delivery Unit (BDU) Chassis Assembly

Table 10-5.  BDU Parts List

Item # Description Area/Type

4-023138-SP Assembly, Piezo alarm BDU top cap

4-071936-00 O-ring, -014, Viton, natural BDU

4-071923-00 O-ring, -016, Viton, natural BDU

4-076579-00 O-ring, -018, Viton, natural BDU

4-072433-00 O-ring, -019, Viton, natural BDU

4-075514-00 Tubing, braided, silicone, 3/8" ID BDU

312069 Screw, 6-32 X 3/8 BDU top cap

861203 Washer, plain, #6, SS BDU top cap

10003866 Latch, BDU universal base BDU

10003870 Spring assembly, battery eject BDU

10004360 Gasket, status display BDU top cap

10004416 Screw, shoulder, 3/8 dia x 0.5 BDU

10004469 Wave spring BDU

10004472 Screw, SHCS 10-32 X 3/8 BDU top cap

10004773 Bracket, status display BDU top cap

10004819 Screen, 80x80 BDU

10004820 Filter, 80x80 fan BDU

10004829 Backing, display BDU top cap

10005622 Screw, shoulder, 6-32 BDU top cap

10005645 Screw, #8 X 5L BDU top cap

10005783 Screw, 8-32 x .375, SHCS,SS BDU

10043637 Hose connector, 10-32 x .094 BDU

10043875 Rotation stop, GUI post BDU top cap

10043900 Foot, rubber, black BDU

10043966 Cable assembly, status display BDU top cap

10063016 Handle, BDU bottom BDU top cap

Service Manual 10-9

Part Numbers

Table 10-5.  BDU Parts List (Continued)

Item # Description Area/Type

10063017 Handle, BDU top BDU top cap

10077500 Cover, BDU power switch BDU

10077501 Retainer, power switch cover BDU

10077502 Grill, BDU fan BDU

10077503 Retainer, BDU fan grill BDU

10077504 Screw, SHCS, 6-32 x 0.25, SS BDU

10077505 Screw, SHCS, 10-32 x 0.50, SS BDU

10077507 Gasket, EMI, BDU back panel BDU

10077509 Spring, wave, BDU

10077510 Screw, captive, 10-32 x .625 BDU

10077512 Retainer, captive screw, 10-32 BDU

10077513 Screw, SHCS, 8-32 x .625, SS BDU

10077514 Nut, clip-on, square, 10-32 BDU

10077526 O-ring 3/32x3.75 ID, rubber BDU top cap

10077527 O-ring, conductive BDU top cap

10077539 Tubing, 1/16 ID, Tygon BDU

10077540 Screw, shoulder, 8-32 x 3/16 BDU

10080900 Washer, flat, #8, nylon BDU top cap

10080901 Washer, Shoulder BDU top cap

10080904 Clamp, hose, 5/8 OD tubing BDU

10081143 Screw, PH, #4-40 X 0.25" BDU top cap

10083937 Power switch BDU

10083958 Assembly, restricted supply line BDU

10084002 Hinge linkage BDU

10084003 Spring, torsion, 90-degree BDU

10084004 Pin, clevis, SS BDU

10084008 Screw, Captive, 10-32 x 0.75 BDU

10084009 Screw, shoulder, 10-32, .25dia x .375, SS BDU

10-10 Service Manual

 Ventilator System

Table 10-5.  BDU Parts List (Continued)

Item # Description Area/Type

10088512 Screw, SHCS, M4 thread x 16mm BDU

10092480 Thumb screw, captive BDU

10092514 Retaining ring BDU

10093872 Ferrite core, round, snap-on BDU

10096138 980, BDU top cap, GUI mount BDU top cap

10096139 980, LCD, status display BDU top cap

10096140 980, window, status display BDU top cap

10096142 980, top handle BDU top cap

10096143 980, GUI rotator BDU top cap

10096144 980, AC indicator BDU

10096145 980, BDU rear panel BDU

10096146 980, BDU left panel BDU

10096147 980, BDU right panel BDU

10096148 980, assembly, BDU battery panel BDU

10096149 980, assembly, cord wrap BDU

10096153 980, BDU card cage Main card cage

10096154 980, PCBA, main backplane Main card cage

10096156 980, card cage, options Options card cg

10096157 980, PCBA, communications backplane Comm card cg

10097275 980, 10K PM kit, BDU BDU

10103910 Kit, Shielding gaskets, D-shaped BDU

10103913 Kit, Shielding Gaskets, Hollow D BDU

10103914 Kit, Foam Gaskets, P-shape BDU

10103916 Kit, Shielding gaskets, Hollow Round, 16.75" L BDU

10111179 980, BDU front panel BDU

10115544 980, PCBA, status display interface BDU top cap

10117250 Screw, 4-40 x 3/4" BDU

GR105595 Fan, 80x80x15 BDU

Service Manual 10-11

Part Numbers

Table 10-5.  BDU Parts List (Continued)

Item # Description Area/Type

GR105597 Standoff, Self-clenching, 4-40 x 0.25 BDU

10-12 Service Manual

 Ventilator System

10.6.3 Card Cages

Table 10-6.  Card Cage Parts List

Item # Description Area/Type

10001268 Battery, Lithium, Coin, 3V CPU PCBAs

10080905 Screw, 4-40 X 0.25, PH, dual action washer Comm card cage

10083939 cO2 sensor cable, internal Options card cage

10083940 Cable, purge enable, Proximal flow / cO2 module Options card cage

10083941 Interconnector, Proximal flow / options host Options card cage

10083966 Assembly, Pneu tubing, Proximal flow Options card cage

10087615 980, PCBA, options host 1 Options card cage

10087622 980, Proximal flow module Options card cage

10093812 Cover panel, I/O Comm card cage

10096152 980, PCBA, line interface 2 Comm card cage

10096153 980, BDU card cage Main card cage

10096154 980, PCBA, main backplane Main card cage

10096155 980, PCBA, options backplane Options card cage

10096156 980, Options card cage Options card cage

10096157 980, PCBA, communications backplane Comm card cage

10096158 980, PCBA, pneumatic interface Main card cage

10096159 980, PCBA, BDU CPU Main card cage

10096160 980, PCBA, DC-DC converter Main card cage

10096161 980, PCBA, GUI CPU Main card cage

10096162 980, PCBA, mix controller Main card cage

10102073 980, PCBA, line interface 1 Comm card cage

10103904 Kit, shielding gaskets, 5-finger Main card cage

10103907 Grounding gasket 2-Finger Comm card cage

10103908 Fingerstock, Grounding gasket, 4-Finger Comm card cage

Service Manual 10-13

Part Numbers

10.6.4 Inspiratory Module

Table 10-7.  Inspiratory Module Parts List

Item # Description Area/Type

4-011521-00 Connector, tube junction Insp module

4-071833-00 O-ring, -020, Viton, natural Insp module

4-071861-00 Spring, comp Insp module

4-071920-00 O-ring, -012, Viton, natural Insp module

4-071921-00 O-ring, -013, Viton, natural Insp module

4-071923-00 O-ring, -016, Viton, natural Insp module

4-071924-00 O-ring, -022, Viton, natural Insp module

4-071925-00 O-ring, -025, Viton, natural Insp module

4-071929-00 Seat, check valve, outlet Insp module

4-071930-00 Flap valve, outlet checking Insp module

4-071931-00 Filter, bronze, 1/2 x 1/16 Insp module

4-071936-00 O-ring, -014, Viton, natural Insp module

4-072151-00 Rod, nylon Insp module

4-072204-00 Filter element Insp module

4-072205-00 Filter bowl, oxygen Insp module

4-075234-00 Screw, 4-40x0.312 Insp module

4-075256-00 Clamp, hose Insp module

4-076579-00 O-ring,-018, Viton, natural Insp module

4-732130-00 Grease, Krytox Insp module

4-076790-00 Assembly, fittings, DISS Insp module

10003785 Spring, access door catch Insp door

10004301 Plug, HF option port Insp module

10004483 Pin, hairpin, cotter Insp door

10004495 Screw, #2-56 X .188, SS Insp door

10004596 Chassis, inspiratory module Insp module

10005639 Nut, hex,  #4-40, SS Insp module

10-14 Service Manual

 Ventilator System

Table 10-7.  Inspiratory Module Parts List (Continued)

Item # Description Area/Type

10005651 Valve, accumulator pressure relief Insp module

10005783 Screw, 8-32 X .375, SHCS, SS Insp module

10005813 Fitting, 10-32 to 1/16ID, hose Insp module

10005827 P-clamp, rubber cushion Insp module

10025456 Nut, 8-32, SS, INT. star lock, washer Insp module

10043635 Internal inspiratory filter Insp module

10043636 Hose connector, 10-32 X .063 Insp module

10043656 Tube, vent, inspiratory module Insp module

10043662 Sensor, flow, breath delivery Insp module

10043664 Switch, pressure Insp module

10043782 Flap valve, air inlet, insp Insp module

10043806 Cable assembly, pressure switch Insp module

10043807 Cable assembly, flow sensor Insp module

10043810 Cable assembly, oxygen sensor Insp module

10043811 Fitting, swivel elbow Insp module

10043812 P-clamp, rubber cushion Insp module

10043816 Hose connector, 10-32X.125 ID Insp module

10043819 Tubing, 3/8 ID, Tygon Insp module

10062986 Hinge, half Insp door

10063058 Retainer, DISS fitting Insp module

10063066 Assembly, inspiratory door Insp door

10063067 Door, access, patient options Insp door

10063068 Rod, hinge, access door Insp door

10063076 Pin, headed clevis Insp door

10077498 Spring, taper Insp module

10077499 Grommet, rubber Insp module

10077535 Assembly, retainer, inspiratory filter Insp module

10077536 Bracket, top, internal inspiratory filter Insp module

Service Manual 10-15

Part Numbers

Table 10-7.  Inspiratory Module Parts List (Continued)

Item # Description Area/Type

10077537 Spacer Insp module

10077539 Tubing, 1/16 ID, Tygon Insp module

10077543 Flap valve, mix Insp module

10077546 Plug, Heliox port Insp module

10077548 Edge grommet, adhesive-lined Insp module

10080883 O-ring, Viton, -007 Insp module

10080885 O-ring, Viton, -011 Insp module

10080886 O-ring, Viton, -030 Insp module

10080887 O-ring, Viton, -035 Insp module

10080888 O-ring, Viton, -214 Insp module

10080890 Screw, 8-32 X .375, SS Insp module

10080891 Screw, SHCS, 10-32 X 1.25, SS Insp module

10080892 Screw, FH 8-32X.375, SS Insp module

10080910 Seat, air inlet, check valve Insp module

10080922 O-ring, Viton, -003 Insp module

10081091 Panel, patient options Insp door

10081092 Panel, patient opt, aux/ pulse Insp door

10081093 Panel, patient options, USB Insp door

10081098 Cable, gas supply sensor Insp module

10081114 Washer, fender, #4, SS Insp module

10083947 Cover, Proximal flow panel Insp door

10083948 Cover, Pulse-ox panel Insp door

10083949 Cover, USB panel Insp door

10083950 Screw, flathead, 2.5 X 6MM, SS Insp door

10083956 Clamp, hose, 1.00 OD Insp module

10083957 Plug, 10-32 brass Insp module

10087161 Screw, 8-32 X 1.5 IN, SHCS, SS Insp module

10087162 Screw, 8-32 X 1.0 IN, SHCS, SS Insp module

10-16 Service Manual

 Ventilator System

Table 10-7.  Inspiratory Module Parts List (Continued)

Item # Description Area/Type

10096110 980, assembly, inspiratory flow module Insp module

10096111 980, filter bowl, air Insp module

10096112 980, PSOL, air/O2 Insp module

10096113 980, PSOL, delivery Insp module

10096114 980, assembly, safety valve Insp module

10096115 980, solenoid, BUV Insp module

10096116 980, PCBA, inspiratory flow module Insp module

10096117 980, solenoid, options supply Insp module

10096118 980, coupler, pressure tap Insp module

10096119 980, solenoid, accumulator purge Insp module

10096120 980, PCBA, gas supply sensor Insp module

10097559 Sensor, oxygen Insp module

10103873 Tube, .125 ID X .25 OD, silicone Insp module

10103874 Plug, oxygen deflector Insp module

10103875 Retainer, oxygen deflector Insp module

G-060988-00 Nut, M2.5 Insp door

GR101621 Screw, #4-40 X 3/8 Insp door

Service Manual 10-17

Part Numbers

10.6.5 Exhalation Module

Table 10-8.  Exhalation Module Parts List

Item # Description Area/Type

10004445 Lift handle, exhalation Exh module

10004761 Connector, pressure tap, EXH Exh module

10004827 Bezel, upper, front, exhalation Exh module

10004828 Bezel, upper, rear, exhalation Exh module

10050832 Tape, 1" aluminum foil, conductive Exh module

10081044 Screw, 8-32X.500, SS Exh module

10093902 Kit, Shielding gaskets, D-shape, 3.3" Exh module

10096130 980, Door, Filter, Exhalation Exh module

10096134 980, PCBA, exhalation sensor Exh module

10096135 980, cable, exhalation module Exh module

10096136 980, assembly, exhalation valve Exh module

10096137 980, chassis, exhalation module Exh module

10097468 980, exhalation valve flow sensor Exh module

10103900 Gasket kit, Shielding, Fold-over C-shape Exh module

10106884 Holder, Exhalation door Exh module

10106885 Spacer, housing door Exh module

GR104708 Screw, 8-32X.25 LG, SS Exh module

GR104709 Screw, 8-32X7/8 LG SS Exh module

GR104710 Screw, 8-32X2.0 LG, SS Exh module

GR104714 Screw, SHCS, 4-40X.25 LG, SS Exh module

GR104715 Screw, 8-32X 1.5 LG, SS Exh module

GR104717 Screw, SHCS, 6-32X3/8 LG, SS Exh module

10-18 Service Manual

 Ventilator System

10.6.6 BDU Power

Table 10-9.  BDU Power Parts List

Item # Description Area/Type

4-000036-00 Screw, 8-32 X 5/16L BD power

4-001171-00 Screw, 8-32x1/4 BD power

4-071599-00 Screw, 6-32 X 1/4 BD power

4-075234-00 Screw, 4-40 X 0.312 BD power

10003808 Retainer, AC power cord BD power

10004317 Plate, mounting, power supply BD power

10004355 Cable, BD power controller /backplane BD power

10005785 Screw, 8-32 X .375 BD power

10043541 Cable, AC module/compressor power BD power

10043608 Slider latch, battery cover BD power

10043609 Retainer, slider latch, battery cover BD power

10043611 Spring, extension BD power

10043717 Cable, backplane/compressor power controller BD power

10043791 Bracket, PCBA, battery backplane BD power

10043832 Cable, BD power dist/power supply BD power

10043833 Cable, BD power dist/backplane BD power

10043834 Cable, BD power dist/batty backplane BD power

10043837 Cable, BD alarm piezo BD power

10043840 Cable, BD power switch/LED BD power

10046219 Cable assembly, battery backplane BD power

10052320 Screw, 6-32 X 3/8" PH BD power

10080892 Screw, 8-32 X.375, SS BD power

10080952 Cable, AC module/power supply, BD BD power

10086042 980, Battery pack BD power

10093876 Screw, M4 x 5, 18-8, SS BD power

10093878 Washer, Internal Tooth, M4, 18-8, SS BD power

Service Manual 10-19

Part Numbers

Table 10-9.  BDU Power Parts List (Continued)

Item # Description Area/Type

10096164 980, PCBA, BD power distribution BD power

10096166 980, PCBA, BD power controller BD power

10096167 980, assembly, BD power controller/distribution BD power

10096168 980, assembly, AC power module BD power

10096169 980, power supply, BDU BD power

10096221 980, battery backplane PCBA BD power

N-3100035 Screw, 8-32x1/4, SS BD power

N-242-0031 Nut, #4-40 BD power

10-20 Service Manual

 Ventilator System

10.6.7 Base

Table 10-10.  Base Parts List

Item # Description Area/Type

312105 Screw, 6-32 X 1/4, Phillips Base

820025 Screw, hex SHCS, 2-56 X 1/4, SS Compressor Base

10003861 Assembly, Universal base Universal Base

10003864 Plate, slide, universal base Base

10004472 Screw, SHCS 10-32 X 3/8 Universal Base

10005647 Screw, thumb, 4-40 X 3/8 Compressor Base

10005648 Stop, Base Plate, DC Compressor Compressor Base

10043473 Screw 10-32 X 3/8 Compressor Base

10043587 Cover, bottom, base assembly Base

10043608 Slider latch, battery cover Compressor Base

10043609 Retainer, slider latch, battery cover Compressor Base

10043611 Spring, extension Compressor Base

10043741 Screw, 8-32 X 3/16 Compressor Base

10043854 Cable, Comp Power/Components Compressor Base

10077516 Spring plunger, ball nose, press-fit Base

10077518 Washer, fender Universal Base

10077519 Screw, SHCS, 10-32 X .875, SS Universal Base

10077538 Gasket, EMI shielding, 47.5 in. Base

10081045 Screw, captive, SHCS, 10-32 X 1.25 Base

10081046 Washer, star, #10 Base

10081047 Bolt, hex, 1/4-20 X 3/4L, SS Base

10081048 Washer, star, 1/4 ID, SS Base

10081063 Foam, top Universal Base

10081064 Foam, bottom Base

10081065 Foam, diverter Universal Base

10081068 Sheet, dampening Base

Service Manual 10-21

Part Numbers

Table 10-10.  Base Parts List (Continued)

Item # Description Area/Type

10081069 Foam, block Universal Base

10081077 Back stop, filter Base

10081078 Filter, inlet compressor Base

10081079 Patch, sheet metal Base

10081080 Foam, acoustic absorbing Universal Base

10081081 Sheet, dampening Base

10081082 Foam, fan side Compressor Base

10081083 Foam, chase bottom Compressor Base

10081109 Sheet, dampening, .12" thick Universal Base

10081110 Sheet, dampening, .12" thick Universal Base

10081111 Sheet, dampening, .12" thick Universal Base

10081140 Fan, 120 X 120 X 25MM Base

10083973 Foam, chassis front cover Base

10084011 Wear strip, universal base Universal Base

10084013 Spacer, unthreaded, #10 Universal Base

10084014 Washer, flat, #10, PTFE Universal Base

10084015 Washer, flat, #10, SS Base

10087099 Foam, weir, bottom cover Compressor Base

10087148 Foam, chassis, bottom cover Compressor Base

10087149 Foam, weir, bottom cover Compressor Base

10087150 Foam, chassis, bottom cover Compressor Base

10087205 Screw, SHCS, 10-32 X 0.75L, SS Universal Base

10090934 Screw, SHCS, 8-32 X .375, SS Base

10092478 Screw, 6-32 X 3/8, SS, Nylok Base

10093941 Plate, fan mount Base

10-22 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

10.7 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-11.  Parts List by Description

Description Item # Area/Type

980, 10K PM kit, BDU 10097275 BDU

980, AC indicator 10096144 BDU

980, assembly, AC power module 10096168 BD power

980, assembly, BD power controller/distribution 10096167 BD power

980, LCD, status display 10096139 BDU top cap

980, assembly, BDU battery panel 10096148 BDU

980, assembly, cord wrap 10096149 BDU

980, assembly, exhalation valve 10096136 Exh module

980, assembly, hinge, GUI 10096132 GUI

980, assembly, inspiratory flow module 10096110 Insp module

980, assembly, safety valve 10096114 Insp module

980, assembly, touchscreen/LCD 10096124 GUI

980, battery backplane PCBA 10096221 BD power

980, Battery pack 10086042 BD power

980, BDU card cage 10096153 Main card cage

980, BDU card cage 10096153 Main card cage

980, BDU front panel 10111179 BDU

980, BDU left panel 10096146 BDU

980, BDU rear panel 10096145 BDU

980, BDU right panel 10096147 BDU

980, BDU top cap, GUI mount 10096138 BDU top cap

980, cable, exhalation module 10096135 Exh module

980, cable, GUI to BDU 10096122 GUI

980, card cage, options 10096156 Options card cg

980, chassis, exhalation module 10096137 Exh module

Service Manual 10-23

Part Numbers

Table 10-11.  Parts List by Description (Continued)

Description Item # Area/Type

980, coupler, pressure tap 10096118 Insp module

980, cover, base, front 10096217 Base

980, Door, Filter, Exhalation 10096130 Exh module

980, exhalation valve flow sensor 10097468 Exh module

980, filter bowl, air 10096111 Insp module

980, GUI rotator 10096143 BDU top cap

980, housing, rear, GUI 10096121 GUI

980, microphone 10096133 GUI

980, Options card cage 10096156 Options card cage

980, PCBA, alarm LED 10096128 GUI

980, PCBA, backlight inverter 10096126 GUI

980, PCBA, BD power controller 10096166 BD power

980, PCBA, BD power distribution 10096164 BD power

980, PCBA, BDU CPU 10096159 Main card cage

980, PCBA, communications backplane 10096157 Comm card cage

980, PCBA, communications backplane 10096157 Comm card cg

980, PCBA, DC-DC converter 10096160 Main card cage

980, PCBA, encoder 10096129 GUI

980, PCBA, exhalation sensor 10096134 Exh module

980, PCBA, gas supply sensor 10096120 Insp module

980, PCBA, GUI CPU 10096161 Main card cage

980, PCBA, inspiratory flow module 10096116 Insp module

980, PCBA, line interface 1 10102073 Comm card cage

980, PCBA, line interface 2 10096152 Comm card cage

980, PCBA, main backplane 10096154 Main card cage

980, PCBA, main backplane 10096154 Main card cage

980, PCBA, mix controller 10096162 Main card cage

980, PCBA, options backplane 10096155 Options card cage

10-24 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-11.  Parts List by Description (Continued)

Description Item # Area/Type

980, PCBA, options host 1 10087615 Options card cage

980, PCBA, pneumatic interface 10096158 Main card cage

980, PCBA, status display interface 10115544 BDU top cap

980, PCBA, touchscreen controller 10096125 GUI

980, PCBA, user interface 10096127 GUI

980, power supply, BDU 10096169 BD power

980, Proximal flow module 10087622 Options card cage

980, PSOL, air/O2 10096112 Insp module

980, PSOL, delivery 10096113 Insp module

980, solenoid, accumulator purge 10096119 Insp module

980, solenoid, BUV 10096115 Insp module

980, solenoid, options supply 10096117 Insp module

980, speaker 10096131 GUI

980, top handle 10096142 BDU top cap

980, window, status display 10096140 BDU top cap

Adhesive pad, dust shield 10043925 GUI

Assembly, fittings, DISS 4-076790-00 Insp module

Assembly, inspiratory door 10063066 Insp door

Assembly, Piezo alarm 4-023138-SP BDU top cap

Assembly, Pneu tubing, Proximal flow 10083966 Options card cage

Assembly, restricted supply line 10083958 BDU

Assembly, retainer, inspiratory filter 10077535 Insp module

Assembly, Universal base 10003861 Universal Base

Back stop, filter 10081077 Base

Backing, display 10004829 BDU top cap

Battery, Lithium, Coin, 3V 10001268 CPU PCBAs

Bezel, upper, front, exhalation 10004827 Exh module

Bezel, upper, rear, exhalation 10004828 Exh module

Service Manual 10-25

Part Numbers

Table 10-11.  Parts List by Description (Continued)

Description Item # Area/Type

Bolt, hex, 1/4-20 X 3/4L, SS 10081047 Base

Bracket, PCBA, battery backplane 10043791 BD power

Bracket, speaker 10043931 GUI

Bracket, status display 10004773 BDU top cap

Bracket, top, internal inspiratory filter 10077536 Insp module

Button overlay 10043943 GUI

Cable assembly, battery backplane 10046219 BD power

Cable assembly, flow sensor 10043807 Insp module

Cable assembly, GUI, LCD to UI 10043959 GUI

Cable assembly, pressure switch 10043806 Insp module

Cable assembly, status display 10043966 BDU top cap

Cable, AC module/compressor power 10043541 BD power

Cable, AC module/power supply, BD 10080952 BD power

Cable, backlight inverter/UI 10043960 GUI

Cable, backplane/compressor power controller 10043717 BD power

Cable, BD alarm piezo 10043837 BD power

Cable, BD power controller /backplane 10004355 BD power

Cable, BD power dist/backplane 10043833 BD power

Cable, BD power dist/batty backplane 10043834 BD power

Cable, BD power dist/power supply 10043832 BD power

Cable, BD power switch/LED 10043840 BD power

Cable, Comp Power/Components 10043854 Compressor Base

Cable, encoder, GUI 10062997 GUI

Cable, gas supply sensor 10081098 Insp module

Cable, GUI, alarm LED to UI 10043962 GUI

Cable, GUI, ground strap 10087090 GUI

Cable, purge enable, Proximal flow / cO2 module 10083940 Options card cage

Cable, touchscreen controller 10043963 GUI

10-26 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-11.  Parts List by Description (Continued)

Description Item # Area/Type

Chassis, inspiratory module 10004596 Insp module

Clamp, hose, 1.00 OD 10083956 Insp module

Clamp, hose, 5/8 OD tubing 10080904 BDU

Clamp, hose 4-075256-00 Insp module

cO2 sensor cable, internal 10083939 Options card cage

Connector, pressure tap, EXH 10004761 Exh module

Connector, tube junction 4-011521-00 Insp module

Cover, BDU power switch 10077500 BDU

Cover, bottom, base assembly 10043587 Base

Cover panel, I/O 10093812 Comm card cage

Cover, Proximal flow panel 10083947 Insp door

Cover, Pulse-ox panel 10083948 Insp door

Cover, USB panel 10083949 Insp door

Door, access, patient options 10063067 Insp door

Dust shield, knob, GUI 10043987 GUI

Edge grommet, adhesive-lined 10077548 Insp module

Fan, 120 X 120 X 25MM 10081140 Base

Fan, 80x80x15 GR105595 BDU

Ferrite core, round, snap-on 10093872 BDU

Filter bowl, oxygen 4-072205-00 Insp module

Filter element 4-072204-00 Insp module

Filter, 80x80 fan 10004820 BDU

Filter, bronze, 1/2 x 1/16 4-071931-00 Insp module

Filter, inlet compressor 10081078 Base

Holder, Exhalation door 10106884 Exh module

Fingerstock, Grounding gasket, 4-Finger 10103908 Comm card cage

Fitting, 10-32 to 1/16ID, hose 10005813 Insp module

Fitting, swivel elbow 10043811 Insp module

Service Manual 10-27

Part Numbers

Table 10-11.  Parts List by Description (Continued)

Description Item # Area/Type

Flap valve, air inlet, insp 10043782 Insp module

Flap valve, mix 10077543 Insp module

Flap valve, outlet checking 4-071930-00 Insp module

Foam, acoustic absorbing 10081080 Universal Base

Foam, block 10081069 Universal Base

Foam, bottom 10081064 Base

Foam, chase bottom 10081083 Compressor Base

Foam, chassis front cover 10083973 Base

Foam, chassis, bottom cover 10087148 Compressor Base

Foam, chassis, bottom cover 10087150 Compressor Base

Foam, diverter 10081065 Universal Base

Foam, fan side 10081082 Compressor Base

Foam, top[ 10081063 Universal Base

Foam, weir, bottom cover 10087099 Compressor Base

Foam, weir, bottom cover 10087149 Compressor Base

Foot, rubber, black 10043900 BDU

Gasket, 360 degree alarm 10092489 GUI

Gasket, EMI shielding, 47.5 in. 10077538 Base

Gasket, EMI, BDU back panel 10077507 BDU

Gasket, EMI, C-fold 10084006 Exh module

Gasket, GUI 10043949 GUI

Gasket kit, Shielding, Fold-over C-shape 10103900 Exh module

Gasket, speaker, GUI 10043932 GUI

Gasket, status display 10004360 BDU top cap

Grease, Krytox 4-732130-00 Insp module

Grill, BDU fan 10077502 BDU

Grommet, 0.25 ID x .375 hole x 0.5 OD 10080907 GUI

Grommet, edge 4-076722-00 GUI

10-28 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-11.  Parts List by Description (Continued)

Description Item # Area/Type

Grommet, rubber 10077499 Insp module

Grounding gasket 2-Finger 10103907 Comm card cage

GUI post, front 10043881 GUI

GUI post, rear 10043880 GUI

Handle, BDU bottom 10063016 BDU top cap

Handle, BDU top 10063017 BDU top cap

Hinge, half 10062986 Insp door

Hinge linkage 10084002 BDU

Hose connector, 10-32 X .063 10043636 Insp module

Hose connector, 10-32 x .094 10043637 BDU

Hose connector, 10-32X.125 ID 10043816 Insp module

Insulator, 360 degree alarm 10092492 GUI

Insulator, controller to plate 10087266 GUI

Insulator, shield 10093959 GUI

Interconnector, Proximal flow / options host 10083941 Options card cage

Internal inspiratory filter 10043635 Insp module

Kit, foam, 1/8" EPDM, black 10103865 GUI

Kit, Shielding gaskets, D-shape, 3.3" 10093902 Exh module

Kit, Shielding gaskets, 5-finger 10103904 Main card cage

Kit, Shielding gaskets, D-shaped 10103910 BDU

Kit, Shielding gaskets, Hollow D 10103913 BDU

Kit, Foam gaskets, P-shape 10103914 BDU

Kit, Shielding gaskets, Hollow round, 16.75" L 10103916 BDU

Knob 10043842 GUI

Latch, BDU universal base 10003866 BDU

Lens, 360 degree alarm 10092488 GUI

Lift handle, exhalation 10004445 Exh module

Power switch 10083937 BDU

Service Manual 10-29

Part Numbers

Table 10-11.  Parts List by Description (Continued)

Description Item # Area/Type

Mount, Microphone, Lower 10103883 GUI

Mount, Microphone, Middle 10103884 GUI

Mount, Microphone, Upper 10103885 GUI

Nut, #4-40 N-242-0031 BD power

Nut, 8-32, SS, INT. star lock, washer 10025456 Insp module

Nut, clip-on, square, 10-32 10077514 BDU

Nut, hex,  #4-40, SS 10005639 Insp module

Nut, M2.5 G-060988-00 Insp door

O-ring 3/32x3.75 ID, rubber 10077526 BDU top cap

O-ring, -012, Viton, natural 4-071920-00 Insp module

O-ring, -013, Viton, natural 4-071921-00 Insp module

O-ring, -014, Viton, natural 4-071936-00 BDU

O-ring, -014, Viton, natural 4-071936-00 Insp module

O-ring, -016, Viton, natural 4-071923-00 BDU

O-ring, -016, Viton, natural 4-071923-00 Insp module

O-ring, -018, Viton, natural 4-076579-00 BDU

O-ring, -019, Viton, natural 4-072433-00 BDU

O-ring, -020, Viton, natural 4-071833-00 Insp module

O-ring, -022, Viton, natural 4-071924-00 Insp module

O-ring, -025, Viton, natural 4-071925-00 Insp module

O-ring, conductive 10077527 BDU top cap

O-ring, Viton, -003 10080922 Insp module

O-ring, Viton, -007 10080883 Insp module

O-ring, Viton, -011 10080885 Insp module

O-ring, Viton, -030 10080886 Insp module

O-ring, Viton, -035 10080887 Insp module

O-ring, Viton, -214 10080888 Insp module

O-ring,-018, Viton, natural 4-076579-00 Insp module

10-30 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-11.  Parts List by Description (Continued)

Description Item # Area/Type

P-clamp, rubber cushion 10005827 Insp module

P-clamp, rubber cushion 10043812 Insp module

Panel, patient opt, aux/ pulse 10081092 Insp door

Panel, patient options 10081091 Insp door

Panel, patient options, USB 10081093 Insp door

Patch, sheet metal 10081079 Base

Pin, hairpin, cotter 10004483 Insp door

Pin, headed clevis 10063076 Insp door

Pin, clevis, SS 10084004 BDU

Plate, controller PCBA mounting 10087265 GUI

Plate, fan mount 10093941 Base

Plate, mounting, power supply 10004317 BD power

Plate, slide, universal base 10003864 Base

Plug, 10-32 brass 10083957 Insp module

Plug, Heliox port 10077546 Insp module

Plug, HF option port 10004301 Insp module

Plug, oxygen deflector 10103874 Insp module

Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Australia, medical 10087151 BDU

Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Brazilian 10087160 BDU

Power cord, 10A, right-angle, China 10087153 BDU

Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Europe 10087155 BDU

Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Israel 10087156 BDU

Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Old British, India, South 10087152 BDU
Africa

Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Switzerland 10087154 BDU

Power cord, 10A, right-angle, UK/Ireland 10087159 BDU

Power cord, 12A, Japan 10087157 BDU

Power cord, IEC, 10A, right-angle, hosp grade 10081056 BDU

Service Manual 10-31

Part Numbers

Table 10-11.  Parts List by Description (Continued)

Description Item # Area/Type

Reflector, 360 degree alarm 10092491 GUI

Retainer, AC power cord 10003808 BD power

Retainer, BDU fan grill 10077503 BDU

Retainer, captive screw, 10-32 10077512 BDU

Retainer, DISS fitting 10063058 Insp module

Retainer, oxygen deflector 10103875 Insp module

Retainer, power switch cover 10077501 BDU

Retainer, slider latch, battery cover 10043609 BD power

Retainer, slider latch, battery cover 10043609 Compressor Base

Retaining ring 10092514 BDU

Rod, hinge, access door 10063068 Insp door

Rod, nylon 4-072151-00 Insp module

Rotation stop, GUI post 10043875 BDU top cap

Screen, 80x80 10004819 BDU

Screw 10-32 X 3/8 10043473 Compressor Base

Screw, #4-40 X 3/8 GR101621 Insp door

Screw, 4-20 X 3/8, SS 10043730 GUI

Screw, 4-40 X 0.25, nylon 10077530 GUI

Screw, 4-40 X 0.25, PH, dual action washer 10080905 Comm card cage

Screw, 4-40 X 0.312 4-075234-00 GUI

Screw, 4-40 X 0.312 4-075234-00 BD power

Screw, 4-40 X 0.312 4-075234-00 Insp module

Screw, 4-40 x 3/4" 10117250 BDU

Screw, 6-32 X .313, SHCS, nylon 10077551 GUI

Screw, 6-32 X 1/4 PH 4-076658-00 GUI

Screw, 6-32 X 1/4, Phillips 312105 Base

Screw, 6-32 X 3/8 312069 BDU top cap

Screw, 6-32 X 3/8, SS, Nylok 10092478 Base

10-32 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-11.  Parts List by Description (Continued)

Description Item # Area/Type

Screw, 8-32 X .375 10005785 BD power

Screw, 8-32 x .375, SHCS,SS 10005783 BDU

Screw, 8-32 X .375, SHCS, SS 10005783 GUI

Screw, 8-32 X .375, SHCS, SS 10005783 Insp module

Screw, 8-32 X .500, SHCS, SS 10077549 GUI

Screw, 8-32 X 1.0 IN, SHCS, SS 10087162 Insp module

Screw, 8-32 X 1.5 IN, SHCS, SS 10087161 Insp module

Screw, 8-32 X 3/16 10043741 Compressor Base

Screw, 8-32 X.375, SS 10080892 BD power

Screw, captive, 10-32 x .625 10077510 BDU

Screw, captive, SHCS, 10-32 X 1.25 10081045 Base

Screw, FH 8-32X.375, SS 10080892 Insp module

Screw, 6-32 X 1/4 4-071599-00 BD power

Screw, flathead, 2.5 X 6MM, SS 10083950 Insp door

Screw, hex SHCS, 2-56 X 1/4, SS 820025 Compressor Base

Screw, M4 x 5, 18-8, SS 10093876 BD power

Screw, M4X16, SHCS, 18-8, SS 10093957 GUI

Screw, M4X8 G-060978-00 GUI

Screw, 6-32 X 3/8" PH 10052320 BD power

Screw, 8-32X 1.5 LG, SS GR104715 Exh module

Screw, 8-32X.25 LG, SS GR104708 Exh module

Screw, 8-32X.500, SS 10081044 Exh module

Screw, 8-32x1/4 4-001171-00 BD power

Screw, 8-32x1/4, SS N-3100035 BD power

Screw, 8-32X2.0 LG, SS GR104710 Exh module

Screw, 8-32X7/8 LG SS GR104709 Exh module

Screw, 8-32 X 5/16 L 4-000036-00 BD power

Screw, #8 X 5L 10005645 BDU top cap

Service Manual 10-33

Part Numbers

Table 10-11.  Parts List by Description (Continued)

Description Item # Area/Type

Screw, 8-32 X .375, SS 10080890 Insp module

Screw, PH, #4-40 X 0.25" 10081143 BDU top cap

Screw, #2-56 X .188, SS 10004495 Insp door

Screw, SHCS 10-32 X 3/8 10004472 BDU top cap

Screw, SHCS 10-32 X 3/8 10004472 Universal Base

Screw, SHCS, 10-32 X .875, SS 10077519 Universal Base

Screw, SHCS, 10-32 x 0.50, SS 10077505 BDU

Screw, SHCS, 10-32 X 0.75L, SS 10087205 Universal Base

Screw, SHCS, 10-32 X 1.25, SS 10080891 Insp module

Screw, SHCS, 4-40X.25 LG, SS GR104714 Exh module

Screw, SHCS, 6-32 x 0.25, SS 10077504 BDU

Screw, SHCS, 6-32X3/8 LG, SS GR104717 Exh module

Screw, SHCS, 8-32 X .375, SS 10090934 Base

Screw, SHCS, 8-32 x .625, SS 10077513 BDU

Screw, SHCS, M4 thread x 16mm 10088512 BDU

Screw, shoulder, 3/8 dia x 0.5 10004416 BDU

Screw, shoulder, 6-32 10005622 BDU top cap

Screw, shoulder, 8-32 x 3/16 10077540 BDU

Screw, captive, 10-32 x 0.75 10084008 BDU

Screw, shoulder, 10-32, .25dia x .375, SS 10084009 BDU

Screw, thumb, 4-40 X 3/8 10005647 Compressor Base

Seat, air inlet, check valve 10080910 Insp module

Seat, check valve, outlet 4-071929-00 Insp module

Sensor, flow, breath delivery 10043662 Insp module

Sensor, oxygen 10097559 Insp module

Sheet, dampening 10081068 Base

Sheet, dampening 10081081 Base

Sheet, dampening, .12" thick 10081109 Universal Base

10-34 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-11.  Parts List by Description (Continued)

Description Item # Area/Type

Sheet, dampening, .12" thick 10081110 Universal Base

Sheet, dampening, .12" thick 10081111 Universal Base

Shield, controller to UI cable 10093979 GUI

Shield, inverter 10093958 GUI

Slider latch, battery cover 10043608 BD power

Slider latch, battery cover 10043608 Compressor Base

Spacer, nylon 10077553 GUI

Spacer 10077537 Insp module

Spacer, housing door 10106885 Exh module

Spacer, unthreaded, #10 10084013 Universal Base

Spring assembly, battery eject 10003870 BDU

Spring plunger, ball nose, press-fit 10077516 Base

Spring, access door catch 10003785 Insp door

Spring, comp5 4-071861-00 Insp module

Spring, extension 10043611 BD power

Spring, extension 10043611 Compressor Base

Spring, taper 10077498 Insp module

Spring, torsion, 90-degree 10084003 BDU

Spring, wave, fit 10077509 BDU

Standoff, Self-clenching, 4-40 x 0.25 GR105597 BDU

Stop, Base Plate, DC Compressor 10005648 Compressor Base

Switch, pressure 10043664 Insp module

Tape, 1" aluminum foil, conductive 10050832 Exh module

Thumb screw, captive 10092480 BDU

Tube, .125 ID X .25 OD, silicone 10103873 Insp module

Tube, vent, inspiratory module 10043656 Insp module

Tubing, 1/16 ID, Tygon 10077539 BDU

Tubing, 1/16 ID, Tygon 10077539 Insp module

Service Manual 10-35

Part Numbers

Table 10-11.  Parts List by Description (Continued)

Description Item # Area/Type

Tubing, 3/8 ID, Tygon 10043819 Insp module

Tubing, braided, silicone, 3/8" ID 4-075514-00 BDU

Ty wrap, 8", white 759107 GUI

Valve, accumulator pressure relief 10005651 Insp module

Washer, .438 OD x 0.19 ID, Viton, black 10081116 GUI

Washer, fender 10077518 Universal Base

Washer, fender, #4, SS 10081114 Insp module

Washer, flat, #10, PTFE 10084014 Universal Base

Washer, flat, #10, SS 10084015 Base

Washer, flat, #4, nylon 10077529 GUI

Washer, flat, #8, nylon 10080900 BDU top cap

Washer, Internal Tooth, M4, 18-8, SS 10093878 BD power

Washer, plain, #6, SS 861203 BDU top cap

Washer, Shoulder 10080901 BDU top cap

Washer, star, #10 10081046 Base

Washer, star, 1/4 ID, SS 10081048 Base

Wave spring 10004469 BDU

Wear strip, universal base 10084011 Universal Base

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

4-000036-00 Screw, 8-32 X 5/16L BD power

4-001171-00 Screw, 8-32x1/4 BD power

4-011521-00 Connector, tube junction Insp module

4-071599-00 Screw, 6-32 X 1/4 BD power

4-071833-00 O-ring, -020, Viton, natural Insp module

4-071861-00 Spring, comp Insp module

4-071920-00 O-ring, -012, Viton, natural Insp module

10-36 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

4-071921-00 O-ring, -013, Viton, natural Insp module

4-071923-00 O-ring, -016, Viton, natural BDU

4-071923-00 O-ring, -016, Viton, natural Insp module

4-071924-00 O-ring, -022, Viton, natural Insp module

4-071925-00 O-ring, -025, Viton, natural Insp module

4-071929-00 Seat, check valve, outlet Insp module

4-071930-00 Flap valve, outlet checking Insp module

4-071931-00 Filter, bronze, 1/2 x 1/16 Insp module

4-071936-00 O-ring, -014, Viton, natural BDU

4-071936-00 O-ring, -014, Viton, natural Insp module

4-072151-00 Rod, nylon Insp module

4-072204-00 Filter element Insp module

4-072205-00 Filter bowl, oxygen Insp module

4-072433-00 O-ring, -019, Viton, natural BDU

4-075234-00 Screw, 4-40 X 0.312 BD power

4-075234-00 Screw, 4-40 X 0.312 GUI

4-075234-00 Screw, 4-40X 0.312 Insp module

4-075256-00 Clamp, hose Insp module

4-075514-00 Tubing, braided, silicone, 3/8" ID BDU

4-076658-00 Screw, 6-32 X 1/4 PH GUI

4-076579-00 O-ring, -018, Viton, natural BDU

4-076579-00 O-ring,-018, Viton, natural Insp module

4-076722-00 Grommet, edge GUI

4-076790-00 Assembly, fittings, DISS Insp module

4-732130-00 Grease, Krytox Insp module

312069 Screw, 6-32 X 3/8 BDU top cap

312105 Screw, 6-32 X 1/4, Phillips Base

759107 Ty wrap, 8", white GUI

Service Manual 10-37

Part Numbers

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

820025 Screw, hex SHCS, 2-56 X 1/4, SS Compressor Base

861203 Washer, plain, #6, SS BDU top cap

10001268 Battery, Lithium, Coin, 3V CPU PCBAs

10003785 Spring, access door catch Insp door

10003808 Retainer, AC power cord BD power

10003861 Assembly, Universal base Universal Base

10003864 Plate, slide, universal base Base

10003866 Latch, BDU universal base BDU

10003870 Spring assembly, battery eject BDU

10004301 Plug, HF option port Insp module

10004317 Plate, mounting, power supply BD power

10004355 Cable, BD power controller /backplane BD power

10004360 Gasket, status display BDU top cap

10004416 Screw, shoulder, 3/8 dia x 0.5 BDU

10004445 Lift handle, exhalation Exh module

10004469 Wave spring BDU

10004472 Screw, SHCS 10-32 X 3/8 BDU top cap

10004472 Screw, SHCS 10-32 X 3/8 Universal Base

10004483 Pin, hairpin, cotter Insp door

10004495 Screw, #2-56 X .188, SS Insp door

10004596 Chassis, inspiratory module Insp module

10004761 Connector, pressure tap, EXH Exh module

10004773 Bracket, status display BDU top cap

GR105595 Fan, 80x80x15 BDU

10004819 Screen, 80x80 BDU

10004820 Filter, 80x80 fan BDU

10004827 Bezel, upper, front, exhalation Exh module

10004828 Bezel, upper, rear, exhalation Exh module

10-38 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

10004829 Backing, display BDU top cap

10005622 Screw, shoulder, 6-32 BDU top cap

10005639 Nut, hex,  #4-40, SS Insp module

10005645 Screw, #8 X 5 BDU top cap

10005647 Screw, thumb, 4-40 X 3/8 Compressor Base

10005648 Stop, Base Plate, DC Compressor Compressor Base

10005651 Valve, accumulator pressure relief Insp module

10005783 Screw, 8-32 x .375, SHCS,SS BDU

10005783 Screw, 8-32 X .375, SHCS, SS GUI

10005783 Screw, 8-32 X .375, SHCS, SS Insp module

10005785 Screw, 8-32 X .375 BD power

10005813 Fitting, 10-32 to 1/16ID, hose Insp module

10005827 P-clamp, rubber cushion Insp module

10025456 Nut, 8-32, SS, INT. star lock, washer Insp module

10043473 Screw 10-32 X 3/8 Compressor Base

10043541 Cable, AC module/compressor power BD power

10043587 Cover, bottom, base assembly Base

10043608 Slider latch, battery cover BD power

10043608 Slider latch, battery cover Compressor Base

10043609 Retainer, slider latch, battery cover BD power

10043609 Retainer, slider latch, battery cover Compressor Base

10043610 Spring, torsion, 360 degree BD power

10043610 Spring, torsion, 360 degree Compressor Base

10043611 Spring, extension BD power

10043611 Spring, extension Compressor Base

10043635 Internal inspiratory filter Insp module

10043636 Hose connector, 10-32 X .063 Insp module

10043637 Hose connector, 10-32 x .094 BDU

Service Manual 10-39

Part Numbers

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

10043656 Tube, vent, inspiratory module Insp module

10043662 Sensor, flow, breath delivery Insp module

10043664 Switch, pressure Insp module

10043717 Cable, backplane/compressor power controller BD power

10043730 Screw, 4-20 X 3/8, SS GUI

10043741 Screw, 8-32 X 3/16 Compressor Base

10043782 Flap valve, air inlet, insp Insp module

10043791 Bracket, PCBA, battery backplane BD power

10043806 Cable assembly, pressure switch Insp module

10043807 Cable assembly, flow sensor Insp module

10043811 Fitting, swivel elbow Insp module

10043812 P-clamp, rubber cushion Insp module

10043816 Hose connector, 10-32X.125 ID Insp module

10043819 Tubing, 3/8 ID, Tygon Insp module

10043832 Cable, BD power dist/power supply BD power

10043833 Cable, BD power dist/backplane BD power

10043834 Cable, BD power dist/batty backplane BD power

10043837 Cable, BD alarm piezo BD power

10043840 Cable, BD power switch/LED BD power

10043842 Knob GUI

10043854 Cable, Comp Power/Components Compressor Base

10043875 Rotation stop, GUI post BDU top cap

10043880 GUI post, rear GUI

10043881 GUI post, front GUI

10043900 Foot, rubber, black BDU

10043925 Adhesive pad, dust shield GUI

10043931 Bracket, speaker GUI

10043932 Gasket, speaker, GUI GUI

10-40 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

10043943 Button overlay GUI

10043949 Gasket, GUI GUI

10043959 Cable assembly, GUI, LCD to UI GUI

10043960 Cable, backlight inverter/UI GUI

10043962 Cable, GUI, alarm LED to UI GUI

10043963 Cable, touchscreen controller GUI

10043966 Cable assembly, status display BDU top cap

10043987 Dust shield, knob, GUI GUI

10046219 Cable assembly, battery backplane BD power

10050832 Tape, 1" aluminum foil, conductive Exh module

10052320 Screw, 6-32 X 3/8" PH BD power

10062986 Hinge, half Insp door

10062997 Cable, encoder, GUI GUI

10063016 Handle, BDU bottom BDU top cap

10063017 Handle, BDU top BDU top cap

10063058 Retainer, DISS fitting Insp module

10063066 Assembly, inspiratory door Insp door

10063067 Door, access, patient options Insp door

10063068 Rod, hinge, access door Insp door

10063076 Pin, headed clevis Insp door

10077498 Spring, taper Insp module

10077499 Grommet, rubber Insp module

10077500 Cover, BDU power switch BDU

10077501 Retainer, power switch cover BDU

10077502 Grill, BDU fan BDU

10077503 Retainer, BDU fan grill BDU

10077504 Screw, SHCS, 6-32 x 0.25, SS BDU

10077505 Screw, SHCS, 10-32 x 0.50, SS BDU

Service Manual 10-41

Part Numbers

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

10077507 Gasket, EMI, BDU back panel BDU

10077509 Spring, wave, fit BDU

10077510 Screw, captive, 10-32 x .625 BDU

10077512 Retainer, captive screw, 10-32 BDU

10077513 Screw, SHCS, 8-32 x .625, SS BDU

10077514 Nut, clip-on, square, 10-32 BDU

10077516 Spring plunger, ball nose, press-fit Base

10077518 Washer, fender Universal Base

10077519 Screw, SHCS, 10-32 X .875, SS Universal Base

10077526 O-ring 3/32x3.75 ID, rubber BDU top cap

10077527 O-ring, conductive BDU top cap

10077529 Washer, flat, #4, nylon GUI

10077530 Screw, 4-40 X 0.25, nylon GUI

10077535 Assembly, retainer, inspiratory filter Insp module

10077536 Bracket, top, internal inspiratory filter Insp module

10077537 Spacer Insp module

10077538 Gasket, EMI shielding, 47.5 in. Base

10077539 Tubing, 1/16 ID, Tygon BDU

10077539 Tubing, 1/16 ID, Tygon Insp module

10077540 Screw, shoulder, 8-32 x 3/16 BDU

10077543 Flap valve, mix Insp module

10077546 Plug, Heliox port Insp module

10077548 Edge grommet, adhesive-lined Insp module

10077549 Screw, 8-32 X .500, SHCS, SS GUI

10077551 Screw, 6-32 X .313, SHCS, nylon GUI

10077553 Spacer, nylon GUI

10080883 O-ring, Viton, -007 Insp module

10080885 O-ring, Viton, -011 Insp module

10-42 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

10080886 O-ring, Viton, -030 Insp module

10080887 O-ring, Viton, -035 Insp module

10080888 O-ring, Viton, -214 Insp module

10080890 Screw, 8-32 X .375, SS Insp module

10080891 Screw, SHCS, 10-32 X 1.25, SS Insp module

10080892 Screw, 8-32 X.375, SS BD power

10080892 Screw, FH 8-32X.375, SS Insp module

10080900 Washer, flat, #8, nylon BDU top cap

10080901 Washer, Shoulder BDU top cap

10080904 Clamp, hose, 5/8 OD tubing BDU

10080905 Screw, 4-40 X 0.25, PH, dual action washer Comm card cage

10080907 Grommet, 0.25 ID x .375 hole x 0.5 OD GUI

10080910 Seat, air inlet, check valve Insp module

10080922 O-ring, Viton, -003 Insp module

10080952 Cable, AC module/power supply, BD BD power

10081044 Screw, 8-32X.500, SS Exh module

10081045 Screw, captive, SHCS, 10-32 X 1.25 Base

10081046 Washer, star, #10 Base

10081047 Bolt, hex, 1/4-20 X 3/4L, SS Base

10081048 Washer, star, 1/4 ID, SS Base

10081056 Power cord, IEC, 10A, right-angle, hosp grade BDU

10081063 Foam, top[ Universal Base

10081064 Foam, bottom Base

10081065 Foam, diverter Universal Base

10081068 Sheet, dampening Base

10081069 Foam, block Universal Base

10081077 Back stop, filter Base

10081078 Filter, inlet compressor Base

Service Manual 10-43

Part Numbers

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

10081079 Patch, sheet metal Base

10081080 Foam, acoustic absorbing Universal Base

10081081 Sheet, dampening Base

10081082 Foam, fan side Compressor Base

10081083 Foam, chase bottom Compressor Base

10081091 Panel, patient options Insp door

10081092 Panel, patient opt, aux/ pulse Insp door

10081093 Panel, patient options, USB Insp door

10081098 Cable, gas supply sensor Insp module

10081109 Sheet, dampening, .12" thick Universal Base

10081110 Sheet, dampening, .12" thick Universal Base

10081111 Sheet, dampening, .12" thick Universal Base

10081114 Washer, fender, #4, SS Insp module

10081116 Washer, .438 OD x 0.19 ID, Viton, black GUI

10081140 Fan, 120 X 120 X 25MM Base

10081143 Screw, PH, #4-40 X 0.25" BDU top cap

10083937 Power switch BDU

10083939 cO2 sensor cable, internal Options card cage

10083940 Cable, purge enable, Proximal flow / cO2 module Options card cage

10083941 Interconnector, Proximal flow / options host Options card cage

10083947 Cover, Proximal flow panel Insp door

10083948 Cover, Pulse-ox panel Insp door

10083949 Cover, USB panel Insp door

10083950 Screw, flathead, 2.5 X 6MM, SS Insp door

10083956 Clamp, hose, 1.00 OD Insp module

10083957 Plug, 10-32 brass Insp module

10083958 Assembly, restricted supply line BDU

10083966 Assembly, Pneu tubing, Proximal flow Options card cage

10-44 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

10083973 Foam, chassis front cover Base

10084002 Hinge linkage BDU

10084003 Spring, torsion, 90-degree BDU

10084004 Pin, clevis, SS BDU

10084006 Gasket, EMI, C-fold Exh module

10084008 Screw, captive, 10-32 x 0.75 BDU

10084009 Screw, shoulder, 10-32, .25dia x .375, SS BDU

10084011 Wear strip, universal base Universal Base

10084013 Spacer, unthreaded, #10 Universal Base

10084014 Washer, flat, #10, PTFE Universal Base

10084015 Washer, flat, #10, SS Base

10086042 980, Battery pack BD power

10087090 Cable, GUI, ground strap GUI

10087099 Foam, weir, bottom cover Compressor Base

10087148 Foam, chassis, bottom cover Compressor Base

10087149 Foam, weir, bottom cover Compressor Base

10087150 Foam, chassis, bottom cover Compressor Base

10087151 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Australia, medical BDU

10087152 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Old British, India, South BDU
Africa

10087153 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, China BDU

10087154 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Switzerland BDU

10087155 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Europe BDU

10087156 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Israel BDU

10087157 Power cord, 12A, Japan BDU

10087159 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, UK/Ireland BDU

10087160 Power cord, 10A, right-angle, Brazilian BDU

10087161 Screw, 8-32 X 1.5 IN, SHCS, SS Insp module

Service Manual 10-45

Part Numbers

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

10087162 Screw, 8-32 X 1.0 IN, SHCS, SS Insp module

10087205 Screw, SHCS, 10-32 X 0.75L, SS Universal Base

10087265 Plate, controller PCBA mounting GUI

10087266 Insulator, controller to plate GUI

10087615 980, PCBA, options host 1 Options card cage

10087622 980, Proximal flow module Options card cage

10088512 Screw, SHCS, M4 thread x 16mm BDU

10090934 Screw, SHCS, 8-32 X .375, SS Base

10092478 Screw, 6-32 X 3/8, SS, Nylok Base

10092480 Thumb screw, captive BDU

10092488 Lens, 360 degree alarm GUI

10092489 Gasket, 360 degree alarm GUI

10092491 Reflector, 360 degree alarm GUI

10092492 Insulator, 360 degree alarm GUI

10092514 Retaining ring BDU

10093812 Cover panel, I/O Comm card cage

10093872 Ferrite core, round, snap-on BDU

10093876 Screw, M4 x 5, 18-8, SS BD power

10093878 Washer, Internal Tooth, M4, 18-8, SS BD power

10093941 Plate, fan mount Base

10093957 Screw, M4X16, SHCS, 18-8 SS GUI

10093958 Shield, inverter GUI

10093959 Insulator, shield GUI

10093979 Shield, controller to UI cable GUI

10096110 980, assembly, inspiratory flow module Insp module

10096111 980, filter bowl, air Insp module

10096112 980, PSOL, air/O2 Insp module

10096113 980, PSOL, delivery Insp module

10-46 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

10096114 980, assembly, safety valve Insp module

10096115 980, solenoid, BUV Insp module

10096116 980, PCBA, inspiratory flow module Insp module

10096117 980, solenoid, options supply Insp module

10096118 980, coupler, pressure tap Insp module

10096119 980, solenoid, accumulator purge Insp module

10096120 980, PCBA, gas supply sensor Insp module

10096121 980, housing, rear, GUI GUI

10096122 980, cable, GUI to BDU GUI

10096124 980, assembly, touchscreen/LCD GUI

10096125 980, PCBA, touchscreen controller GUI

10096126 980, PCBA, backlight inverter GUI

10096127 980, PCBA, user interface GUI

10096128 980, PCBA, alarm LED GUI

10096129 980, PCBA, encoder GUI

10096130 980, Door, Filter, Exhalation Exh module

10096131 980, speaker GUI

10096132 980, assembly, hinge, GUI GUI

10096133 980, microphone GUI

10096134 980, PCBA, exhalation sensor Exh module

10096135 980, cable, exhalation module Exh module

10096136 980, assembly, exhalation valve Exh module

10096137 980, chassis, exhalation module Exh module

10096138 980, BDU top cap, GUI mount BDU top cap

10096139 980, LCD status display BDU top cap

10096140 980, window, status display BDU top cap

10096142 980, top handle BDU top cap

10096143 980, GUI rotator BDU top cap

Service Manual 10-47

Part Numbers

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

10096144 980, AC indicator BDU

10096145 980, BDU rear panel BDU

10096146 980, BDU left panel BDU

10096147 980, BDU right panel BDU

10096148 980, assembly, BDU battery panel BDU

10096149 980, assembly, cord wrap BDU

10096152 980, PCBA, line interface 2 Comm card cage

10096153 980, BDU card cage Main card cage

10096153 980, BDU card cage Main card cage

10096154 980, PCBA, main backplane Main card cage

10096154 980, PCBA, main backplane Main card cage

10096155 980, PCBA, options backplane Options card cage

10096156 980, card cage, options Options card cg

10096156 980, Options card cage Options card cage

10096157 980, PCBA, communications backplane Comm card cage

10096157 980, PCBA, communications backplane Comm card cg

10096158 980, PCBA, pneumatic interface Main card cage

10096159 980, PCBA, BDU CPU Main card cage

10096160 980, PCBA, DC-DC converter Main card cage

10096161 980, PCBA, GUI CPU Main card cage

10096162 980, PCBA, mix controller Main card cage

10096164 980, PCBA, BD power distribution BD power

10096166 980, PCBA, BD power controller BD power

10096167 980, assembly, BD power controller/distribution BD power

10096168 980, assembly, AC power module BD power

10096169 980, power supply, BDU BD power

10096217 980, cover, base, front Base

10096221 980, battery backplane PCBA BD power

10-48 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

10097275 980, 10K PM kit, BDU BDU

10097468 980, exhalation valve flow sensor Exh module

10097559 Sensor, oxygen Insp module

10102073 980, PCBA, line interface 1 Comm card cage

10103865 Kit, foam, 1/8" EPDM, black GUI

10103883 Mount, Microphone, Lower GUI

10103884 Mount, Microphone, Middle GUI

10103885 Mount, Microphone, Upper GUI

10103873 Tube, .125 ID X .25 OD, silicone Insp module

10103874 Plug, oxygen deflector Insp module

10103875 Retainer, oxygen deflector Insp module

10103900 Gasket kit, Shielding, Fold-over C-shape Exh module

10103902 Kit, Shielding gaskets, D-shape, 3.3" Exh module

10103904 Kit, shielding gaskets, 5-finger Main card cage

10103907 Grounding gasket 2-Finger Comm card cage

10103908 Fingerstock, Grounding gasket, 4-Finger Comm card cage

10103910 Kit, Shielding gaskets, D-shaped BDU

10103913 Kit, Shielding gaskets, Hollow D BDU

10103915 Kit, Foam gaskets, P-shape BDU

10103916 Kit, Shielding gaskets, Hollow round, 16.75" L BDU

10106884 Holder, Exhalation door Exh module

10106885 Spacer, housing door Exh module

10111179 980, BDU front panel BDU

10115544 980, PCBA, status display interface BDU top cap

10117250 Screw, 4-40 x 3/4" BDU

4-023138-SP Assembly, Piezo alarm BDU top cap

G-060978-00 Screw, M4X8 GUI

G-060988-00 Nut, M2.5 Insp door

Service Manual 10-49

Part Numbers

Table 10-12.  Parts List by Part Number

Item # Description Area/Type

GR101621 Screw, #4-40 X 3/8 Insp door

GR104708 Screw, 8-32X.25 LG, SS Exh module

GR104709 Screw, 8-32X7/8 LG SS Exh module

GR104710 Screw, 8-32X2.0 LG, SS Exh module

GR104714 Screw, SHCS, 4-40X.25 LG, SS Exh module

GR104715 Screw, 8-32X 1.5 LG, SS Exh module

GR104717 Screw, SHCS, 6-32X3/8 LG, SS Exh module

GR105595 Fan, 80x80x15 BDU

GR105597 Standoff, Self-clenching, 4-40 x 0.25 BDU

N-242-0031 Nut, #4-40 BD power

N-3100035 Screw, 8-32x1/4, SS BD power

Table 10-13.  Compressor Materials

Item # Description Area/Type

4-072433-00 O-ring, -019, Viton, natural Compressor

4-075514-00 Tubing, braided, silicone, 3/8" ID Compressor

4-076282-00 Relief valve, 36 PSIG Compressor

10004719 Check valve seat Compressor

10005666 Fitting, swivel, elbow Compressor

10005686 Bracket, dryer inlet/outlet Compressor

10043764 Vibration isolator, DC compressor Compressor

10043767 Filter/muffler, plastic Compressor

10043772 Fitting, straight adapter, tube Compressor

10043773 Stand-off, vibration isolator Compressor

10043775 Fitting, hose barb, 12mm tube Compressor

10077473 Foam, compressor, DC motor Compressor

10077475 Foam, compressor, manifold Compressor

10077476 Foam, compressor, bottom Compressor

10-50 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-13.  Compressor Materials (Continued)

Item # Description Area/Type

10077477 Foam, front cover, motor, compressor Compressor

10077478 Foam, accumulator, compressor Compressor

10077480 Foam, plenum plate Compressor

10077539 Tubing, 1/16 ID, Tygon Compressor

10081130 Check valve, EPDM Compressor

10081133 Fitting, straight adapter Compressor

10083934 Screw, captive, SHCS, 10-32 x 1.25 Compressor

10083972 Clamp, smooth band worm drive, SS, 1/2 to 7/8 Compressor

10087082 Screw, 1/4-28 x 1/4 Compressor

10087084 Tubing, 12mm OD, polyurethane Compressor

10087094 Foam, compressor Compressor

10087096 Foam, compressor Compressor

10087097 Foam, compressor Compressor

10087098 Foam, compressor Compressor

10087272 Fitting, quick turn, female, 1/16" tube ID Compressor

10087275 Coupling, barbed, 3/8 ID hose Compressor

10087276 Clamp, single pinch hose, SS Compressor

10088654 Clamp, single pinch hose, SS Compressor

10090935 Washer, #8 internal star SS Compressor

10090936 Screw, SHCS, 8-32 x .75, SS Compressor

10090937 Screw, T20 Torx socket, 8-32 Compressor

10090938 Screw, 10-32 x 1.25 Compressor

10090940 Screw, ¼-28 3/8, SS Compressor

10090941 Screw, SHCS, 8-32 x 1/4, SS, Nylok Compressor

10090942 #8 external-tooth washer, SS Compressor

10090947 Screw, SHCS, 10-32 x 3/8, SS, Nylok Compressor

10096141 980, power supply, compressor Compressor

10096201 980, DC compressor Compressor

Service Manual 10-51

Part Numbers

Table 10-13.  Compressor Materials (Continued)

Item # Description Area/Type

10096207 980, heat exchanger, compressor Compressor

10096210 980, assembly, air dryer Compressor

10096211 980, assembly, accumulator, compressor Compressor

10096212 980, foam kit, compressor Compressor

10096213 980, Nano filter, dryer Compressor

10096214 980, solenoid, unload, compressor Compressor

10096218 980, PCBA, power distribution, DC compressor Compressor

10096223 980, PCBA, DC compressor interface Compressor

10097258 980, 10K PM kit, DC compressor Compressor

10097267 Filter Compressor

10103846 Muffler, exhaust, 6mm, stem, sintered plastic Compressor

10114989 980, DC compressor upgrade kit Compressor

10005813 Fitting, 10-32 to 1/16 ID, hose Compressor

10043854 Cable, comp pwr/components Compressor

10090934 Screw, SHCS, 8-32 x .375, SS Compressor

10096209 Hose, connector, assembly Compressor

820025 Screw, hex SHCS, 2-56 x 1/4, SS Compressor base

10005647 Screw, thumb, 4-40 x 3/8 Compressor base

10005648 Stop, base plate, DC compressor Compressor base

10043473 Screw 10-32 x 3/8 Compressor base

10043741 Screw, 8-32 x 3/16 Compressor base

10081082 Foam, fan side Compressor base

10081083 Foam, chase bottom Compressor base

10087099 Foam, weir, bottom, cover Compressor base

10087148 Foam, chassis, bottom cover Compressor base

10087149 Foam, weir, bottom cover Compressor base

10087150 Foam, chassis, bottom cover Compressor base

10005787 Pin, spring, pivot, door Compressor base

10-52 Service Manual

 Ventilator System: Parts Lists

Table 10-13.  Compressor Materials (Continued)

Item # Description Area/Type

10043607 Door, battery cover plate Compressor base

10043608 Slider latch, battery cover Compressor base

10043609 Retainer, slider latch, battery cover Compressor base

10043610 Spring, torsion, 360 degree Compressor base

10043611 Spring, extension Compressor base

10043854 Cable, comp pwr/components Compressor base

10092479 Washer, flat, #6, SS Compressor base

10096216 980, assembly, battery door, DC compressor Compressor base

4-001171-00 Screw, 8-32 x 1/4 Compressor pwr

4-071102-00 Screw, M3 x 6 Compressor pwr

4-076722-00 Grommet, edge Compressor pwr

10005821 Cable tie, dome top, 6.5" Compressor pwr

10043847 Cable, pwr supply to pwr dist, DC compressor Compressor pwr

10043899 Cable, comp power supply Compressor pwr

10046231 Cable, power supply, DC compressor Compressor pwr

10077539 Tubing, 1/16 ID, Tygon Compressor pwr

10087271 Fitting, quick-turn, male, 1/16" tube ID Compressor pwr

10096219 980, PCBA, power controller, DC compressor Compressor pwr

10043791 Bracket, PCBA, battery backplane Compressor pwr

10043834 Cable, power dist to battery backplane Compressor pwr

10046219 Cable assembly, battery backplane Compressor pwr

10052320 Screw, 6-32 x 3/8" Compressor pwr

10096221 980, PCBA, battery backplane Compressor pwr

Service Manual 10-53

Part Numbers

Page Left Intentionally Blank

10-54 Service Manual

 Ventilation Glossary

G.1 Ventilation Glossary

Table G-1.  Ventilation Glossary

analysis message A message displayed on the GUI screen during an alarm condition,
identifying the root cause of the alarm.

assist breath A mandatory breath triggered by patient inspiratory effort in A/C

mode.

autotriggering The ventilator delivers repeated, unintended breaths triggered by fluc-

tuating flows or pressures as opposed to patient demand. patient
circuit leaks and low flow or pressure sensitivity settings are common
causes of autotriggering.

background checks Continuously running tests during ventilation that assess the ventila-
tor's electronics and pneumatics hardware.

base flow A constant flow of gas through the patient circuit during the latter part
of exhalation during flow triggering (VTRIG). The value of this base flow
is 1.5 L/min greater than the operator-selected value for flow sensitivi-
ty.

base message A message given by the ventilator during an alarm condition, identify-
ing the alarm.

batch changes Changes to multiple settings that go into effect at the same time.

battery back-up system The system for supplying battery back-up power to a device. The ven-
tilator's battery back-up system consists of a single internal battery to
provide up to one (1) hour of battery power to the ventilator. An
optional spare battery with the same characteristics as the internal
battery is available.

BD, BDU Breath delivery or breath delivery unit. The ventilator component that
includes inspiratory and expiratory pneumatics and electronics.

BF Breathing frequency. A unit of respiratory rate (1/min). The BF may be

abnormally fast (tachypnea), abnormally slow (bradypnea), or nonexis-
tent (apnea). For ventilated patients where these are mandatory
breaths, settings include (f) or (fTOT).

BOC British Oxygen Company, a standard for high pressure gas inlet fittings.

bpm Beats per minute. A standard unit of measure for pulse rate. It may be
too fast (tachycardia) or too slow (bradycardia). For breaths per minute,
see BF.

breath stacking The delivery of a second inspiration before the first exhalation is com-
plete.

BTPS Body temperature and pressure, saturated, 37°C, at ambient baromet-

ric pressure, at 100% relative humidity.

Service Manual G-1

 Table G-1.  Ventilation Glossary

clinical alarm An alarm indicating an abnormal physiologic condition.

cmH2O Centimeters of water. A unit of pressure approximately equal to 1 hPa.

compliance volume The volume of gas that remains in the patient circuit and does not enter
the patient's respiratory system.

compressor The compressor provides compressed air, which can be used in place
of wall or bottled air.

constant during rate change One of three breath timing variables (inspiratory time, I:E ratio, or expi-
ratory time) the operator can hold constant when the respiratory rate
setting changes. Applies only to the pressure control (PC) mandatory
breath type (including VC+ and BiLevel).

control breath A ventilator-initiated mandatory breath delivered in A/C mode

ctHb Total Hemoglobin Concentration.The sum of concentrations of all

hemoglobin species in the blood, including, but not limited to, oxyhe-
moglobin (cO2Hb), methemoglobin (cMetHb), deoxyhemoglobin
(cHHb), sulfhemoglobin (cSuHb), and carboxyhemoglobin (cCOHb).
From draft IEC 80601-2-61:2010, 201.3.224.

dependent alarm An alarm that arises as a result of another primary alarm.

DSENS Disconnect sensitivity. A setting that specifies the allowable loss (per-
centage) of delivered tidal volume, which if equaled or exceeded,
causes the ventilator to declare a DISCONNECT alarm. The greater the
setting, the more returned volume must be lost before DISCONNECT is
detected.

ESENS Expiratory sensitivity, the percent of peak inspiratory flow (or flow rate
expressed in L/min in a PA breath) at which the ventilator cycles from
inspiration to exhalation for spontaneous breaths. Low settings will
result in longer spontaneous inspirations.

EST Extended self test, a comprehensive test of ventilator function, intend-

ed to be run by qualified service personnel.

EXP PAUSE Expiratory pause, an operator-initiated maneuver that closes the inspi-
ration (proportional solenoid) and exhalation valves during the exhala-
tion phase of a mandatory breath. The maneuver can be used to
determine intrinsic (auto) PEEP (PEEPI).

f, fTOT Respiratory rate, as a setting (f) in A/C, SIMV, and BILEVEL the minimum
number of mandatory breaths the patient receives per minute. As a
monitored value (fTOT), the average total number of breaths delivered
to the patient.

FAILURE A category of condition detected during SST or EST that causes the ven-
tilator to enter the safety valve open state. A ventilator experiencing a
FAILURE requires removal from clinical use and immediate service.

flow pattern The gas flow pattern of mandatory volume-controlled breaths.

G-2 Service Manual

 Ventilation Glossary

Table G-1.  Ventilation Glossary

flow-by flow The patented flow-triggering strategy used on some ventilators.

triggering

FO2Hb Fractional Oxyhemoglobin. Oxyhemoglobin concentration cO2Hb

divided by the Total Hemoglobin Concentration ctHb.
From draft IEC 80601-2-61:2010, 201.3.207

gold standard Test circuit designed for use with EST.

test circuit

graphics A standard function on some ventilators for displaying real-time

patient data, including: pressure-time curve, flow-time curve, volume-
time curve, pressure-volume loop.

HeO2 Heliox. A mixture of breathing gas composed of helium and oxygen.

high-urgency alarm As defined by international standards organizations, an alarm that

requires immediate attention to ensure patient safety. When a high-
urgency alarm is active, the red high-urgency indicator ( ! ! ! ) flashes
and the high-urgency audible alarm sounds (a repeating sequence of
five tones that repeats twice, pauses, then repeats again), and the top
of the upper screen shows an alarm message.

HME Heat-moisture exchanger, a humidification device, also called an artifi-

cial nose.

hPa Hectopascal. A unit of pressure, approximately equal to 1 cmH2O.

humidification type A setting for the type of humidification system (HME, non-heated expi-
ratory tube, or heated expiratory tubing) in use on the ventilator.

I:E ratio The ratio of inspiratory time to expiratory time. Also, the operator-set
timing variable that applies to PC and VC+ mandatory breaths.

idle mode, also idle/charging A ventilation mode in effect during a patient circuit disconnect. When
mode the ventilator is in this mode, the exhalation valve opens, idle flow (10
L/min flow at 100% O2 or at 40% O2 in NeoMode, if available) begins
and breath triggering is disabled.

INSP PAUSE Inspiratory pause, an operator-initiated maneuver that closes the inspi-
ration (proportional solenoid) and exhalation valves at the end of the
inspiratory phase of a mandatory breath. The maneuver can be used to
determine static compliance (CSTAT) and resistance (RSTAT).

invasive ventilation Patient ventilation while intubated with an endotracheal tube.

L/min Liters per minute. A unit of flow.

low-urgency alarms As defined by international standards organizations, an alarm that indi-

cates a change in the patient-ventilator system. During a low-urgency
alarm, the yellow low-urgency indicator ( ! ) lights, the low-urgency
audible alarm (one tone) sounds, and the upper screen shows an alarm
message.

Service Manual G-3

 Table G-1.  Ventilation Glossary

maintenance All actions necessary to keep equipment in, or restore it to, serviceable
condition. Includes cleaning, servicing, repair, modification, overhaul,
inspection, and performance verification.

mandatory A breath whose settings and timing are preset; can be triggered by the
ventilator, patient, or operator.

mandatory type The type of mandatory breath: volume control (VC), VC+, or pressure
control (PC).

manual inspiration An OIM breath. one mandatory breath for the ventialation patient.

medium-urgency alarm As defined by international standards organizations, an abnormal con-

dition that requires prompt attention to ensure the safety of the
patient. When a medium-urgency alarm is active, the yellow medium-
urgency indicator ( ! ! ) flashes, the medium-urgency audible alarm (a
repeating sequence of three tones) sounds, and the upper screen
shows an alarm message.

mode Ventilatory mode, the algorithm that determines type and sequence of
breath delivery.

non-invasive Patient ventilation without the use of an endotracheal tube; instead

ventilation (NIV) using interfaces such as masks, nasal prongs, or uncuffed endotracheal
tubes.

normal ventilation The state of the ventilator when breathing is in progress and no alarms
are active.

O2% Both an operator-set and monitored variable. The O2% setting deter-
mines the percentage of oxygen in the delivered gas. The O2% moni-
tored data is the percentage of oxygen in the gas delivered to the
patient, measured at the ventilator outlet upstream of the inspiratory
filter.

OIM Operator-initiated mandatory breath, a breath delivered when the

operator presses MANUAL INSP.

ongoing background checks Continuously running tests during ventilation that assess the ventila-
tor's electronics and pneumatics hardware.

OSC Occlusion status cycling. A ventilation mode in effect during a severe

occlusion. In this mode, the ventilator periodically attempts to deliver
a pressure-based breath while monitoring the inspiration and expira-
tion phases for the continuing existence of the occlusion.

OVERRIDDEN The final status of an SST or EST run in which the operator used the
override feature. (The ventilator must have ended the test with an
ALERT condition.)

patient circuit The entire inspiratory-expiratory conduit, including tubing, humidifier,

and water traps.

G-4 Service Manual

 Ventilation Glossary

Table G-1.  Ventilation Glossary

patient data alarm An alarm condition associated with an abnormal condition of the
patient's respiratory status.

patient problems A definition used by the ventilator's safety net. patient problems are
declared when patient data is measured equal to or outside of alarm
thresholds and are usually self-correcting or can be corrected by a prac-
titioner. The alarm monitoring system detects and announces patient
problems. Patient problems do not compromise the ventilator's perfor-
mance.

PBW Predicted body weight, a ventilator setting that specifies the patient's
body weight assuming normal fat and fluid levels. Determines absolute
limits on tidal volume and peak flow, and allows appropriate matching
of ventilator settings to patient.

PC Pressure control. A mandatory breath type in which the ventilator

delivers an operator-set inspiratory pressure for an operator-set inspi-
ratory time. Available in A/C and SIMV modes, and for operator-initiat-
ed mandatory (OIM) breaths in SPONT mode.

PEEP End expiratory pressure, the measured circuit pressure (referenced to

the patient wye) at the end of the expiratory phase of a breath. If expi-
ratory pause is active, the displayed value reflects the level of any active
lung PEEP.

PEEPI Indicates a calculated estimate of the pressure above the PEEP level at
the end of exhalation. Determined during an
expiratory pause maneuver.

PI Inspiratory pressure, the operator-set inspiratory pressure at the

patient wye (above PEEP) during a pressure control (PC) mandatory
breath.

PI END End inspiratory pressure, the pressure at the end of the inspiration
phase of the current breath. If plateau is active, the displayed value
reflects the level of end-plateau pressure.

PIM Patient-initiated mandatory breath. A mandatory breath triggered by

patient inspiratory effort.

PMEAN Mean circuit pressure, a calculation of the measured average patient

circuit pressure over an entire respiratory cycle.

PPEAK Maximum circuit pressure, the maximum pressure during the inspira-
tory phase of a breath.

PS Pressure support, a spontaneous breath type in which the ventilator

delivers an operator-set pressure (in addition to PEEP) during the inspi-
ratory phase. Available in SPONT, SIMV, and BILEVEL modes.

PSENS Pressure sensitivity, the operator-set pressure drop below PEEP

(derived from the patient's inspiratory flow) required to begin a
patient-initiated breath when pressure triggering is selected.

Service Manual G-5

 Table G-1.  Ventilation Glossary

PSOL Proportional solenoid valve.

PSUPP Pressure support, a setting of the level of inspiratory assist pressure

(above PEEP) at the patient wye during a spontaneous breath (when
spontaneous breath type is PS).

PTRIG Pressure triggering, a method of recognizing patient inspiratory effort

in which the ventilator monitors pressure in the patient circuit. The
ventilator triggers a breath when the airway pressure drops by at least
the value selected for pressure sensitivity (PSENS).

remedy message A message displayed on the GUI during an alarm condition suggesting
ways to resolve the alarm.

resistance The flow-dependent pressure drop across a conduit. Measured in

cmH2O/L/s or hPa/L/s.

restricted phase of The specific time period during the exhalation phase where an inspira-
exhalation tion trigger is not allowed. The conditions associated with the restrict-
ed phase of exhalation are as follows:
Net flow ≥ 50% of peak net flow (peak net flow is measured after 100
ms of exhalation time have elapsed)
OR
Expiratory flow is greater than 0.5 L/min and exhalation elapsed time is
less than 200 ms
OR
Less than five (5) seconds of exhalation have elapsed

rise time% A setting that determines the rise time to achieve the set inspiratory
pressure in pressure-controlled (PC), VC+, BiLevel, or pressure-support-
ed (PS) breaths. The larger the value, the more aggressive the rise of
pressure.

safety net The ventilator's strategy for responding to patient problems and
system faults.

safety ventilation A mode of ventilation active if the patient circuit is connected before
ventilator startup is complete, or when power is restored after a loss of
five (5) minutes or more.

SandBox Allows users to preview settings before applying to patients.

service mode A ventilator mode providing a set of services tailored to the needs of
testing and maintenance personnel. When in the service mode, the
ventilator does not provide ventilation.

SIMV Synchronous intermittent mandatory ventilation, a ventilatory mode in

which the ventilator delivers one mandatory breath per breath cycle
and as many spontaneous breaths as the patient can trigger during the
remainder of the breath cycle.

SIS Sleeved index system. A standard for high pressure gas inlet fittings.

G-6 Service Manual

 Ventilation Glossary

Table G-1.  Ventilation Glossary

SL/min Standard liters per minute (unit of flow measured at 0°C (32°F) and 1
atm (14.7 psia) pressure).

SmartAlarm™ system Alarm annunciation system which helps quickly determine the urgency
and root cause of alarm conditions.

soft bound A ventilator setting that has reached its recommended high or low
limit. Setting the ventilator beyond this limit requires the operator to
acknowledge the prompt to continue.

SPONT Spontaneous, a ventilatory mode in which the ventilator delivers only

spontaneous breaths. In SPONT mode, the patient triggers all breaths
delivered by the ventilator with no set mandatory respiratory rate. The
patient controls the breath variables, potentially augmented by
support pressure.

spontaneous type A setting that determines whether spontaneous breaths are pressure-
supported (PS), tube-compensated (TC), volume-supported (VS), pro-
portionally assisted (PA), or not (NONE).

SST Short self test. A test that checks circuit integrity, calculates circuit com-
pliance and filter resistance, and checks ventilator function. Operator
should run SST at specified intervals and with any replacement or alter-
ation of the patient circuit.

STPD Standard temperature and pressure, dry. Defined as dry gas at a stan-
dard atmosphere (760 mmHg, 101.333 kPa, approximately 1.0 bar) and
0°C.

SVO Safety valve open. An emergency state in which the ventilator opens
the safety valve so the patient can breathe room air unassisted by the
ventilator. An SVO state does not necessarily indicate a ventilator inop-
erative condition. The ventilator enters an SVO state if a hardware or
software failure occurs that could compromise safe ventilation, with
the loss of the air and oxygen supplies, or if the system detects an
occlusion.

system fault A definition used by the ventilator's safety net. System faults include
hardware faults (those that originate inside the ventilator and affect its
performance), soft faults (faults momentarily introduced into the ven-
tilator that interfere with normal operation), inadequate supply (AC
power or external gas pressure), and patient circuit integrity (blocked
or disconnected circuit).

TA Apnea interval, the operator-set variable that defines the breath-to-

breath interval which, if exceeded, causes the ventilator to declare
apnea and enter apnea ventilation.

Tb Breath cycle during mechanical ventilation.

TE Expiratory time, the expiratory interval of a breath. Also the operator-

set timing variable that determines the expiratory period for pressure-
controlled (PC) or VC+ mandatory breaths.

Service Manual G-7

 Table G-1.  Ventilation Glossary

Technical alarm An alarm occurring due to a violation of any of the ventilator's self mon-
itoring conditions, or detected by background checks.

TI Inspiratory time, the inspiratory interval of a breath. Also, the operator-

set timing variable that determines the inspiratory interval for pres-
sure-controlled (PC) or VC+ mandatory breaths.

Tm Mandatory interval portion of SIMV breath cycle; it is reserved for a PIM.

TPL Plateau time, the amount of time the inspiration phase of a mandatory
breath is extended after inspiratory flow has ceased and exhalation is
blocked. Increases the residence time of gas in the patient's lungs.

Ts Spontaneous interval portion of SIMV breath cycle; it is reserved for

spontaneous breathing throughout the remainder of the breath cycle.

VE SET Set mandatory minute volume. The system calculates this value from
ventilator control parameters (f x VT) and displays with the breath
timing bar on the lower GUI screen whenever users touch it.

VE TOT Minute volume, the expiratory tidal volume normalized to unit time (L/
min). The displayed value is compliance- and BTPS-compensated.

VBS Ventilator breathing system. Includes the gas delivery components of

the ventilator; the patient circuit with tubing, filters, humidifier, and
other accessories; and the ventilator's expiratory metering and mea-
surement components.

VC Volume control, a mandatory breath type in which the ventilator deliv-

ers an operator-set tidal volume, peak flow, and flow pattern. Available
in A/C and SIMV modes, and for operator-initiated mandatory (OIM)
breaths in SPONT mode.

ventilator inoperative An emergency state the ventilator enters if it detects a hardware failure
or a critical software error which could compromise safe ventilation.
During a ventilator inoperative condition, the safety valve opens to
allow the patient to breathe room air unassisted by the ventilator.
Qualified service personnel must power up the ventilator and run EST
before normal ventilation can resume.

VIM Ventilator-initiated mandatory breath. A breath that is delivered at a

time determined by the ventilator

VMAX Peak flow. A setting of the peak (maximum) flow of gas delivered
during a VC mandatory breath. (Combined with tidal volume, flow pat-
tern, and plateau, constant peak flow defines the inspiratory time.) To
correct for compliance volume, the ventilator automatically increases
the peak flow.

VSENS Flow sensitivity. The rate of flow inspired by the patient that triggers
the ventilator to deliver a mandatory or spontaneous breath (when
flow triggering is selected).

G-8 Service Manual

 Ventilation Glossary

Table G-1.  Ventilation Glossary

VT Tidal volume. The volume inspired and expired with each breath. The
VT delivered by some Puritan Bennett ventilators is an operator-set
variable that determines the volume delivered to the patient during a
mandatory, volume-based breath. VT is compliance-compensated and
corrected to body temperature and pressure, saturated (BTPS).

V-TRIG Flow triggering. A method of recognizing patient inspiratory effort in

which the ventilator monitors the difference between inspiratory and
expiratory flow measurements. The ventilator triggers a breath when
the difference between inspiratory and expiratory flows increases to a
value that is at least the value selected for flow sensitivity (VSENS).

Service Manual G-9

 Page Left Intentionally Blank

G-14 Service Manual

 Index

Index
A Medium priority alarm ........................ 1-14
Accuracy Ventilator setup ................................... 1-14
Computed value .................................. 2-24 IEC classification ........................................ 1-2
Delivery ................................................ 2-22 In-depth Testing
Monitoring ........................................... 2-23 Electrical safety test ............................... 7-5
Alarms External Ports Test ................................. 7-7
Latched ................................................... 8-5 Vent In-Op Test ...................................... 7-6
Lockable ................................................. 8-5 Inspection .................................................. 6-2
Non-lockable .......................................... 8-5 Interface
Non-technical ......................................... 8-6 USB, Ethernet, and HDMI ...................... 3-6
Priority .................................................... 8-4
Technical ................................................. 8-6 L
Audible alarm Log
High priority .......................................... 8-2 Alarms .................................................... 8-7
Immediate priority ................................ 8-2 Diagnostic .............................................. 8-7
Low priority ........................................... 8-2 EST/SST Status ........................................ 8-7
Medium priority .................................... 8-2 General Event ........................................ 8-7
Patient Data ........................................... 8-7
C Service .................................................... 8-8
Characteristics, physical ............................ 2-2 Settings ................................................... 8-7
Checks, background .................................. 4-6
Cleaning ..................................................... 6-1 M
Compliance Manual Tests ............................................ 5-27
Power cords ......................................... 2-32 Measurement Uncertainty ........................ 2-1
Regulatory ........................................... 2-24
Covidien Technical Services O
Solv-IT Center Knowledge Base .......... 1-29 On-screen help ........................................ 1-27
CPU
BD ........................................................... 3-6 P
GUI .......................................................... 3-6 Performance Verification
Calibration ............................................. 7-7
E In-depth testing ..................................... 7-1
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Log entry ................................................ 7-8
Electromagnetic Emissions .................. 2-28 Preliminary setup ................................... 7-1
Electromagnetic Immunity .................. 2-29 Required materials ................................ 7-1
EMC Required sequence ................................ 7-3
recommended separation distances ... 2-31 Self Tests ................................................. 7-2
EST Testing .................................................... 7-2
Extended Self Test ............................... 5-21 PM
Test sequence ....................................... 5-22 10K, BDU ................................................ 6-3
10K, compressor ..................................... 6-3
F 3 year, extended battery ....................... 6-3
Fault categories 3 year, primary battery .......................... 6-3
Major faults ........................................... 8-2 Annual .................................................... 6-2
Minor faults ........................................... 8-2 Change in altitude ................................. 6-3
Frequency, service personnel ................ 6-2
G Oxygen sensor ........................................ 6-3
Graphical User Interface (GUI) ................ 1-12 Six month ............................................... 6-2
GUI Port
Touchscreen keys ................................. 1-13 Ethernet ................................................. 4-7
GUI indicators HDMI ...................................................... 4-7
Audible ................................................. 1-15 I/O ports .................................................. 4-6
Nurse call ................................................ 4-7
I RS-232 ..................................................... 4-7
Icons Service .................................................... 4-7
High priority alarm .............................. 1-14 USB ......................................................... 4-7
Low priority alarm ............................... 1-14 POST

Index-1
Index

Phase 1 ................................................... 4-4 Physical characteristics ........................... 2-2

Phase 2 ................................................... 4-4 Pneumatic .............................................. 2-2
Safety Net .............................................. 4-5 Technical ................................................. 2-3
POST, power-on self test ........................... 4-3 SST
Power Test sequence ....................................... 5-32
AC ........................................................... 4-1 SST, Short Self Test ................................... 5-30
Battery .................................................... 4-2 Storage
Primary display ........................................ 1-12 Extended time periods .......................... 6-3
Product Assembly ...................................... 4-1 System Tests and Checks ........................... 4-3

R T
Repair Troubleshooting
General guidelines ................................ 9-6 Basics ...................................................... 8-1
Post-service .......................................... 9-10 Technical assistance ............................. 1-27
Prerequisite ............................................ 9-2
Specific guidelines ................................. 9-7 V
Ventilator
S Alarm log ............................................... 8-7
Safety Tests .............................................. 2-32 BDU rear view ........................................ 1-8
Self Test Blended gas ............................................ 3-5
Extended (EST) ....................................... 4-3 Components list ..................................... 1-3
Extended Self Test (EST) ...................... 5-20 Connectors ........................................... 1-22
Manual Tests ........................................ 5-20 Description ............................................. 1-1
Prerequisites ........................................ 5-20 EST/SST status log .................................. 8-7
Short (SST) .............................................. 4-3 Exhaled gas ............................................ 3-5
Short Self Test (SST) ............................. 5-20 Gas flow ................................................. 3-5
Service Mode Gas mixing .............................................. 3-5
Access ..................................................... 5-1 General event log .................................. 8-7
Calibrations ............................................ 5-9 Indications For Use ................................ 1-2
Configuration ........................................ 5-3 Monitoring pressure .............................. 3-5
Data Logs ............................................. 5-17 Patient data log ..................................... 8-7
Functions ................................................ 5-2 Service log .............................................. 8-8
Self Tests ............................................... 5-20 Settings log ............................................ 8-7
Status Display ......................................... 5-2 System diagnostic log ............................ 8-7
Specifications Ventilator Logs .......................................... 8-7
Electrical ................................................. 2-5 Visual alarms
Environmental ....................................... 2-6 Dependent ............................................. 8-3
Performance .......................................... 2-7 Primary ................................................... 8-3

Index-2
Part No. 10078090 Rev C 2014-02

© 2013 Covidien.

 Covidien llc
15 Hampshire Street, Mansfield, MA 02048 USA
 Covidien Ireland Limited, IDA Business & Technology Park, Tullamore.
www.covidien.com 1.800.635.5267